MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

Full-Color Inkjet Printer

VJ-1628X

VJ1628XE-M-00
 General Table of Contents VJ1628XE-M-00

1 Safety Instruction 3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 3.2.4 Removing IH Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
1.3 Warning Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 3.2.9 Removing Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
2 Troubleshooting 3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 3.2.12 Removing Rear lever cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.2.1 Operation Status 　 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 3.2.15 Removing Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.2.2 Errors with Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . 39 3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3.2 Media Feed Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.3.3 Printing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.3.4 Noise Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.3.5 Online Function Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.3.6 Other Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 3.4 Replacing Board Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance . . . . . . 67 3.4.1 Opening Board box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3 Parts Replacement 3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy. . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . 104
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy
3.2 Removing Covers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

General Table of Contents 2

 General Table of Contents VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy . . . . . . . 109 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN (For MAIN Board Assy）. . . . . 110 3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN {in Paper guide F (Upper)} . . 111 3.6.2 Replacing CR motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 3.6.3 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.4.12 Replacing Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 3.6.4 Replacing CR Return pulley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.4.13 Replacing AC Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 3.6.5 Replacing T Fence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy 3.6.6 Replacing CR origin sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 3.6.7 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . 155
3.4.15 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . 117 3.6.8 Replacing Steel Bare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
3.4.16 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy. . . . . . . . 118 3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
3.4.17 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.4.18 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 3.6.11 Replacing Pressure Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
3.4.19 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3.7.3 Removing CR board cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.5 Replacing X Rail Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 3.7.4 Replacing CR board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy . . . . . . . 174
3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley 3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . . . 175
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid and Solenoid Spring . . . . 177
3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 3.7.10 Replacing Valve head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.5.6 Replacing P_REAR sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 3.7.11 Replacing Connector valve head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy 134 3.7.12 Replacing Print Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.5.8 Replacing Heater and Thermistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy and After thermistor 3.7.14 P_EDGE Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
relay Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy, Pre Thermistor relay
3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
General Table of Contents 3
 General Table of Contents VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 4.3.7 Updating main firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
3.8.3 Replacing Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
3.8.4 Replacing Cap head Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
3.8.5 Replacing Pump cap Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
3.8.6 Replacing Wiper Origin Sensor Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
3.8.8 Replacing Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy . . . . . . . . . 205 4.3.14 Sending Authorization code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
3.9 Replacing IH Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
4.3.17 Initializing activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
4.3.18 Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
3.9.3 Replacing Circulation Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
4.3.19 Terminating Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
3.9.4 Replacing Circulation Pump Relay Cable . . . . . . . . . . 213
4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
3.10 Replacing Leg Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
4.4.1 Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment . . . . . . . . 269
3.11 Replacing Roll media holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 4.5.1 Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
3.11.1 Replacing Roll media holder Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
4 Adjustment 4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 4.7 Head Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
4.2 Adjustment Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 4.7.1 Head Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software . . . 219 4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
4.3.1 Parameter Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 4.8.1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
4.3.2 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 4.9 Cutter position adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
4.3.3 Required Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 4.9.1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
4.3.4 Updating Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
4.3.5 Editing Media Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 5 Self-Diagnosis Mode
4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

General Table of Contents 4

 General Table of Contents VJ1628XE-M-00

5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 5.7.8 Test Printing Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

5.7.9 Longstore Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
5.2 Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5.7.10 Software Counter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5.7.11 Feed Pitch Check Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
5.2.2 Starting Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
5.7.12 Solid Print Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
5.8 Cleaning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu . . . . . . . . . . . 287 5.9 Sample Printing Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 5.10 Parameter Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
5.5 Inspection Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
5.5.1 Ram Capacity Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
5.5.2 Version Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 5.11 Servo Setting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
5.5.3 Panel Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 5.12 Endurance Running Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
5.5.4 Sensor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
5.5.5 Encoder Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
5.5.6 Fan Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
5.5.7 Record Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
5.12.5 Circulation Pump Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5.12.6 Head Lock Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
5.5.10 Time Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu. . . . . . . . 367
5.6 Ink Charging Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 5.12.8 General Endurance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
5.7 Adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 5.13 Paper Feed Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 5.14 ExControl Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
5.7.3 Skew Check Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
5.14.1 Version Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
5.14.2 Sensor Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
5.14.3 Heater Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
5.7.6 Bi-D Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
5.7.7 Top & Bottom adjustment Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 5.15 Paper Initial Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

General Table of Contents 5

 General Table of Contents VJ1628XE-M-00

5.16 SpeedMode Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 8.2 Part Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
8.2.1 Front Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
6 Maintenance Mode 2 8.2.2 Rear Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
8.2.3 Operation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
8.3 Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
8.3.1 Operating Status Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
8.3.2 Switching Operating Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 9 Specifications
6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
9.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
6.3.3 Counter Print Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 9.2 Product Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
7 Maintenance
9.3 Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
7.2 Periodical Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 9.4 Options/Supplies List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 9.4.1 Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement . . . . . . 396
9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
7.3 Part Life Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
10 Appendix
7.4 Jigs and Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
7.4.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 10.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
7.5 Lubrication/Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 10.2 Maintenance Part List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
7.6 Transportation of Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

8 Product Overview
8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

General Table of Contents 6

 Important Notice 　 VJ1628XE-M-00

Important Notice Warranty Limitations

1. For Users in Europe 1. MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. warrants part repair or replacement as a sole measure only if a
failure is found in the system or in the materials and workmanship of the product the seller
Important: produced.
This is a Class A product approved for industrial environ- However, if the cause of failure is uncertain, decide the action after due mutual consultation.
ments. In a domestic environment this product may cause
radio interference in which case you may be required to take 2. The warranty shall not apply to any direct or indirect loss, or compensation for the loss due to the
adequate measures. product that has been subject to misuse, neglect, or improper alternation.

2. For Users in the United States

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful
interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

3. Trademark Mentioned in this Manual

• MUTOH, ValueJet, VJ-1628X are registered trademarks or product names of MUTOH
INDUSTRIES LTD.
• Windows95、 Windows98、 Windows98SE、 Windows NT4.0、 Windows2000、 Windows
XP, Windows Vista and MS-DOS are registered trademarks or product names of Microsoft
Corporation.
• Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
• Other company and product names may be registered trademarks or product names.

• No part of this product or publication may be reproduced, copied, or transmitted

in any form or by any means, except for personal use, without the permission of
MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD.
• The product and the contents of this publication may be changed without prior
notification.
• MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. has made the best efforts to keep this publication
free from error, but if you find any uncertainties or misprints, please call us or the
shop where you bought this equipment.
• MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. shall not be liable for any damages or troubles
resulting from the use of this equipment or this manual.

7
 About this Manual 　 VJ1628XE-M-00

About this Manual 3. Manual Notation

The following symbols are used in this manual for easier understanding of the information.
1. Purpose and Target Readers
This manual explains preparations needed before maintaining and checking operations for Symbol Meaning
MUTOH Full Color Ink Jet Printer (VJ-1628X).
Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury
This manual is prepared for the maintenance personnel of this printer. WARNING
Before using this printer, fully understand the contents and directions in this manual.
Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or damage
CAUTION to your equipment
2. Manual Configuration
Section Contents Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of the
1 Safety Instructions Explains types of warnings, cautions and warnings labeled on the printer NOTE product
for the both operators of the printer and maintenance personnel.
2 Troubleshooting Explains troubles that may occur when using the printer and how to solve Indicates useful tips for operating or understanding the equipment
them. T IP
3 Parts Replacement Explains the procedures of replacement and removal of the service parts
of the printer. Indicates reference pages in this manual
4 Adjustment Explains the adjusting procedures of the printer parts.
5 Self-Diagnostic Mode Explains the self-diagnostic functions of the printer. 4. Establishment Date of This Document
6 Maintenance Mode 2 Explains the maintenance mode2 of the printer. This document was established on 31 March, 2015.
7 Maintenance Explains daily maintenance of the printer.
5. Firmware version covered by this document
8 Product Overview Explains the features, part names, and functions of the printer.
Firmware version:1.00
9 Specifications Explains the specifications of the printer.
10 Appendix Explains the maintenance information and the exploded views for this
printer.

Use the built-in self-diagnostic program to locate a defective part and adjust/check during
maintenance.

8
 VJ1628XE-M-00

Revison Reason Chapter Section Contents Page No. Errata Remarks

00 - - - new - - -

9
 VJ1628XE-M-00

1 Safety Instruction
1.1 Introduction .....................................................................12

1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings .................................12

1.3 Warning Labels................................................................13

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels ................................ 13

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels................... 14

10
 1.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

1.1 Introduction
This chapter explains the installation of this printer, the warning terms that operators need to
know, the caution items and warning labels on the main unit.

WARNING

Make sure to follow all instructions and warnings on this manual when installing,
operating, or maintaining the equipment.

1.2 Types and Meanings of Warnings

Safety terms in this manual and the contents of warning labels attached to the
printer are categorized into the following five types depending on the degree of risk
(or the scale of the accident).
Make sure to understand the meaning of the following warning terms, and follow the
instruction in this manual

Safety terms Details

Must be followed carefully to avoid death or serious bodily injury.
WARNING
Must be observed to avoid slight or moderate bodily injury or
CAUTION damage to the whole or each part of the product.

Contains important information and useful tips on the operation of

NOTE the product.

11
 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1628XE-M-00

1.3 Warning Labels

This section explains the handling of warning label, pasting location and types.
Warning labels are attached to parts of the printer that need special caution.
Understand the locations and the descriptions of the danger associated with each label
before operating the printer.

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels

Make sure to note the following when handling the warning labels.

NOTE
• Make sure that all warning labels can be recognized.If the text or illustrations
cannot be seen clearly, clean or replace the label.
• When cleaning warning labels, use a cloth with water or neutral detergent. Do not
use a solvent or gasoline.
• If a warning label is damaged, lost, or cannot be recognized, replace the label.

1.3.1 Handling the Warning Labels 12

 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1628XE-M-00

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels No. Types of Warning Labels
The locations of warning labels are shown in the following figure. 2
CAUTION
ᵈ‫ޓ‬ᗧ
ٟ⋥ធᯏ᪾ߦㅍ㘑ᯏ߿ⓨ⺞ⵝ⟎ߩ㘑ࠍᒰߡ ٟ૞↹ਛߪࡈࡠࡦ࠻ࠞࡃ࡯ࠍ㐿ߌߥ޿ߢ ٟDo not give a direct wind from a fan or ٟDo not open the front cover while
‫ߢ޿ߥޓ‬ਅߐ޿‫ޕ‬ ‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬ ‫ޓ‬air conditioner to the machine. ‫ޓ‬printing.
3 2 1 ̪㘑ߦࠃࠅࡋ࠶࠼ࡁ࠭࡞ౝߩࠗࡦࠢ߇࿕߹ ‫ޔߚ߹ޓ‬૞↹ਛߪ㐿ญㇱ߆ࠄᚻࠍ౉ࠇߚ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊߢ޿ߥࠇ⸅ߦ⚕↪ࠅޓ‬
̪A wind may dry the ink in the head ‫ޓ‬Moreover. Do not touch the media while
‫ޓ‬printing.
‫࠼࠶ࡋࠅޓ‬᡿㓚ߩේ࿃ߦߥߞߚࠅ‫ࠢࡦࠗޔ‬ ‫ޓ‬nozzles causing clogging that affects
‫ߩޓ‬ฯ಴ߦᓇ㗀ࠍਈ߃‫ޔ‬ḩ⿷ߥශሼ⚿ᨐ߇ ‫ޓ‬ᕁࠊߧࠤࠟࠍߒߚࠅ‫⦟ޔ‬ᅢߥ૞↹⚿ᨐ ‫ޓ‬Good printing result might not be
4 ‫ޓ‬ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬ ‫߇ޓ‬ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬
‫ޓ‬ink jetting,and you will not be able to
‫ޓ‬obtained.
‫ޓ‬obtain satisfactory printing results.
̪㐳ᤨ㑆૞↹ࠍⴕࠊߥ޿ᤨߪ‫ࠍ⚕↪ޔ‬ᄖ
5 ٟ㐳ᦼ㑆ࡊ࡝ࡦ࠲ࠍ૶↪ߒߥ޿႐วߪ‫ޔ‬ ‫⁁ࡊ࠶ࠕࠍ࡯ࡃ࡟࠼࡞࡯ࡎߒޓ‬ᘒߦߒߡ ٟNormal cleaning should be done once
̪Please remove the media and hold the
‫ޓ‬lever up when not using for a long time.
‫ޓ‬ㅳߦ৻ᐲࡁ࡯ࡑ࡞ࠢ࡝࡯࠾ࡦࠣࠍⴕߞߡ ‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬ ‫ޓ‬a week if the printer is not used for a
‫ޓ‬Due to the environment conditions,
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊޓ‬ ‫⦟ޓ‬ᅢߥ૞↹⚿ᨐ߇ᓧࠄࠇߥ޿ߎߣ߇޽ ‫ޓ‬long period.
‫ޓ‬media float and wrinkle might happen
̪ࠢ࡝࡯࠾ࡦࠣࠍⴕࠊߕߦ᡼⟎ߔࠆߣ‫ޔ‬ ‫ޕߔ߹ࠅޓ‬ ̪If the printer is left without cleaning,the ‫ޓ‬that does not obtain the good result.
‫࡞࠭ࡁ࠼࠶ࡋޓ‬ౝߢࠗࡦࠢ߇࿕߹ࠅࡋ࠶࠼ ‫ޓ‬ink will be hardened inside the head
ٟࡅ࡯࠲࡯ߩ᷷ᐲ⸳ቯߦࠃࠅ‫ࡄ࡯ࡍޔ‬㧙 ٟPaper guides,platen and paper holding
‫ޓ‬᡿㓚ߩේ࿃ߣߥࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬ ‫ޓ‬nozzle, and may cause the head
‫⚕↪ޔࡦ࠹࡜ࡊޔ࠼ࠗࠟޓ‬᛼߃ࡊ࡟࡯࠻ 
‫ޓ‬plate will become hot due to the heater
‫߇ޓ‬㜞᷷ߣߥࠆߚ߼‫ޔ‬Ἣ்ࠍߔࠆᕟࠇ߇ ‫ޓ‬trouble.
‫ޓ‬temperature setting.
‫ޕߔ߹ࠅ޽ޓ‬
‫ޓ‬Beware of being burned.

4
3

CAUTION
ᵈ‫ޓ‬ᗧ
ٟSharp Edges
‫ޓ‬Do not touch steel belt.
̪You may be injured.

ٟࠬ࠴࡯࡞ࡌ࡞࠻ߪ┵߇㍈ߊውߞߡ
‫ޕ޿ߐߛߊߢ޿ߥࠄ⸅ߢߩߔ߹޿ޓ‬
̪ߌ߇ࠍߔࠆᕟࠇ߇޽ࠅ߹ߔ‫ޕ‬

ࠬ࠴࡯࡞ࡌ࡞࠻
No. Types of Warning Labels
1
4

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels 13

 1.3 Warning Labels VJ1628XE-M-00

No. Types of Warning Labels

5

1.3.2 Location and Type of Warning Labels 14

 VJ1628XE-M-00

2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Introduction .....................................................................16

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages..........................17

2.2.1 Operation Status 　 .................................................17

2.2.2 Errors with Message ..............................................20

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot ........................................27

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission .............39

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages....................42

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems......................................42

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems ............................................48

2.3.3 Printing Problems...................................................49

2.3.4 Noise Problems......................................................61

2.3.5 Online Function Problems......................................64

2.3.6 Other Problems ......................................................65

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance ....67

15
 2.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

2.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on possible causes of machine errors/damage and recovery actions.
If the machine is malfunctioning and an error message is displayed on Operation panel, refer to"2.2Troubleshooting with Error Messages. If the machine is malfunctioning but no error messages
are displayed, refer to"2.3Troubleshooting Without Error MessagesIf cause of errors/damage and recovery actions are not found in this chapter, or the machine cannot restore to normal status,
please contact the distributor you purchased the product from or our customer support center.

No. Trouble Contents Reference

1 When the message is displayed Trouble with an error message displayed on Operation panel when the printer "2.2Troubleshooting with Error Messages
is malfunctioning.
2 When the message is not displayed Trouble without an error message displayed on Operation panel even when "2.3Troubleshooting Without Error Messages
the printer is malfunctioning.

16
 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages

This section describes the messages displayed in normal operation and upon an error occurrence as well as how to correct the error. The available messages are as follows.

2.2.1 Operation Status 　

This section describes the message contents, check items, and recovery actions for normal operation.

Table 2-1 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Cover open Front cover is open. 1. Is Switch board pressing the sensor Fix Switch board so that it presses the "(3)Front Cover section
while Front cover is closed? sensor.

2. Is Switch board installed facing down? Reinstall it correctly.

3. Is Cover sensor wobbly? Tighten the screw on Cover sensor.

4. Are the cables of F cover R sensor and Securely connect the cable to connector.
F cover L sensor securely connected? Check if the interlock cable is securely
connected to MAIN board.
5. Are F cover R sensor and F cover L Replace F cover R sensor and F cover L
sensor damaged? sensor.
6. Check the operation of Front cover Replace Front cover sensor if it is not working "5.5.4Sensor Menu
sensor in “Sen : Cover” in the self- properly. "(3)Front Cover section
diagnosis function.
7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy

2 Mainte. Cover[*] Maintenance cover is 1. Is Maintenance cover sensor wobbly? Tighten the screw on Maintenance cover "3.3.3Replacing Cover switch Assy
Open open. sensor.
2. Check if the sensor is in the closed status Adjust the location of the sensor so that the
Either L or R is
when Maintenance cover is closed. sensor is in the closed status when
indicated in [*].
Maintenance cover is closed.
3. Check if the mounting direction of the If the sensor’s open side is not facing the rear
sensor is inverted. side of the printer, reinstall the sensor.

2.2.1 Operation Status 　 17

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-1 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　2 Mainte. Cover[*] Maintenance cover is 4. Is the cable of Maintenance cover sensor Securely connect the cable. "3.3.3Replacing Cover switch Assy
Open open. securely connected?
Either L or R is
5. Is Maintenance cover sensor damaged? Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
indicated in [*].

(Continued)
6. Is Maintenance cover damaged? Replace Maintenance cover. -
7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy

3 Set media Media holding lever is 1. Does Pressurizing lever move smoothly? Lubricate pressure cam. "7.5Lubrication/Bonding
raised.

　 2. Is the sensor portion of Lever sensor Clean the sensor portion with a cotton swab, "3.5.7Replacing Lever sensor and Lever
dirty? etc. sensor cable Assy

3. Is Lever sensor securely installed? Adjust the mounting position of Lever sensor
.
4. Is the cable of Lever sensor securely Securely connect Lever sensor cable.
connected?
5. Check the operation of Lever sensor in Replace Lever sensor if it is not working "5.5.4Sensor Menu
“Sen.: Lever” in the self-diagnosis properly. "3.5.7Replacing Lever sensor and Lever
function. sensor cable Assy

6. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy

4 End of Roll Media has run out. 1. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed Securely connect it. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy
under Paper guide R securely
connected?
2. Check if there is paper in “Sen : Rear” in If “No media” is displayed even when paper is "5.5.4Sensor Menu
the self-diagnosis function. loaded, check the item 5.

　 3. P_Rear sensor may need adjustment or Adjust P_Rear sensor. "4.8P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment
it may be damaged. "3.5.6Replacing P_REAR sensor
If the same error continues to be displayed,
replace P_Rear sensor.
4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy

2.2.1 Operation Status 　 18

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-1 Events and Check Items for Operation Status Messages (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

5 No media Media is not loaded. 1. Check if there is paper in “Sen. : Rear” in If “No media” is displayed even when paper is "4.8P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment
the self-diagnosis function. loaded, replace Paper rear sensor.
"3.5.6Replacing P_REAR sensor

2. Does the media in use have low Instruct the user that media with low -
reflectance? reflectance cannot be used.
3. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed Securely connect it. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy
under Paper guide R securely
connected?
4. Paper rear sensor may need adjustment Adjust P_REAR sensor. "4.8P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment
or it may be damaged.
If the same error continues to be displayed, "3.5.6Replacing P_REAR sensor
replace P_REAR sensor.
5. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board Assy

2.2.1 Operation Status 　 19

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.2.2 Errors with Message

This section describes the contents of errors with messages as well as the check items and recovery actions.
These messages are displayed when an abnormal condition occurs while the printer is running.
Upon an occurrence of an error with message, the printer stops its operation at the same time.
The error can be cancelled by removing the error causes. After that, the printer will restart its operation.

Table 2-2 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Media detection Media detection has 1. Is the media loaded outside the printing Instruct the user how to load media. Operation Manual
error failed. range (not placed in the center or the width is
smaller than the minimum width)?
2. Is Paper edge sensor securely installed? Install Paper edge sensor correctly. "3.7.14P_EDGE Sensor

3. Is Platen non-reflective tape damaged? Replace Platen non-reflective tape. "3.5.11Replacing Platen Non-
Reflecting Tape

4. Are there taint or any foreign substances on Remove any taint or foreign substances. Operation Manual
the surface of Platen and Paper edge
sensor?
5. Is Paper edge sensor damaged? Remove any taint or foreign substances. "3.7.14P_EDGE Sensor

6. Is the cable of Paper edge sensor placed on Securely connect it to CR board connector "3.7.4Replacing CR board
Head securely connected?
7. Is the cable of Paper rear sensor placed Securely connect it to MAIN board connector "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
under Paper guide R securely connected? Assy

　 8. Check the sensitivity of the sensor in “Sen : Replace Paper edge sensor. "4.8P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
EdgeAD” in the self-diagnosis function. Adjustment
"3.7.14P_EDGE Sensor

9. Does the media in use have low Instruct the user that media with low reflectance -
reflectance? cannot be used.
10. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Correctly plug the CR_FFC again. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

11. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

12. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

13. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2.2.2 Errors with Message 20

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-2 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

2 Media skew error Media is running 1. Reload media and check whether the same If the error is due to the way the user loads the -
obliquely. error occurs. media, instruct the user how to load media
properly.

2. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test: Securely connect the cable of suction FAN to -
Fan” – “Fan: Vacuum Fan” in the self- MAIN board connector.
diagnosis function? Replace the cable of Suction FAN.
Replace Suction FAN.
3. Is the pressure suitably adjusted for the Adjust the pressure so that there is no skew, -
media? horizontal banding, or mark left by pressurizing
rollers.

2.2.2 Errors with Message 21

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-2 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 [*******] Ink Low Ink has run out. Printing 1. Check the ink in the ink cartridge. Replace the ink cartridge when there is no ink. -
operation stops
immediately. If there is sufficient amount of ink, refer to the
check item 2.

2. Check the ink cartridge with no ink in “Sen. : Insert or remove the cartridge and wait for more "5.5.4Sensor Menu
Ink END 12345678” in the self-diagnosis than three minutes to see if the same error is still
function to see if the ink cartridge displayed displayed.
is the same one with the error.
If the same error continues to be displayed, refer
to the check item 3.
3. Check the connection of the connectors of Correctly plug the following connectors again "3.4.20Replacing JUNCTION
Sub tank control relay cable. board Assy
JUNCTION Board "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
*Check the connection of the connectors on MAIN Board Assy
the path. "3.9.2Replacing Ink ID Board
If the same error continues to be displayed even Assy
after inserting the above connectors again, Sub
tank control relay cable or the cables on the path
may be damaged. Replace it.

If the same error continues to be displayed after

replacing it, refer to the check item 4.

4. Is there ink leakage or bleeding around the Check the connection of Ink tube. -
connection area of Ink tube?
5. Has the ink cartridge been left removed? Replace GB connector. -
6. MAIN board may be damaged. If the same error continues to be displayed after "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
replacing it, MAIN board may be damaged. Assy
Replace MAIN board.

2.2.2 Errors with Message 22

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-2 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

4 [*******] Ink cartridge is not 1. Are Ink cartridges used dedicated ink Instruct the user to use the dedicated ink -
No cartridge inserted. cartridges? cartridges.

2. Is the message displayed after turning off the When the message is displayed : Refer to the -
printer and turning it back on? check item 3 for action.
3. Check if there are ink cartridges in ”Sen.:Ink Insert or remove the cartridge and wait for more "5.5.4Sensor Menu
NOT ” in the self-diagnosis function to see if than three minutes to see if the same error is still
the ink cartridge displayed is the same one displayed.
with the error. • If the same error continues to be
displayed, adjust the mounting position of
Ink bag control cable.
• If the same error continues to be
displayed after adjustment, check the
connection.
• If the same error continues to be
displayed after checking the connection,
Ink cartridge control cable may be
damaged. Replace it.
• If the same error continues to be
displayed after replacing it, refer to the
check item 4.
4. Check the connection of the connector of I/C Securely connect it. "3.9.2Replacing Ink ID Board
cable. Assy

5. Ink I/C cable may damaged. Replace I/C Cable. -

6. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

5 S/C Color Err A dedicated S/C card 1. Check if the message is displayed after When the message is displayed: Refer to the Operation Manual
S/C Ink Err may be malfunction. turning off the printer and turning it back on. check item 2.
S/CCode Err
2. Check if the dedicated Smart chip cards are Replace with the dedicated Smart chip cards.
Broken Chip
used.
3. Check if the dedicated Smart chip cards are
broken or the chip portion is damaged.
4. Check if ink ID is correctly recognized in the "5.5.4Sensor Menu
self-diagnosis function.

2.2.2 Errors with Message 23

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-2 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

6 Full wasteInkTank Waste fluid bottle is full. 1. Check if Waste fluid bottle is full. Dispose of waste fluid. -

2. Check the connection of the connector of Correctly insert the following connectors again. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Waste fluid level switch. Assy

3. Waste fluid level switch may be damaged. Replace Waste fluid level switch. "3.10.1Replacing Waste Fluid
Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch
4. MAIN board may be damaged.
If the same error continues to be displayed after "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
replacing Waste fluid level switch: Assy
MAIN board may be damaged.
Replace it.
7 Life Times [Head] The operational life of Check the condition of Head. Replace Print Head as necessary. Clear the "3.7.12Replacing Print Head
Print head has almost counter after replacing it. "6.3.2Counter Initialization
expired. Menu

8 Life Times [Pump] The operational life of Check the condition of Pump Cap Assembly. Replace Pump Cap Assembly as necessary. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
Pump Cap has almost Clear the counter after replacing it. Assembly
expired. "6.3.2Counter Initialization
Menu

9 Life Times [CR The operational life of Check the condition of CR motor. Replace CR motor as necessary. Clear the "3.6.2Replacing CR motor
Motor] CR motor has almost counter after replacing it. "6.3.2Counter Initialization
expired. Menu

10 Life Times [PF The operational life of Check the condition of PF motor. Replace PF motor as necessary. Clear the "3.5.4Replacing PF Motor Assy
Motor] PF motor has almost counter after replacing it. "6.3.2Counter Initialization
expired. Menu

11 Life Times The operational life of Check the condition of Circulation Pump. Replace Circulation Pump as necessary. Clear "3.9.3Replacing Circulation
[CPump1] Pump has almost the counter after replacing it. Pump
Life Times expired. "6.3.2Counter Initialization
[CPump2] Menu

2.2.2 Errors with Message 24

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-2 Symptoms and Check Items for Errors with Message(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 Media cut error Even though cutting 1. Does media dust accumulate in cutter Remove accumulated media dust along groove. Operation Manual
operation is performed, groove?
media is not cut off.
2. Is cutter cap securely installed? Reinstall cutter cap securely. Operation Manual

3. Check cutter sliding up/down operation. • When it does not rise: ―

Refer to action in check item No. 4.
4. When setting cutter, lower cutter with finger
and check that cutter rises to upper end only • When it rises:
by spring force. Refer to action in check item No. 5.

5. When setting cutter after removing cutter • When it lowers: ー

spring, does cutter lower to lower end by its Cutter spring may be defective. Replace
own weight? cutter spring referring to exploded views.
• When it does not lower:
Cutter may be defective. Replace cutter.
6. Check if solenoid goes up/down from "Life: - -
Cutter" of self-diagnosis function. • OK:
Operation Manual
a) Goes up/down: Cutter has reached the end of life or be
Check the position where cutter goes down to damaged. Replace cutter with new one.
cutter groove. • NG: "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
Adjust cutter holder position.
b) Does not go up/down: Connector may be poorly connected.
Check the connection of following connectors.
7. CR_FFC may be broken, solenoid may be If solenoid goes up/down, replace CR_FFC. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
defective, or each board may be defective.
a) Replace CR_FFC with new one.

b) Replace solenoid with new one. (Check by If solenoid goes up/down, replace solenoid.
connecting connectors directly)
c) Replace CR board. After replacement, adjust sensor reflection "3.7.4Replacing CR board
amount from "Sen: Edge AD" of "Test: Sensor" of
self-diagnosis function.
d) Replace MAIN board. Before replacing MAIN board, back up "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
parameters and recover to new MAIN board. Assy
Then start operation check.
13 Smart/C End Smart/C is End. - - -
14 Smart/C Low Smart/C is Low. - - -

2.2.2 Errors with Message 25

2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

NOTE
If no ink and no cartridge occur at the same time, no cartridge message has priority to be displayed.

2.2.2 Errors with Message 26

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot

This section describes the contents of reboot-requiring errors as well as the check items and recovery actions.
These errors are issued when any of the following critical problems occur.

• Obstacle that prevents the machine's operation

• Damage of electric circuits (Boards, Motors, Sensors)
• Abnormal operation of control programs
When any of the above conditions occur, the machine follows the steps shown below before stopping its operation.

1. Turn OFF the driving system power automatically.

2. Flash all lamps on Operation panel and generate intermittent audible alarm.
3. Display the applicable error message on the LCD.
The error can be cancelled by removing the error causes and restarting the machine.

(1) CPU system serious error

　

Table 2-3 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 E016 Interrupt Interruption exception 1. Check AC power supply and printer • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
［00］ error: peripherals.
An anomaly is detected
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even • Replace MAIN board.
during interruption "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
when there is no problem, turn off the printer
process. Assy
and turn it back on a few times to check.
2 E016 Command border 3. Check if the firmware is the latest one.
TLB Modif exception/TLB
［01］ exception (load or 4. Check the serial number of the printer.
command fetch) error: 5. MAIN board may be damaged.
An anomaly is detected
in command border.
Or TLB exception is
detected while loading
data or fetching data.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 27

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-3 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 E016 TLB-L/I Data border exception/ 1. Check AC power supply and printer • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
［02］ TLB exception error peripherals.
4 E016 TLB-S Data border exception/ 2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even • Replace MAIN board.
"3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
［03］ TLB exception (store) when there is no problem, turn off the printer Assy
error: and turn it back on a few times to check.
An anomaly is detected 3. Check if the firmware is the latest one.
in data border.
Or TLB exception is 4. Check the serial number of the printer.
detected while storing 5. MAIN board may be damaged.
data.
5 E016 AddErr-L/I Address exception error
［04］ (load or command
fetch):
Address error is
detected while loading
or fetching command.
6 E016 AddErr-S Address exception error
［05］ (store):
An address error is
detected while
escaping.
7 E016 Pass exception error
BusErr-I (command fetch):
［06］ Address error is
detected while loading
or storing command.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 28

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-3 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

8 E016 Bus exception error 1. Check the serial number of the printer. • Contact your local MUTOH dealer Operation Manual
BusErr-L ／ S (load or store): "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
2. MAIN board may be damaged.
［07］ Bus error is detected • Replace MAIN board. Assy
while loading or storing
command.
9 E016 System call exception
SystemCall error:
［08］ An anomaly is detected
in system call.
10 E016 Break point exception
BreakPoint error:
［09］ An anomaly is detected
in break point.
11 E016 Reserved command
Reserved exception error:
［10］ An anomaly is detected
in reserved command.
12 E016 Coprocessor disabled
Copro exception error:
［11］ An anomaly is detected
in coprocessor .

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 29

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-3 Symptoms and Check items for CPU System Serious Errors (Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

13 E016 Arithmetic overflow 1. Check AC power supply and printer • Contact your local MUTOH dealer. Operation Manual
Overflow exception error: peripherals.
［12］ Overflow is detected.
2. Check whether the same error occurs. Even
14 E016 Arithmetic overflow when there is no problem, turn off the printer
Trap exception error: and turn it back on a few times to check.
［13］ Overflow is detected. 3. Check the serial number of the printer.
15 E016 Floating decimal point 4. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board.
Floating exception error: "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
［15］ An anomaly is detected Assy
in floating decimal point.
16 E016 Watch exception error:
Watch An anomaly is detected
[23] in Watch.
17 E016 Watchdog time-out
WatchDog exception error:
［32］ A time-out is detected in
Watchdog.
18 E016 Abort error:
Abort Err Abort is detected.
［33］
19 E016 EXC error (undefined)
Exception　Err other than the above
［XX］ has occured.
E016 XX stands for a number.
Abort Err
［33］
20 E016 Flash ROM The content of flash The contents of flash ROM may be destroyed. • Replace MAIN board.
[35] ROM may be destroyed.

NOTE
For the PC settings, refer to your PC's operation manual.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 30

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Mechanical Serious Errors

　

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 E 065Err An anomaly is detected 1. Check if the is paper jam around Grid Roller. • Remove paper jam.
PF motor in PF motor (X-axis)
2. Check the error record in “Test : Record” in
during printer operation. Check the connection of the following connectors
the self-diagnosis function.
Displayed when there is of MAIN board. "5.5.7Record Menu
E 067Err a big difference between 3. Set the endurance time to more than 50
2 times in “Life: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis • PF motor cable connector
PF encoder motor command value "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
and feedback from function to see if any errors related to PF Assy
• PF_ENC connector:
encoder. motor such as “PF motor error” occurs.
• Connector that is connecting PF motor
"5.12Endurance Running Menu
4. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check: Test” – and PF motor relay
“Test: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis
"5.5.5Encoder Menu
function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see
if the value displayed on the panel
changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Back feed direction: Decrease
5. Check if DC42V is correctly supplied from
If Main power board is damaged, replace it.
Power board, using the tester.
"3.4.2Replacing Power Board
Assy

6. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF encoder. "3.5.2Replacing PF Encoder

7. Check if PF encoder scale is installed facing "3.5.6Replacing P_REAR sensor
the correct direction. • Install PF encoder scale properly. "4.5X Speed Reduction Belt
8. Check if PF encoder scale is dirty or misted Tension Adjustment
over. "3.5.4Replacing PF Motor Assy
• Adjust PF belt tension. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
9. Check if the tension of PF belt is appropriate. Assy
10. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF motor.
• Replace MAIN board.
11. MAIN board may be damaged.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 31

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

3 E069 Err An anomaly is detected 1. Check the error record in “Test : Record” in "5.5.7Record Menu
PF Timeout in media feed amount the self-diagnosis function. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
(X-axis) during printer Check the connection of the following connectors Assy
2. Set the endurance time to more than 50
operation. of MAIN board.
times in “Life: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis
Displayed when Grid • PF motor cable connector "5.12Endurance Running Menu
function to see if any errors related to PF
roller has not reached • PF_ENC connector:
motor such as “PF motor error” occurs.
the designated position. "5.5.5Encoder Menu
3. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check: Test” – • Connector that is connecting PF
“Test: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis motor and PF motor relay
function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see
if the value displayed on the panel
changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
"3.5.2Replacing PF Encoder
• Back feed direction: Decrease • Replace PF encoder. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
4. PF encoder may be damaged. • If Main power board is damaged, replace Assy
it. "3.5.4Replacing PF Motor Assy
5. PF encoder may be damaged.
• Replace PF motor.
6. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 32

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

4 E071 Err An overload condition is 1. Is the weight of the media used within the • Explain the user about the recommended "5.5.7Record Menu
PF Current detected in PF motor (X- recommended weight? media weight.
axis) during printer • Remove paper jam, check if Media holder "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
2. Is there paper jam around Grid roller?
5　 E073 Err operation. and Print head are damaged, and check if Assy
PF2 Current the same error occurs.
Check the connection of the following connectors "5.12Endurance Running Menu
of MAIN board.
"5.5.5Encoder Menu
• PF motor cable connector
3. Check the error record in “Test : Record” in "3.5.2Replacing PF Encoder
the self-diagnosis function. • PF_ENC connector
• Connector that is connecting PF "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
4. Set the endurance time to more than 50 motor and PF motor relay
times in “Life: PF Motor” in the self-diagnosis Assy
function to see if any errors related to PF
"3.5.4Replacing PF Motor Assy
motor such as “PF motor error” occurs.
5. Check “Encoder: PF” in “Check: Test” –
“Test5: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis
function.
• Turn PF connecting axle by hand and see
if the value displayed on the panel
changes as follows.
• Front feed direction: Increase
• Replace PF encoder.
• Back feed direction: Decrease
• If Main power board is damaged, replace
6. PF encoder may be damaged. it.
7. PF encoder may be damaged. • Replace PF motor.
8. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 33

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

6 E066 Err An anomaly is detected 1. Check if there is paper jam around Grid • After removing any foreign substances "3.7.5Replacing CR Encoder
CR Motor in CR motor (Y-axis) Roller or any foreign substances around the and checking if the printer itself is not "5.5.7Record Menu
during printer operation. range of CR movement. damaged, check if the same error still "3.6.5Replacing T Fence
occurs.
2. Check the error record in “Test: Record” in
the self-diagnosis function. • Check if T fence is placed between CR
E068 Err CR Displayed when there is 3. encoders. If not, reassemble CR encoder "7.5Lubrication/Bonding
7　 Move Carriage from side to side while the correctly. If T fence is damaged, replace
Encoder a big difference between printer is turned off and see if there is it.
motor command value anywhere Carriage does not move smoothly.
and feedback from • Clean and lubricate CR rail roller guide.
"3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
encoder. 4. Set the endurance time to more than 50 • Check the connection of the following
Assy
times in “Life: CR Motor” in the self-diagnosis connectors.
function to see if any errors related to PF "5.12Endurance Running Menu
motor such as “CR motor error” occurs. MAIN board :
"4.4Steel Belt Tension
• CR motor connector Adjustment
• CR_FFC connector
CR board : "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
• CR_FFC connector
• Check the connection to CR motor is "3.6.2Replacing CR motor
appropriate. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
• Check if the tensions of CR speed
reduction belt and Steel belt are "3.6.2Replacing CR motor
appropriate.
Replace the following parts:
• T fence
• CR encoder
• CR_FFC
• CR motor
• CR board
• MAIN board

8　 E070 Err CR A timeout is detected in 5. Check if T fence is dirty or twisted. • When there is grease or dust on it: Wipe it "3.6.5Replacing T Fence
Timeout the Head shift amount with a dry cloth.
(Y-axis) during printer • When there is ink on it: Damp a cloth with
operation. mild detergent and lightly wipe off the ink.
Displayed when • When it is too dirty and the adhered
Carriage has not substance cannot be removed: Replace T
reached the designated fence.
position.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 34

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

　8 E070 Err A timeout is detected in 6. Check “Encoder: CR” in “Check: Test” – When NG: "5.5.5Encoder Menu
CR Timeout the Head shift amount “Test: Encoder” in the self-diagnosis a) Check the cable connection at the following "3.6.2Replacing CR motor
(Y-axis) during printer function. places. "3.7.5Replacing CR Encoder
(Continuted) operation. • Mover Carriage to see if the values on the • CR board connector "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
Displayed when panel increases/decreases as follows. b) Replace the following parts. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
Carriage has not • CR encoder
reached the designated
• CW direction: Increase • T fence
position.
• CCW direction: Decrease • CR motor
• CR_FFC
• CR board
7. Check the connection of Cover sensor and Make sure to connect it securely. "3.3.3Replacing Cover switch
Maintenance Cover Sensor. When the cables are disconnecting, replace it. Assy
"3.3.4Replacing Cover R cable
Assy
"3.3.5Replacing Cover L cable
Assy

8. Carriage lock solenoid may be damaged. When Carriage lock solenoid is malfunctioning, -
(Check if “ON” is displayed when Carriage is replace it.
locked and “OFF” is displayed when
Carriage is moved in “Sen.: CR Origin” in the
self-diagnosis function.)
9. Check the connection of CR board. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
10. HEATER RELAY board may be damaged.
11. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

9　 E072 Err An overload condition is

CR Current detected in CR motor
(Y-axis) during printer
10 E074 Err operation.
CR2 Current
11 E092 Err
CR Overload

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 35

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 E081 Err CR_HP cannot be 1. Check CR origin sensor in “Sen.: CR Origin” Check connection of CR origin sensor cable "5.5.4Sensor Menu
CR Origin detected. in the self-diagnosis function. connector.
(Check if “ON” is displayed when Carriage is
locked and “OFF” is displayed when
Carriage is moved.)
2. CR origin sensor may be damaged. Replace CR origin sensor. "3.6.6Replacing CR origin
sensor

3. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

13 E075 Err An anomaly is detected 1. Check the connection of Head FFC. Connect the Head FFC surely. "3.7.13Replacing Head FFC
Head Temp in Pre heater system
2. Is Head FFC disconnected? Replace Head FFC.
(Thermistor, Heater).
3. Check the connection of CR FFC. Connect the CR FFC surely. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

4. Is CR FFC disconnected? Replace CR FFC.

5. Main board may be damaged. Replace Main board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

6. Head thermistor may be damaged. Replace Head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

14 E076 Err An anomaly is detected Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector "3.5.8Replacing Heater and
Pre heat in Head FFC or Head disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor properly. Thermistor
Thermistor. cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4Replacing Board Base
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
damaged. "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
board.
Board Assy
3. Replace Heater.
4. Replace HEATER RELAY board and
HEATER CONT board.
15 E077 Err An anomaly is detected Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector "3.5.8Replacing Heater and
Platen heat in Platen heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor properly. Thermistor
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4Replacing Board Base
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
damaged. "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
board.
Board Assy
3. Replace Heater.
4. Replace HEATER RELAY board and
HEATER CONT board.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 36

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

16 E078 Err An anomaly is detected Thermistor or Heater’s connector may be 1. Plug Thermistor or Heater’s connector "3.5.8Replacing Heater and
After Heat in After heater system disconnected, wiring may be faulty, or Thermistor properly. Thermistor
(Thermistor, Heater). cable maybe nipped by plates, or Heater may be "3.4Replacing Board Base
2. Check the connections of HEATER RELAY
damaged.
board.
3. Replace Heater.
4. Replace HEATER RELAY board and
HEATER CONT board.
17 E079 Err An anomaly is detected • Communication cable may be 1. Check the connection between MAIN board "5.5.2Version Menu
Commu. in the serial malfunctioning. and HEATER CONT board. "4.3Working with MUTOH
communication between • Firmware on HEATER CONT board may Service Assistance Software
2. Check the connection between HEATER
MAIN Board and be malfunctioning. JUNCTION board and HEATER CONT
HEATER CONTROL • MAIN board may be malfunctioning. "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
board.
Board during printer Board Assy
• HEATER CONT board may be 3. Check the version of the firmware and install
operation. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
malfunctioning. the latest firmware. Assy
4. Replace HEATER CONT board or MAIN
board.
18 E082 Err An anomaly is detected Wiper sensor Assy and MAIN board may be 1. Replace Wiper origin sensor cable.
Wiper Sns. in Wiper sensor. damaged.
2. Replace Pump cap Assy.
3. Replace MAIN board.
19 E085 Err An anomaly is detected Head, Head FFC, or CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace Print head.
Head Heat in Head driver.
20 E087 Err An anomaly is detected Head transistor on MAIN board may have 1. Replace Wiper unit Assy.
H trans Th. in Head transistor. temperature anomaly or Thermistor sensor
2. Replace MAIN board.
may be malfunctioning.
21 E090 Err An anormaly is detected 1. Check input voltage (Heater). Replace HEATER CONT board. "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
HeaterVolt. in Heater Volts. Board Assy
2. HEATER CONT board may be malfunction.

22 E093 Err Control An anormaly is detected the version of H_CONT F/W might not be the Check the F/W version, and install the latest "5.5.2Version Menu
Ver. in H_Cont F/W. latest. version.
23 E097 Err An anomaly is detected MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
NVRAM. in NVRAM. Assy

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 37

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-4 Symptoms and Check Items for Mechanical Serious Errors(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

24 E140Err An anomaly is detected 1. Pre Thermistor connector may be 1. Make sure to connect thermistor connector "3.5.8Replacing Heater and
Pre heat Th. in Pre Thermistor. malfunctioning. securely. Thermistor
2. Thermistor may be disconnecting. 2. Replace Pre Thermistor relay. "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
3. HEATER CONT board may be 3. Replace Pre Thermistor. Board Assy
malfunctioning.
4. Replace HEATER CONT board.
25 E141Err An anomaly is detected 1. Platen Thermistor connector may be 1. Make sure to connect thermistor connector "3.5.8Replacing Heater and
Platen heat Th. in Platen Thermistor. malfunctioning. securely. Thermistor
2. Platen Thermistor may be disconnecting. 2. Replace Thermistor relay. "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
Board Assy
3. HEATER CONT board may be 3. Replace Platen Thermistor.
malfunctioning.
4. Replace HEATER CONT board.
26 E142Err An anomaly is detected 1. After Thermistor connector may be 1. Make sure to connect thermistor connector
After heat Th. in After Thermistor. malfunctioning. securely.
2. After Thermistor may be disconnecting. 2. Replace After Thermistor relay.
3. HEATER CONT board may be 3. Replace After Thermistor.
malfunctioning.
4. Replace HEATER CONT board.
27 E152 Err The power-supply from 1. The fuse of CR board may be blown. 1. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
CR Board Fuse the printer to
Colorimeter may be
disconnected.

2.2.3 Errors Requiring Reboot 38

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission

This section describes the error messages displayed when sending backup parameters and firmware using dedicated online software, as well as their recovery actions.
　

Table 2-5 Error Messages During File Transmission

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Transfer failed Firmware data format is Check if the transferred firmware was the correct After checking, reinstall the firmware. "4.3Working with MUTOH
Data format error wrong. file. Service Assistance Software
2 Transfer failed The cancel button on - Retransfer the firmware.
Aborted by the the computer is clicked.
HOST
3 Transfer failed A communication time- Check the connection between the printer and After solving the problem, retransfer the
Data timeout out is detected. computer. firmware.
4 Transfer failed File checksum error is - 1. Retransfer the firmware.
Check-sum error detected.
2. If this does not solve the problem, check if
the transferred firmware was the correct file.
5 Transfer failed Received wrong-sized Check if the program file is correct. After checking, retransfer the data.
Wrong size data.
xxxxxxxx
6 Transfer failed Incompatible firmware is Check if the program file is correct. After checking, reinstall the firmware.
Incompatible F/W detected.
7 Transfer failed ROM erase error is MAIN Board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Flash erase error detected. Assy

8 Transfer failed ROM writing error is MAIN Board may be damaged.

Flash write error detected.
9 Transfer failed ROM comparing error is MAIN Board may be damaged.
Flash compare detected.
error
10 Transfer failed FROM with unknown This should not normally happen.
Unknown Flash size written method is FROM may be damaged.
detected.
11 Internal Error No memory area is This should not normally happen. Replace MAIN board.
Memory Exhausted available.

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission 39

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-5 Error Messages During File Transmission(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

12 Transfer failed Block reply timeout is Check the connection between HEATER CONT • Reconnect HEATER CONT board and "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
Block replay detected during system board and MAIN board. MAIN board. Board Assy
timeout code transfer. • Replace the cable connecting HEATER "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
CONT board and MAIN board.
Assy
• Replace HEATER CONT board.
• Replace MAIN board.

13 Transfer failed Received invalid value

Block replay error by block reply during
xx system code transfer.
14 Transfer failed Final reply timeout is
Final reply timeout detected during system
code transfer.
15 Transfer failed Received invalid value
Final reply error xx by final reply during
system code transfer.
16 Boot Transfer failed Opening sequence of • Check the connection between HEATER • Reconnect HEATER CONT board and "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
Opening seq. failed boot code transfer CONT board and MAIN board. MAIN board. Board Assy
failed. • Check if the green LED is on HEATER Or replace the cable connecting HEATER
CONT board is on. CONT board and MAIN board.
"3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
• Check if the red LED is on HEATER • If the green LED is still off after turning on
the power, replace HEATER CONT Assy
CONT board is blinking.
board.
• If the red LED is blinking and there is no "4.3Working with MUTOH
problem on the connection between Service Assistance Software
HEATER CONT board and MAIN board,
reinstall the firmware.

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission 40

 2.2 Troubleshooting with Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-5 Error Messages During File Transmission(Continued)

No. Message Event/symptom Check item Action Reference

17 Boot Transfer failed AA did not reply to the Check the connection between HEATER CONT • Reconnect HEATER CONT board and "3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
55-AA Timeout boot code transfer board and MAIN board. MAIN board. Board Assy
procedure 55. • Replace the cable connecting HEATER "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
CONT board and MAIN board.
Assy
• Replace HEATER CONT board.
18 Boot Transfer failed xx replied to the boot • Replace MAIN board.
55-AA reply error xx code transfer procedure
55.
19 Boot Transfer failed Error (xx) replied to the
End code xx end of boot code
transfer.
20 Boot Transfer failed An echo of the boot
Echo timeout code transfer procedure
did not reply.
21 Boot Transfer failed An invalid error (xx) of
Echo error xx boot code transfer
procedure replied.
22 Internal error Parameter writing failed. This should not normally happen. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Parameter save FROM may be damaged. Assy
error
23 Transfer failed Received wrong year MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Wrong year xxxx data. (xxxx). Assy
24 Transfer failed Received wrong month
Wrong month xx data. (xx).
25 Transfer failed Received wrong date
Wrong day xx data. (xx).
26 Transfer failed Received wrong time
Wrong hour xx data. (xx).
27 Transfer failed Received wrong minute
Wrong min xx data. (xx).
28 Transfer not ready Transfer is not available. Check if the LED display on Operation panel is in Press an arbitrary button on Operation panel to "4.3Working with MUTOH
standby state in Board manager mode. set the panel display in the standby state, and Service Assistance Software
then reinstall.

2.2.4 Error Messages During File Transmission 41

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages

This section describes the symptoms of errors without an error message as well as the check items and recovery actions.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems

　

Table 2-6 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Printer cannot be turned on 1. Are the cables between Inlet and Power board and Connect Power cable securely. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
Power board and MAIN board securely connected? Assy
"3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
2. Is Power cable damaged?
Assy
If it is damaged, replace it.
3. Is the fuse blown? Replace Fuse. "3.4.13Replacing AC Inlet

4. Is Panel FFC cut or shorted out? Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1Replacing Panel Unit

5. Panel unit may be damaged. Replace Panel unit.

6. Inlet may be damaged. Replace Inlet. "3.4.13Replacing AC Inlet

7. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
Assy

8. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2 LCD display malfunction 1. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. • Panel FFC Assy
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
2. Panel FFC may be damaged. Replace Panel FFC. "3.3.1Replacing Panel Unit

3. Is LCD monitor of Panel unit damaged? Replace Panel unit.

4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

5. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
Assy

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 42

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-6 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

3 Initial ink charge does not start 1. Is “Maintenance cover open” displayed on LCD monitor • MAIN board connector "3.3.3Replacing Cover switch
while Maintenance cover is closed? Check the connectors of HEATER Assy
RELAY board.
"Mainte. Cover[*] Open
• Check if Maintenance cover sensor is
broken.
• Adjust the mounting position of
Maintenance cover sensor.
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor.
2. Is “Cover open” displayed on LCD monitor while Front • Adjust the mounting position of Cover "(3)Front Cover section
cover is closed? sensor. "Mainte. Cover[*] Open
• Replace Cover sensor.

　 3. Is “Lever up” displayed on LCD monitor while Media set Check if Lever sensor is correctly operating in "5.5.4Sensor Menu
lever is lowered? “Check: Test” - “Sen.: Sensor” – “Test: Lever” in
the self-diagnosis function.
4. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. • MAIN board Assy
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? • Panel unit
5. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate • Follow the same procedure as when “[*] "2.2.2Errors with Message
while specific ink bags are securely inserted? Ink END” is displayed to take appropriate "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
• Ink detection in “Sen.: I. END” measures.
• After adjustment and replacement,
perform Initial ink charge in “Check:
InkCharg” – “InkCharge: Normal” in the
self-diagnosis function.
6. Does the dedicated cartridge status properly operate in • Follow the same procedure as when “[*] "2.2.2Errors with Message
“Sen.: I. ID” in the self-diagnosis function, while specified Not Original” is displayed to take "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
ink bags are securely inserted? appropriate measures.
• After adjustment and replacement,
perform Initial ink charge in “Check:
InkCharg” – “InkCharge: Normal” in the
self-diagnosis function.
7. MAIN board may be damaged. • Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
• After replacement, perform Initial ink Assy
charge in “Check: InkCharg” – "5.6Ink Charging Menu
“InkCharge: Normal” in the self-diagnosis
function.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 43

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-6 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

4 Initial ink charge started, but ink 1. Is Pump Cap Assy damaged, or is Tube disconnected • If Tube is disconnected, connect it again. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
does not reach Head from Maintenance Assy? • Replace Pump Cap Assy. Assembly
2. Is Tube at Ink supply area disconnected? • Connect Pump motor connector securely. "3.8Replacing Maintenance
3. Is Pump motor connector securely connected? Section
• Replace Valve head.
4. Valve head may be damaged. • Replace Print head.
5. Replace Print head. "3.7.10Replacing Valve head
"3.7.12Replacing Print Head

5 Ink does not come out even after 1. Is Capping position appropriate? • Once the ink flow is confirmed, perform "5.6Ink Charging Menu
initial ink charge is completed initial charge again.

　 2. Are Valve head, Ink tube, and joint screws loose? • Check Valve head. "3.7.10Replacing Valve head
Is ink bleeding? • Remove Side covers (L and R) and "3.3Replacing Cover
Is O-ring properly mounted? Cartridge cover and check Ink tube and Peripherals
joint screws of SUS pipe.
3. Is Ink tube in Maintenance Assy folded? • Replace Pump Cap Assy and see if the "5.6Ink Charging Menu
cleaning operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
4. Is Wiper operating properly? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
(Check On/OFF in “Check: Test” – “Test: Sensor” – board again. Assy
“Sen.: Wiper” in the self-diagnosis function. • Replace Wiper Pump Cap Assy. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
Assembly

5. Is Pump working during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
board again. Assy
• Replace Pump Cap Assy. "3.8.6Replacing Wiper Origin
• Replace MAIN board. Sensor Cable

6. Is Ink tube bent, or does it have scratches or air • Replace the damaged Ink tube and check "3.6.10Replacing Ink tube
leakage? if the cleaning operation makes the ink "5.6Ink Charging Menu
flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 44

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-6 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Ink does not come out even after 7. Check the connection of Head FFCs. Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector. "3.7.13Replacing Head FFC
initial ink charge is completed
(Continued) 8. Head FFC may be damaged. Replace Head FFC. "3.7.13Replacing Head FFC

9. Check the connections of CR_FFCs. Securely connect the CR_FFCs. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

10. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

11. Is Print head damaged? Replace Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

12. Is CR board damaged? Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

13. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board . "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

6 • The printer does not 1. Is “Cover open” displayed on LCD monitor while Front • Check the connectors of MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
operate after turned on. cover is closed? • Adjust the mounting position of Front Assy
• The printer does not stop Does Front cover sensor correctly operate in “Test: cover sensor. "(3)Front Cover section
operation even when Front Sensor” – “Sen.: Cover” in the self-diagnosis function? • Replace Front cover sensor. "Cover open
cover or Maintenance • Securely connect the connector of Cover
cover is opened. sensor.
• After the printer is turned
on, "Initializing" is
displayed and the printer
resets
• Loading media does not
start the initial operation
• The printer does not
operate even when Front
cover or Maintenance
cover is closed.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 45

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-6 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　6 • The printer does not 2. Is “Maintenance cover open” displayed on LCD monitor • Check MAIN board connector. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
operate after turned on. while Maintenance cover is closed? • Maintenance cover sensor R Assy
• The printer does not stop Does Maintenance cover sensor correctly operate in • Maintenance cover sensor L
operation even when Front “Sen.: M. CoverL” – “Sen.: M. CoverR” in the self- • Adjust the mounting position of
diagnosis function? "3.3.3Replacing Cover switch
cover or Maintenance Maintenance cover sensor.
cover is opened. Assy
• Replace Maintenance cover sensor .
• After the printer is turned
on, "Initializing" is 3. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector areas on Correctly plug the following connectors again. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
displayed and the printer the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. • Panel FFC Assy
resets
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted?
• Loading media does not
start the initial operation 4. Is “Set media” displayed on LCD with pressure arm • Check Lever Sensor board connector. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
• The printer does not lowered? • Replace Lever sensor. Assy
operate even when Front "3.5.7Replacing Lever sensor
cover or Maintenance
and Lever sensor cable Assy
cover is closed.
（Continued) 5. Does Paper rear sensor correctly detect in “Test: • Check P_REAR Sensor connector . "5.5.4Sensor Menu
Sensor” – “Sen.: Rear” in the self-diagnosis function • Replace Paper rear sensor. "3.5.6Replacing P_REAR sensor

6. Is DC cable between Power board and MAIN board • Reconnect DC cable. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
correctly connected? • Replace DC cable. Assy

7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

8. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
Assy

7 The printer does not recognize the 1. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate • Follow the same procedure as when “[*] "2.2.2Errors with Message
installed ink cartridges while specific ink bags are securely inserted? Ink END” is displayed to take appropriate "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
• Ink detection in “Sen.: I. END” measures.
• Cartridge detection in “Sen.: I. NOT ”
2. Does the dedicated cartridge status properly operate in • Follow the same procedure as when Error "2.2.2Errors with Message
“Ctrl: Sensor” – “Sen. : etc” – “ [12345678] Ink ID” in the concerning “S/C” is displayed to take "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
self-diagnosis function, while specified ink bags are appropriate measures.
securely inserted?

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 46

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-6 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Initial Operation Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

8 Nothing can be input from 1. Is Operation panel cover damaged or defaced? Replace Operation panel cover. -
Operation panel
2. Check the connection of Panel FFC connector area on Check the connection of the following "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
the Panel unit side and MAIN board side. connectors. Assy
• Is Panel FFC obliquely inserted? Panel FFC
Replace Panel FFC.
• Panel FFC may be disconnected
3. Panel unit may be damaged. Replace Panel unit. "3.3.1Replacing Panel Unit

4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

9 Printing does not start even after - - "2.3.5Online Function Problems

receiving data.

2.3.1 Initial Operation Problems 47

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems

　

Table 2-7 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Media Feed problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Media slips during media 1. When using roll media, are Flanges correctly attached? • Correctly insert Flanges into the media Operation Manual
initialization or printing. tube of roll media. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
2. Does Paper rear sensor correctly detect in “Test:
Sensor” – “Sen.: Rear” in the self-diagnosis function? • Check the connection of the following Assy
connectors. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
• MAIN board
"3.5.6Replacing P_REAR sensor
• CR board
• Replace Paper rear sensor.
2 Media skews or meanders 3. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test6: Fan” in • Check the connection of the connectors of -
during media initialization or the self-diagnosis function? the following MAIN board assemblies.
printing. • Suction FAN relay

3 Media wrinkles during media 4. Is Heater temperature set correctly? Instruct the user that if the temperature is not set
initialization or printing. properly, media gets wrinkled or curled.

4 Media tears during media 5. Are you using media whose edges are curled up? Instruct the users to use the recommended Operation Manual
initialization or printing. media and how to use Media holder.
6. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.

7. Is Paper guide greatly distorted, scratched, or containing • If there are any foreign substances such "3.2.13Removing Paper Guide R
any foreign substances? as pieces of paper on Paper guide, (Upper)
remove them.
• Replace Paper guide.
"3.2.14Removing Paper guide R
(lower)

5 Media size is not correctly Are you using the media recommended by MUTOH? Reload the media recommended by MUTOH, Operation Manual
detected after media and check again.
initialization. If the media used is not recommended by
MUTOH, Paper sensor may have a reading miss
and may not be able to recognize media.

2.3.2 Media Feed Problems 48

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3.3 Printing Problems

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 The printer does not print 1. Check if you can print with a different data. Data may be faulty. -
continuously.
2. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software

3. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2 After printing, the printer feeds an 1. Check if you can print with a different data. Data may be faulty. -
extra amount of media.
2. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software

3. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

3 Nozzles are clogged during 1. Ask the user if he/she is performing daily maintenance. If not, instruct him/her to perform daily Operation Manual
printing maintenance.
2. Is ink accumulated in Flushing box?
Replace Flushing box.
4 Cleaning does not mend the 3. Is cleaning sufficiently done? Perform cleaning twice in a row. Operation Manual
clogged nozzles or skewed ink
discharge.
4. Is ink adhered on Wiper ? • After wiping the surface of Cleaning wiper Operation Manual
with the attached Cleaning stick, perform
5. Check if Wiper correctly operates in “Sen.: Wiper” in the
cleaning twice in a row.
self-diagnosis function. "
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace
it with a new one.
6. Is Ink tube filled with ink? Perform Little charge. Operation Manual
7. Print out Nozzle check pattern in “Test : Adjustment” – If Nozzle check pattern is correctly printed, refer "5.7.8Test Printing Menu
“Adj : NozzleChk” in the self-diagnosis function. to the check item 4 for action.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 49

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　3 Nozzles are clogged during 8. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connectors of MAIN "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
printing board again. Assy
(Continued) • Replace Pump Cap Assy.
• Replace MAIN board. "3.8.4Replacing Cap head Assy

　4 Cleaning does not mend the 9. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it "
clogged nozzles or skewed ink correctly.
discharge.
10. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
(Continued)
registered rank?
11. Is ink adhered on Print head surface or inside nozzles? Follow the procedure below to perform Head
cleaning.
"5.7.9Longstore Menu
1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.: HeadWash" in
the self-diagnosis function.
"5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update: Head
Rank”.

3. Check the printing status again.

12. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning "3.6.10Replacing Ink tube
operation makes the ink flow. "5.6Ink Charging Menu
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
13. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

14. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

Replace MAIN board.
15. MAIN board may be damaged. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2.3.3 Printing Problems 50

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 Cannot print at all 1. Check power supply voltage (DC42V). Replace Power board. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
A specific color is missing Assy

2. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Reinsert the connectors of CR_FFC. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy
"3.7.4Replacing CR board

3. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

4. Are Valve Head, Ink Tube, and Joint Screws loose? • Replace Valve Head and see if the "3.7.12Replacing Print Head
Is O-ring properly mounted? cleaning operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.

5. Is there air leakage at the sealed part of Solenoid head? • Replace Solenoid head and see if the "3.7.10Replacing Valve head
cleaning operation makes the ink flow. "5.6Ink Charging Menu
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
6. Is Ink tube bent, or does it have scratches or air • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning "3.6.10Replacing Ink tube
leakage? operation makes the ink flow. "5.6Ink Charging Menu
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
7. Does the next self-diagnosis function correctly operate • Follow the same procedure as when “[*] I. "2.2.2Errors with Message
while specific cartridges are securely inserted?< NOT” is displayed to take appropriate "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
• Ink detection in “ I. END” measures.
• Cartridge detection in “ I. NOT” • After adjustment and replacement,
perform Initial ink charge in “Update:
Head Rank” in the self-diagnosis function.
8. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connectors of MAIN "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
board again. Assy
• Replace Pump Cap Assy. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
• Replace MAIN board. Assembly

2.3.3 Printing Problems 51

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

　5 Cannot print at all 9. Check the connections of Head FFCs on the CR board Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head
A specific color is missing side and the Print head side. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
(Continued) • Is Head FFC obliquely inserted?
10. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

11. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

12. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

6 The page is printed all black. 1. Check the connections of Head FFCs on the CR board Correctly plug Head FFC to the connector again. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head
side and the Print head side. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
• Is Head FFC inserted obliquely?
2. Is CR_FFC obliquely inserted? Reinsert the connectors of CR_FFC. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy
"3.7.4Replacing CR board

3. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

4. Head FFC may be damaged. Replace Head FFC. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

5. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

6. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2.3.3 Printing Problems 52

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky. 1. Ask the user of he/she is performing maintenance. If the plotter is used immediately after initial ink "9.5Choosing a Place for the
replenishment is complete, the following results
2. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Printer
may occur. Operation Manual
operating conditions?
8 Images are printed unevenly. 3. Did you print immediately after initial ink charge? If the plotter is used immediately after initial ink
replenishment is complete, the following results
may occur.
9 Lines in the CR direction look split.
• Printed lines become blurred.
10 White or black lines appear on • White lines appear in the printed
printed media media.
In such cases, perform cleaning two to three
times before printing, and then check the printing
result.
If there is no improvement in the print result even
after performing cleaning, leave the plotter
unused for an hour or more.

4. Is the media feed compensation value correct? Set media feed compensation value to more than "5.13Paper Feed Menu
500mm to adjust.
5. Is Print head adjusted correctly? When replacing Print head, adjust it using the "4.2Adjustment Item
self-diagnosis function (Excluding the input of
Head rank.)

6. Are the nozzles of Print head clogged? Perform cleaning. "2.3.3Printing Problems
If the nozzles are still detached, refer to the items
3 and 4 in 9.3.3.
7. Is a recommended print mode used? If the mode was set to Banner mode, instruct the Operation Manual
user that it is not guaranteed
8. Have the effects been changed? Operation Manual

9. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
self-diagnosis function? the following MAIN board. Assy
• Suction FAN relay
10. Is the sealing material firmly fixed at the specified Reinstall it to the specified position.
position?

2.3.3 Printing Problems 53

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky. 11. If roll media is used, does Roll media holder rotate Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11.1Replacing Roll media
(Continued) smoothly? . holder Assy
Replace Roll media holder.

8 Images are printed unevenly. 12. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.5X Speed Reduction Belt
(Continued) specified value? Tension Adjustment

9 Lines in the CR direction look 13. Is Cleaning wiper operating properly? • Check the operation in Wiper endurance "5.12.9Endurance Running
split.(Continued) in the self-diagnosis function. Replace
14. How is the condition of Cleaning wiper? Check Menu
Wiper unit if it does not operate properly. Operation Manual
• After wiping the surface of Cleaning wiper "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
with the attached Poly-knit wiper, perform
Assembly
cleaning twice in a row.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace
it with a new one.
10 White or black lines appear on 15. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, and fix it "
printed media(Continued) correctly.
16. Is T fence dirty? • Clean T fence.
• If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or
damaged, replace it. "3.6.5Replacing T Fence

17. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
18. Is Pump motor rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Is ink discharged? board again. Assy
• Replace Maintenance Assy. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
• Replace MAIN board. Assembly

19. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning "3.6.10Replacing Ink tube
operation makes the ink flow.
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
20. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
registered rank?

2.3.3 Printing Problems 54

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

7 The page is printed blocky. 21. Is ink adhered on the surface of Print head or inside Follow the procedure below to perform Head "5.7.9Longstore Menu
(Continued) nozzles? cleaning.

1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.: HeadWash" in

the self-diagnosis function. "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update : Head
Rank”.
3. Check the printing status again.
8 Images are printed unevenly. 22. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head
(Continued)
9 Lines in the CR direction look split. 23. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
(Continued)
10 White or black lines appear on 24. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
printed media Assy
(Continued)
11 The printed borders are blurred. 1. Does cleaning remedy the situation? Perform cleaning twice in a row. Operation Manual
2. Are you using the media recommended by MUTOH? Reload the media recommended by MUTOH, Operation Manual
and check again.
3. Is Heater temperature set correctly? Set it to correctly. Operation Manual
4. Is Print head correctly adjusted? Perform the same adjustment as when changing "4.2Adjustment Item
Print head.
5. CR_FFC may be damaged. Replace CR_FFC. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC

6. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

7. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

8. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2.3.3 Printing Problems 55

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

12 There are unwanted dots 1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5Choosing a Place for the
(satellites). operating conditions? Printer
Lines are printed blurry (messy
printing result) 2. Is there sufficient amount of ink left in the ink cartridges? Replace with the new ink cartridge. Operation Manual
3. Perform cleaning three times in a row. Print again. Operation Manual
4. Is Head height set properly? Adjust the head height. "4.7Head Height Adjustment

5. Head rank may be malfunctioning. Check Head rank in the self-diagnosis function. "(2)Head Rank

6. Perform test printing. Nozzle check pattern is correctly printed, refer to -

the check item 6.
7. Did you print immediately after initial ink charge? After the initial ink charge, wait for more than six Operation Manual
hours before printing.
Print quality cannot be guaranteed until ink
charge is stabilized.
8. Check if CR encoder and T fence are touching each • If they are touching, adjust the mounting "3.7.5Replacing CR Encoder
other. positions of CR encoder and T fence. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
• If the situation is not improved after "3.6.5Replacing T Fence
adjustment, replace CR board and T
fence.
9. Is Cleaning wiper operating properly? • Check the operation in Wiper endurance "5.12Endurance Running Menu
in the self-diagnosis function. Operation Manual
10. How is the condition of Cleaning wiper?
Replace Wiper unit if it does not operate "
properly.
• Damp the attached Cleaning wiper
cleaning cloth with the specialized
cleaning fluid and wipe off the surface of
Cleaning wiper.
After wiping off the surface of Cleaning
wiper, perform cleaning twice in a row.
• If Cleaning wiper is sticky with ink, replace
it with a new one.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 56

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

12 There are unwanted dots 11. Is the nozzle surface correctly wiped? • Confirm the mounting status of Wiper, "
(satellites). and fix it correctly.
Lines are printed blurry (messy
12. Is Pump rotating during cleaning operation? • Correctly plug the connector of MAIN "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
printing result)
board again.
(Continued) Assy
• Replace Pump. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
• Replace MAIN board. Assembly

13. Is Ink tube folded? • Replace Ink tube and see if the cleaning "3.6.10Replacing Ink tube
operation makes the ink flow. "5.6Ink Charging Menu
• When ink flow is confirmed, perform initial
ink charge again.
14. Is ink adhered on the surface of Print head or inside Follow the procedure below to perform Head
nozzles? cleaning.
"5.7.9Longstore Menu
1. Perform Head cleaning in "Adj.: HeadWash" in
the self-diagnosis function.
2. Perform Initial ink charge in “Update1: Head "(2)Head Rank
Rank”.
3. Check the printing status again.
15. Is Print head damaged? Replace the damaged Print head. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

16. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

13 Mixed color lines are not 1. Is the Head rank actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
overlapped. registered rank?
2. Is there a problem with Head alignment? Adjust Head alignment and Head height. "4.7Head Height Adjustment
Is there a problem with Head height adjustment?
3. Is there a problem with Uni-D adjustment? Perform Uni-D Adjustment. "5.7.5Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu

4. Is there a problem with bi-directional print alignment? Adjust bi-directional print alignment.

5. Check if CR encoder and T fence are touching each • If they are touching, adjust the mounting "3.7.5Replacing CR Encoder
other. positions of CR encoder and T fence.
• If the situation is not improved after "3.7.4Replacing CR board
adjustment, replace CR board and T
"3.6.5Replacing T Fence
fence.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 57

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

14 The printed results are uneven. 1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5Choosing a Place for the
(Vertical direction against the operating conditions? Printer
printer unit)
2. Is T fence dirty? • Clean T fence. "3.6.5Replacing T Fence
• If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or
damaged, replace it.
3. The internal processing of MAIN board may be Initialize parameters, re-input or readjust it, and -
faulty. then check the operation again.
15 The printed results are uneven. 1. Does Suction FAN correctly operate in “Test: Fan” in the • Check the connection of the connectors of -
(Horizontal direction against the self-diagnosis function? the following MAIN board assemblies.
printer unit) • Suction FAN relay

2. Is PF driving pulley loose? Replace PF motor. "3.5.4Replacing PF Motor Assy

3. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.5X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment

4. If roll media is used, does Scroller rotate smoothly? • Adjust the mounting position of Roll media "3.11.1Replacing Roll media
holder. holder Assy
• Replace Roll media holder.
5. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 58

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

16 The printed results are uneven. 1. Is the printer used in an environment within the range of Use the printer under the operating conditions. "9.5Choosing a Place for the
(Vertical direction against the operating conditions? Printer
printer unit)
2. Is the media feed compensation value correct? Set media feed compensation value to more than Operation Manual
500mm to adjust.
3. Is PF driving pulley loose? Replace PF motor. "3.5.4Replacing PF Motor Assy

4. Is the tension of X speed reduction belt adjusted to the Adjust X speed reduction belt tension. "4.5X Speed Reduction Belt
specified value? Tension Adjustment

5. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
6. Is the rough area on the surface of Grid roller partially If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered Operation Manual
pealed off? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.
7. Is Grid roller rotating heavily?. Clean the area other than the painted portion of
Or does any part of Grid roller rumble when rotated? Grid roller.
8. If roll media is used, does Scroller rotate smoothly? Adjust the mounting position of Roll media holder "3.11.1Replacing Roll media
. holder Assy
Replace Roll media holder.
Change the media.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 59

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-8 Symptoms, Check Items and Actions for Printing Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

17 The printed results are uneven. 1. Is there a problem with Head alignment? Adjust the head alignment. "4.7Head Height Adjustment
(Horizontal direction against the
printer unit) 2. Is there a problem with bi-directional print alignment? Adjust bi-directional print alignment. "5.7.5Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu

3. Is T fence dirty? Clean T fence. "3.6.5Replacing T Fence

If T fence is still dirty after cleaning or damaged,
replace it.
4. Is the rank of Head actually installed the same as the Input the correct Head rank. "5.10.2Parameter Update Menu
registered rank?
5. Check if the vertical lines printed in “Adj.: NozzleChk” Replace Steel bearer. "3.6.8Replacing Steel Bare
in the self-diagnosis function are connected, while the
nozzle check pattern printed in “Adj.: HeadSlant”
shows it is properly adjusted.
6. Is Carriage wobbly? Replace Carriage. "3.7.16Replacing Carriage Assy

7. Does Pressure roller rotate smoothly while Pressure If paper dust or pieces of paper is adhered
lever is raised? around Pressure roller, wipe it off with a soft
damp cloth.

2.3.3 Printing Problems 60

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3.4 Noise Problems

　

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Abnormal noise is heard when 1. Are there any contact substances or foreign substances Check the damage of the cable and connection "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
media is sucked around the rotating fin of Suction FAN ? of the connector. Assy
2. Check the damage of the cable and connection of the If damaged, replace the part.
connector.
3. Suction FAN itself may be faulty. -
4. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board.
5. Power board may be damaged. Replace Power board. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
Assy

2 Abnormal noise is heard during 1. Are there any contact substances or foreign substances Remove any contact substances or foreign -
waiting time at the area where noise is coming from? substances.
2. Is the noise coming from Board? • If it is microvibration noise (which sounds "3.4.2Replacing Power Board
like tinnitus) during standby, tell the user Assy
that it is the specification.
"3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
• If the above does not apply, replace the
Assy
following part(s):
"3.7.4Replacing CR board
• Power board
"3.7.12Replacing Print Head
• MAIN board
"3.4.4Replacing HEATER RELAY
• CR board
Board Assy
• Print head
"3.4.3Replacing HEATER CONT
• HEATER RELAY board
Board Assy
• HEATER CONT board

2.3.4 Noise Problems 61

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

3 Abnormal noise is heard while 1. Is the noise the sound generated by ink discharging Explain the specifications. -
Head is moving laterally during printing?
2. Is the traveling surface of Cursor rail roller dirty? • Clean Cursor rail roller with a dry cloth. -
• Remove any foreign substances on
3. Does Bearing have any foreign substances on it?
Carriage bearing and Roller guide. -
• When cleaning Roller guide, make sure to
camp a cloth with Sumigrease spray to
apply to the surface of Roller guide.
4. Is the cause of the noise loose screw(s) on a cover? Retighten the screw(s). "3.3Replacing Cover
Peripherals

5. Does Carriage portion make clattery noise when • Remove any foreign substances on -
moved from side to side? Carriage bearing and Roller guide.
• When cleaning Roller guide, make sure to
camp a cloth with Sumigrease spray to
apply to the surface of Roller guide.
6. Is CR_FFC making noise? • Straighten and fix it. "3.3Replacing Cover
• If the noise is coming from between Steel Peripherals
bearer and Tube guide, replace Tube
guide.
7. Is the cable connected to CR board on Carriage • If it is touching, adjust the mounting "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
touching CR board cover? position of the relevant part.
• If the situation is not improved after
adjustment, replace the relevant part.
8. Is the noise coming from Bearing of CR following Replace CR following movement pulley. "3.6.5Replacing T Fence
movement pulley?
9. Is the noise coming from CR motor? Replace CR motor. "3.6.2Replacing CR motor

2.3.4 Noise Problems 62

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-9 Symptoms, Check Items, and Actions for Noise Problems(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

4 Abnormal noise is heard when 1. Is the gear jumping between speed reduction pulleys? Replace X speed reduction belt. "3.5.1Replacing X Speed
feeding media Check Speed reduction belt tension. Reduction Belt

2. Is the noise coming from PF motor? Replace PF motor.

3. Is the rough area on the surface of Grid roller partially If there is paper dust or pieces of paper on Operation Manual
pealed off? Grid roller, clean it with a nylon brush.
4. Is Grid roller rotating heavily?Or does any part of Grid
roller rumble when rotated?
5. Is PF scale dirty? Apply a damp and tightly squeezed soft cloth to -
wipe it off.
6. Is the mounting position of PF encoder correct? Install PF encoder properly. "3.5.2Replacing PF Encoder

2.3.4 Noise Problems 63

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3.5 Online Function Problems

　

Table 2-10 Symptoms, Check Items, And Actions for Online Function Problems

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 Other functions do not work 1. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
correctly Assy

2 Printing position is incorrect 2. Is there a problem with CW adjustment? Perform adjustment. "5.7.5Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment
Menu

3. Is there a problem with P_Edge sensor adjustment? Perform adjustment. "4.8P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
Adjustment

4. Is Paper edge sensor correctly connected? Connect it securely. "3.7.14P_EDGE Sensor

5. P_Edge sensor may be damaged. Replace P_Edge sensor.

6. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

3 Data or printing is garbled 1. Firmware on the Main side may be faulty. Upgrade Firmware on the Main side. "4.3Working with MUTOH
Service Assistance Software

4 Part of the data is not printed 2. Check if T fence is dirty or twisted. • When there is grease or dust on it: Wipe it
(missing) with a dry cloth.
• When there is ink on it: Damp a cloth with
mild detergent and lightly wipe off the ink.
"3.6.5Replacing T Fence
• When it is too dirty and the adhered
substance cannot be removed: Replace T
fence.
3. Check “Encoder: CR” in “Check: Test” – “Test: Encoder” • If NG, check the connection of the
in the self-diagnosis function. connector of CR board. "3.6.5Replacing T Fence
• Replace T fence. "3.6.2Replacing CR motor
• Replace CR motor. "3.7.4Replacing CR board
• Replace CR board. "3.6.9Replacing CR_FFC
• Replace CR_FFC.
4. Main board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2.3.5 Online Function Problems 64

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3.6 Other Problems

　

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items , And Actions

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 The printer hangs up 1. The internal processing of MAIN board may be Initialize parameters, re-input or readjust it, and "5.10.1Parameter Initialization
faulty. then check the operation again. Menu
"5.10.2Parameter Update Menu

2. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2 The power is shut down during 1. Is Power cable short circuited? Check it with a tester. -
printing
2. Is there electrical leakage? Check if the cable film is peeling and touching -
the chassis.
3. Check power supply voltage (DC24V). Replace Power board. "3.4.2Replacing Power Board

4. Power board may be damaged. Assy

3 Ink cartridges cannot be inserted 1. Is it installed correctly? Install it correctly. Operation Manual
2. Are Ink bags used dedicated ink bags? Instruct the user to use the dedicated ink bags.
4 Ink spills out of Waste fluid tank 1. Check the operation of Waste fluid level switch in “Test: If Waste fluid level switch is damaged, replace it. "3.10.1Replacing Waste Fluid
Sensor” – “Sen.: WasteTank” in the self-diagnosis Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch
function.
2. Waste fluid level switch or Waste fluid bottle may be Replace Waste fluid level switch or Waste fluid
damaged. bottle.
5 Ink spills out of Flushing box 1. Are there any foreign substances or ink accumulated in • Remove the foreign substances. "3.8.2Replacing Flushing Box
Flushing box? • Replace Flushing box.
2. Flushing-box sponge may not be able to absorb ink. Replace Flushing-box sponge.

2.3.6 Other Problems 65

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-11 Symptoms, Check Items , And Actions(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

6 Ink spills around X rail 1. Tubes of Flushing box or Pump Cap Assy may be • Check if Tubes of Flushing box or Pump "3.8.2Replacing Flushing Box
disengaged. Cap Assy are disengaged. "3.8.5Replacing Pump cap
• Replace Pump Cap Assy. Assembly
• Replace Flushing box.
2. Is Waste fluid tube bent? Make it correct. -
3. Is Waste fluid tube clogged? Replace Waste fluid tube. -
4. Ink tube may be disconnected Replace Ink tube. "3.6.10Replacing Ink tube

5. Print head may be damaged. Replace Print hea. "3.7.12Replacing Print Head

6. CR board may be damaged. Replace CR board. "3.7.4Replacing CR board

7. MAIN board may be damaged. Replace MAIN board. "3.4.11Replacing MAIN board
Assy

2.3.6 Other Problems 66

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance

　

Table 2-12 Problems, Check Items, and Actions in Using MUTOH Service Assistance

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

1 MUTOH Service Assistance does ‐ Reinstall and perform initial settings. Network administration Manual
not start up
2 "Transfer failed (Data timeout)" is 1. Are the printer and computer correctly connected with a Yes: Proceed to (2). "4.3Working with MUTOH
displayed during transfer. LAN cable (when directly connected, use a cross cable No: Connect the printer and computer correctly. Service Assistance Software
and when connected via a hub, use a straight cable)?
2. Is the computer’s IP address correct? Yes: Proceed to (3). "4.3Working with MUTOH
No: From the computer’s network connection Service Assistance Software
settings, use the property of local area
connection to adjust the properties of TCP/IP.
The computer and printer must have the same
sub net addresses (such as 192.168.1.1/24 and
192.168.1.253, etc).
3. Does the device connected to the hub have the same IP Yes: Remove the relevant device from LAN. ‐
address as the computer or printer? No: Proceed to (4).
4. Was the printer started in Board manager mode and only Yes: Proceed to (5). "4.3Working with MUTOH
Power LED is lit? No: Start in Board manager mode. Service Assistance Software
If there is nothing displayed on LCD monitor,
MAIN board maybe faulty or firmware is not
installed (including a power shutdown due to
power outage during installation).
5. Is the computer’s IP address correct? Yes : Proceed to (6). "4.3Working with MUTOH
No: MAIN board may be faulty. Service Assistance Software

6. Can the computer communicate with other devices via Yes: Connect the computer with other devices -
LAN? via LAN cable and check with ping command,
etc.
No: The computer or MAIN board may be faulty.
3 "The main F/W data is incorrect." Is the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred correct? Transfer the correct firmware data again. "4.3Working with MUTOH
is displayed during firmware Service Assistance Software
transfer.
4 "The main F/W data is Does the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred match the Transfer the firmware date (*.jfl) that matches the
incompatible with the printer." is printer model? printer model again.
displayed during firmware transfer.

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance 67

 2.3 Troubleshooting Without Error Messages VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 2-12 Problems, Check Items, and Actions in Using MUTOH Service Assistance(Continued)

No. Symptom Check item Action Reference

5 "The F/W version cannot be Is the version of the firmware data (*.jfl) to be transferred Make sure that the version of the firmware data "4.3Working with MUTOH
downgraded to the older version." older than that of the printer? (*.jfl) is newer than that of the printer and transfer Service Assistance Software
is displayed during firmware it again.
transfer.
6 "The heater controller F/W data is Is the Heater controller firmware data (*.mfl) to be transferred Transfer the correct Heater controller firmware
incorrect." is displayed during correct? data (*.mfl) again.
Heater controller firmware
transfer.
7 "The heater controller F/W data is Does the firmware data (*.mfl) to be transferred match the Transfer Heater controller firmware data (*.mfl)
incompatible with the heater printer model? that matches the printer model again.
controller of the printer." is
displayed during Heater controller
firmware transfer.

2.3.7 Problems in Using MUTOH Service Assistance 68

 VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Parts Replacement 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals......................................... 90

3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit ............................................. 90

3.1 Introduction .....................................................................73
3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC ............................................ 91
3.2 Removing Covers............................................................74
3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy ................................ 93
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover...............................75
3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy .............................. 97
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U ...........................76
3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy............................... 98
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover.......................77
3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan........................................... 99
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover................................................78
3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy .................... 100
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover .....................................79
3.4 Replacing Board Base ................................................. 101
3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover....................................80
3.4.1 Opening Board box ............................................. 101
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R .................................81
3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy .............................. 102
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L .................................82
3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy .............. 103
3.2.9 Removing Front Cover ...........................................83
3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy............. 104
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover .............................................84
3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC Cable
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) .........................85 Assy..................................................................... 106
3.2.12 Removing Rear lever cover....................................86 3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1 ............................. 107
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) .........................87 3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy ......................... 108
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower) ...........................88 3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy ...... 109
3.2.15 Removing Panel Cover ..........................................89
3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN (For MAIN Board Assy） 110

69
 VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN {in Paper guide F (Upper)} 3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy .................................... 130
.............................................................................111
3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy ........................... 132
3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board Assy ................................112
3.5.6 Replacing P_REAR sensor ................................. 133
3.4.12 Replacing Fuse ....................................................114
3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy
3.4.13 Replacing AC Inlet ...............................................115 ............................................................................ 134

3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable 3.5.8 Replacing Heater and Thermistor........................ 135
Assy .....................................................................116
3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy and After
3.4.15 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy .........117 thermistor relay Assy ........................................... 138

3.4.16 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy .......118 3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy, Pre Thermistor
relay Assy ........................................................... 139
3.4.17 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy.........................119
3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape ............... 140
3.4.18 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy ......................120
3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder ...................................... 141
3.4.19 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy .......................121
3.6 Replacing Y Rail section.............................................. 142
3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy .......................122
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt............................................. 142
3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable...................................123
3.6.2 Replacing CR motor ............................................ 146
3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC..........................................124
3.6.3 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy ......................... 149
3.5 Replacing X Rail Section ..............................................125
3.6.4 Replacing CR Return pulley ................................ 150
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt ......................125
3.6.5 Replacing T Fence .............................................. 152
3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder .........................................127
3.6.6 Replacing CR origin sensor................................. 154
3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction
Pulley ...................................................................128 3.6.7 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy ............ 155

70
 VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.8 Replacing Steel Bare ...........................................156 3.7.14 P_EDGE Sensor.................................................. 190

3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC ..............................................158 3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy ...................... 191

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube ...............................................162 3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy ..................................... 192

3.6.11 Replacing Pressure Roller ..................................168 3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring ...................................... 196

3.7 Replacing Carriage Section..........................................169 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section.................................. 197

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock......................................169 3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover ................... 197

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover....................................170 3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box....................................... 198

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover ...................................171 3.8.3 Replacing Wiper .................................................. 199

3.7.4 Replacing CR board.............................................172 3.8.4 Replacing Cap head Assy ................................... 200

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder ........................................173 3.8.5 Replacing Pump cap Assembly........................... 201

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy ........174 3.8.6 Replacing Wiper Origin Sensor Cable................. 203

3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy ................175 3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor Cable.............................. 204

3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Cap...........................................176 3.8.8 Replacing Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy ......... 205

3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid and Solenoid Spring ..177 3.9 Replacing IH Section.................................................... 206

3.7.10 Replacing Valve head ..........................................179 3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy ........................ 206

3.7.11 Replacing Connector valve head .........................182 3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy............................... 210

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head ...........................................183 3.9.3 Replacing Circulation Pump ................................ 211

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC............................................188 3.9.4 Replacing Circulation Pump Relay Cable............ 213

71
 VJ1628XE-M-00

3.10 Replacing Leg Section..................................................214

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level

Switch...................................................................214

3.11 Replacing Roll media holder ........................................215

3.11.1 Replacing Roll media holder Assy .......................215

72
 3.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

3.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on removal and replacement of service parts.

WARNING

• Before starting part replacement, always perform the following operations.

• Turn OFF machine power.
• Remove Power plug from outlet.
Otherwise, you may suffer electric shock or system circuit may be damaged.
• Remove any Cable s connected to the printer.
Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.

CAUTION
Components in the printer can be disassembled only if so instructed in this manual.
Do not disassemble frame components and other components that are not
instructed to disassemble in the manual.
The printer has been assembled in MUTOH factory with extremely high precision up
to 1/100mm. If disassembled inappropriately, it may not restore its normal
functionality.

NOTE
• After replacing any service parts, perform necessary lubrication and bonding the
following instructions in section 7.5 Lubrication/Bonding.
• The pictures and illustrations of the disassembly procedure are still under
development
The specification of the parts that are not directly related to the procedure may not
be up-to-date.

73
 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2 Removing Covers 番号 Name

This section describes the procedures to replace Covers. 1 Panel Cover
Followings describe the list of Cover parts.
2 Maintenance Cover R

8 10 5 3 Maintenance CoverU_R
1
4 Side Maintenance CoverR
6 13 5 Side Maintenance CoverR

9 6 Maintenance CoverL
7 Maintenance CoverU_L
8 Side Top Cover L
7
9 Side Maintenance Cover L
14 10 Front Cover
11
2
12 11 Paper Guide F upper
4
3 12 Board Box
13 IHCover
14 Subtank Cover R
15 Cartridge Cover L
18 20 16 Cartridge Cover R
17 Subtank CoverL
18 Paper Guide R Upper

16 19 Paper Guide R lower

20 Top Cover

14

15

17

19

74
 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

NOTE
The procedure to remove Maintenance cover R is the same as that of Maintenance
cover L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover R.

1 Open Maintenance cover.

2 Lift Maintenance cover in a direction of the red

arrow to remove it

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover 75

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

　 ● Tools &Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Maintenance cover U_R is the same as that of
Maintenance cover U_L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover U_R.

1 Remove Maintenance cover.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

2 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

Maintenance cover U.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8 A

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U 76

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

　 ● Tools &Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Side maintenance cover R is the same as that of Side
maintenance cover L.
The pictures used here are of Maintenance cover R.

1 Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Side

maintenance cover.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8

2 Remove Side Maintenance cover.

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover 77

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover 2 Tilt Ink slot and remove IH cover, remove it.
　 ● Tools & Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

NOTE
The procedure to remove IH cover R is the same as that of IH cover L. 3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
The pictures used here are of IH cover R.

1 Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining left

and right of IH cover. A

A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M4 x 8

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover 78

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

　 ● Tools &Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

NOTE
The procedure to remove Side top cover R is the same as that of Side top cover L.
The pictures used here are of Side top cover R

1 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Side

top cover.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 10

2 Remove Side top cover in the direction of the

arrow.

1
2

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover 79

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover

5 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining
　 ● Tools &Jigs Cartridge cover（lower）.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Tapping screw M4×8 P tight bind

A
ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

㨀㧵㧼
The procedure to remove Cartridge cover R is the same as that of Cartridge cover L.
The pictures used here are of Cartridge cover R. 6 Remove Cartridge cover（lower）.

7 Put the Inkslot sideways.

1 Remove IH Cover.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover 8 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining
Cartridge cover（upper）.
2 Remove the screw retaining Cartridge cover. A : Tapping screw M4×8 P tight bind
A : Tapping screw M4×8 P tight bind

9 Remove Cartridge cover（upper）.

10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3 Put the Ink slot longways.

4 Remove the screw retaining Cartridge cover. NOTE

A : Tapping screw M4×8 P tight bind • Upper and lower side of Cartridge
B : Cartridge cover B cover are the same shape, but check
the direction of the stickers so that they
are installed correctly.
• Make sure that Ink tube is not nipped.
If it is nipped, ink may leak.

3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover 80

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

　 ● Tools &Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Side maintenance cover R.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

2 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Sub

Tank cover .
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4×8
B : Subtank cover R A B

A
B

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R 81

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L 4 Remove the screw retaining Sub Tank cover
　 ● Tools &Jigs L.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
Name Maintenan Remarks
flat washer M4×10
ce Part No.
B : Subtank cover L
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - A B
products

1 Remove Side maintenance cover L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
2 Remove IH Cover L.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover 6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3 Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Sub
Tank cover L.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and A
flat washer M4×8
B : Subtank cover L

A
B

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L 82

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover NOTE

　 ● Tools &Jigs Before reassembling Front cover, make sure to follow the instructions below to
reassemble Front cover axis.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. A : Front cover axis (origin side) : Move to left side
B : Front cover axis (opposite side of the origin) : Move to right side
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
2 1
CAUTION
Front cover removal must be done by two or more persons.

1 Remove the screws retaining left and right

side of Front cover (4 pieces each).
A : Trusco screw M4×6
B : Front cover

2 Remove Front cover.

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover 83

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

5 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the
　 ● Tools &Jigs front side of Top cover.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Tapping screw M4 x 6 S Tight cup

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

A
CAUTION
Top cover removal must be done by two or more persons.
6 Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining the
back of Rear top cover. A
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
1 Remove IH cover R , L. flat washer M4 x 8
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

2 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

A
3 Open front cover.
3.2.9 Removing Front Cover
7 Remove Top cover.
4 Remove the Cable of Exhaust fan from the
Exaust fan extension Cable . 8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
A : Exhaust fan
A
B : Exhaust fan extension cable
B
NOTE
Do not touch T fence.
If it has dust or scratches, it may affect
print quality.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover 84

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)

3 Lift up Media guide F (upper) in the direction of
　 ● Tools &Jigs the red arrow 1.

Name Maintenan Remarks

4 Move Media guide F (upper) in the direction of
the red arrow 2 and turn it over.
ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - 1
products 2

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper Guide F(upper), make sure to unplug Power Cable .There
may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge. 5 Remove After Heater connectors (2 pieces)
• Paper guide F (upper) removal must be done by two or more persons. and After-thermistor connectors (2 pieces)
located inside of Paper guide F (upper).
A : After heater connector B
B : After thermistor connector A
1 Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining the
bottom of Paper guide F (upper). A

A : Pan head screw with flat washer amd

spring washerCup screw M4 x 8

6 Remove Paper guide F (upper).

7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

2 Remove the screws (5 pieces) retaining Paper

NOTE
guide F (upper).
When reassembling Paper guide F (upper), make sure not to nip Cables.
A : Cup screw M3 x 6 A Doing so may cause disconnecting.

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) 85

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.12 Removing Rear lever cover

　 ● Tools &Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Lift Rear lever.

2 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining the

Pressure lever knob.

A : Tapping screw M3 x 8　S tight cup B

B : Pressure lever knob

3 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Rear

lever cover.

A : Pan head screw with flat washer and

spring washer M4x8
B : Rear lever cover A

4 Remove Rear lever cover.

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.2.12 Removing Rear lever cover 86

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

5 Push backward Paper guide R (upper).
　 ● Tools &Jigs

Name Maintenan Remarks NOTE

ce Part No. Cable is connected behind Paper guide R
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - (upper). Pull it out carefully so that it does
products not get disconnected.

CAUTION
• Before removing Paper guide R （Upper), make sure to unplug Power Cable .
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge. 6 Remove Pre-heater connectors (2 pieces) and
• Paper guide R (upper) removal must be done by two or more persons. Pre-thermistor connectors (2 pieces) located
inside of Paper guide R (upper).
A : Pre-heater connector
B
B : Pre-thermistor connector
1 Remove media.

2 Remove IH cover R , L. A
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove Rear lever cover..

7 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.12 Removing Rear lever cover

4 Remove the screws (7 pieces) retaining Paper

8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
guide R (upper).
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8 NOTE
When reassembling Paper guide R (upper), make sure not nip Cables.
A Doing so may cause disconnecting.

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) 87

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Remove the screws (8 pieces) retaining the
　 ● Tools &Jigs middle of Paper guide R (lower).

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M4 x 8
ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
NOTE
products
• If roll media holder overlaps screw A
holes, displace Roll media holder.
CAUTION • If you remove screws, Paper guide R
• Before removing Paper guide R (lower), make sure to unplug Power Cable . (lower) detach because of its weight.
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge. Remove the last screw while holding
• Paper guide R (lower) removal must be done by two or more persons. Paper guide R (lower) down. Be
careful not to get injured.

1 Remove media. 9 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

2 Remove Side Maintenance cover R,L. 10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover procedure.

3 Remove IH cover R , L.
NOTE
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
When reassembling Paper guide R (lower), make sure not nip Cable s.
4 Remove Subtank cover R. Doing so may cause disconnecting.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Subtank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

6 Remove Rear lever cover..

3.2.12 Removing Rear lever cover

7 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower) 88

 3.2 Removing Covers VJ1628XE-M-00

3.2.15 Removing Panel Cover

7 Remove Panel cover in the direction of the red
　 ● Tools &Jigs arrow.
First pull top part of Panel cover and slide it in
Name Maintenan Remarks the direction of the red arrow to remove it.
ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Open front cover.

2 Remove Maintenance cover R.

NOTE
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover
When reassembling Panel cover, slide it
3 Remove Side top cover R. after inserting the tab on a right edge of
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover Panel cover in the slit on Panel stay side. B
A
4 Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining
Stopper mounting plate R.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and B
flat washer M4 x 8
B : B : Stopper mounting plate R

5 Remove Stopper mounting plate R.

6 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Panel

cover.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8

3.2.15 Removing Panel Cover 89

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals 5 Remove Panel FFC from Panel unit.
A : Panel FFC
3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
A
Panel Unit Assy DG-42984 Exploded View Cover (R)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
6 Release Panel unit back tabs (4 pieces) from
Panel stay. B
CAUTION
A : Tab
• Before replacing panel unit, make sure to unplug Power Cable . B : Panel stay
There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it A
obliquely.
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure that FFC and 7 Replace Panel unit.
the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC is not plugged
obliquely. 8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

1 Open front cover.

2 Remove Maintenance cover R.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

3 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

4 Remove Panel cover.

3.2.15 Removing Panel Cover

3.3.1 Replacing Panel Unit 90

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC

5 Remove IH cover R , L.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
6 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
Panel FFC Assy DG-42994 Exploded View Cover (R)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
7 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
products

8 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

㨀㧵㧼 3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Panel FFC. 9 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

10 Open Board box.

CAUTION 3.4.1 Opening Board box

• Before replacing panel FFC, make sure to unplug Power Cable .

There may be a risk of electric shock by residual electrical charge. 11 Remove Panel cover.
3.2.15 Removing Panel Cover
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
12 Remove Panel FFC from Panel unit.
obliquely. A : Panel FFC
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector.
• After plugging it, make sure that FFC and the connector terminals are not
misaligned sideways and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.
A

1 Open front cover. 13 Remove Panel FFC from clamps on the path.
2 Remove Maintenance cover R.
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

3 Remove Side top cover R, L..

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

4 Remove Side maintenance cover R.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC 91

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

14 Remove Panel FFC from MAIN board Assy.

A : Panel FFC

15 Replace Panel FFC.

NOTE
Bend Panel FFC so that it is does not get
nipped by Board box.

16 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.3.2 Replacing Panel FFC 92

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy

5 Remove Cover R Cable Assy from Cover
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts switch Assy.
A : Connecting point
Name Maintenan Remarks
B : Cover switch Assy
ce Part No. A
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 Exploded View Cover (R)
B
Exploded View Cover (L)
Exploded View Cover (Front)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Phillips screwdriver No.1 generic for M2 screw 6 RemoveCover switch Assy Cable from
products clamps.
B
7 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover
switch Assy.
NOTE
A : Clamp
Cover switch Assy looks like the following. B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M2 x 12

Open Close
8 Replace Cover switch Assy.

9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.
(1) Maintenance Cover (R) section
10 Perform various adjustments.
4.2 Adjustment Item
1 Remove Maintenance cover R.
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

2 Remove Maintenance cover U_R.

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

3 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the

origin).
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

4 Remove Maintenance inner cover.

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy 93

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Maintenance Cover (L) section

7 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the
Cover stay LL. B
1 Remove Maintenance cover L.
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8
B : Cover stay LL
2 Remove Side maintenance cover L.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

A
3 Remove Maintenance cover U_L.
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

4 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Pan 8 Open the left side of Cover stay LL and
holder. remove Pan holder.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and B
A : Pan holder
flat washer M4 x 8
B : Cover stay LL
B : Pan holder
NOTE
Do not open Cover stay LL strongly.
Doing so may deform it.
A

5 Remove the screws (2pieces) retaining Side 9 Remove Cover L Cable Assy from Cover
Cover L. switch Assy.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and A : Connecting point
flat washer M4 x 8
B : Side cover L A B

6 Remove Side Cover L. 10 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

Cover switch Assy.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M2 x 12

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy 94

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

11 Replacing Cover switch Assy.

12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

13 Perform various adjustments.

4.2 Adjustment Item

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy 95

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Front Cover section

7 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cover
switch Assy.
㨀㧵㧼
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
The procedure to remove Cover switch Assy for Front cover is the same for both R flat washer M2 x 12 A
and L.
This section describes the procedure to replace R.

1 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

8 Replace Cover switch Assy.

2 Remove Side top cover R.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover
NOTE
3 Remove Cover R Cable Assy from Cover • When reassembling Cover switch
switch Assy. A B Assy, make sure to place it in the
4 Remove Cable of Cover switch Assy from appropriate direction. Cover open error
clamps. is displayed when reassembling to the
A : A : Cover switch Assy cable opposite direction.
B : Cover R cable Assy • Make sure to mount separator.
C : Clamp

C 9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.
5 Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining
Switch cover R. B 10 Perform various adjustments.
4.2 Adjustment Item
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 8
B : Switch cover R

6 Remove Switch cover R.

3.3.3 Replacing Cover switch Assy 96

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy

9 Remove Cover R Cable Assy from MAIN
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Board Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 Exploded View Cover (R)
Exploded View Cover (Front)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - J18 A
products

1 Remove Side top cover R, l.

10 Remove Cable of Cover R Cable Assy from
the clamps on the path.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Remove IH cover R,L.

11 Replace Cover R Cable Assy.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Remove Cover R Cable Assy from Cover

switch Assy.
(1) Maintenance Cover (R) section
(3) Front Cover section

3.3.4 Replacing Cover R cable Assy 97

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy

10 Remove Cover L Cable Assy from MAIN
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts board.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 Exploded View Cover (Front)
Exploded View Cover (R)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - J19 A
products

1 Remove Side top cover R, l. 11 Remove Cable of Cover L Cable Assy from
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover clamps on the path.

2 Remove IH cover R,L. 12 Replace Cover L Cable Assy.

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L. procedure.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Remove pan holder.

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy

9 Remove Cover L Cable Assy from Cover

switch Assy（Front Cover sensor、
Maintenance Cover L sensor).
3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy

3.3.5 Replacing Cover L cable Assy 98

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan

4 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Exhaust fan.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

ce Part No. flat washerＭ4 x 40

Vacuum Fan Assy DG-40311 Exploded View Cover (Front) A

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -

products

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
5 Replace Exhaust fan.
Ventilator Slits
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Exhaust fan.
NOTE
When installing Exhaust fan cover, make
1 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining sure that the slits are facing Ventilator of
Exhaust fan cover. B Exhaust fan cover.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 6
B : Exhaust fan cover A A

6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

2 Open front cover.

3 Remove the cable of Exhaust fan from

Exhaust fan extension Cable.
A : Exhaust fan cable
A
B : Exhaust fan extension Cable.
B
NOTE
Do not touch T fence.
If it has dust or scratches, it may affect
print quality.

3.3.6 Replacing Exhaust fan 99

 3.3 Replacing Cover Peripherals VJ1628XE-M-00

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy

9 Remove Exhaust fan Cable Assy from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts JUNCTION Board Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Exhaust fan Cable Assy

ce Part No.
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy DG-43032 Exploded View Cover (Front)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products A

1 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover 10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
2 Remove IH cover R,L.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove Side maintenance cover R.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Top cover.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

6 Open front cover.

7 Remove the cable of Exhaust fan from

Exhaust fan extension Cable.
A : Exhaust fan cable
A
B : Exhaust fan extension Cable.
B
NOTE
Do not touch T fence.
If it has dust or scratches, it may affect
print quality.

8 Remove Exhaust fan Cable Assy from clamps

on the path.

3.3.7 Replacing Exhaust fan Cable Assy 100

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4 Replacing Board Base 2 Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining Board
A
Boards are arranged as follows. box.

A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M4×8
HEATER RELAY board MAIN board

CAUTION
If you remove the screws retaining Board
box, box opens downwards because of its A
weight. Remove last screw while holding
box by hand, or you may get injured.
HEATER CONT board Power board

3.4.1 Opening Board box

　 ● Tools & Jigs
3 Open Board box.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. 4 To close unit, reverse opening procedure.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove AC Cables (2 pieces) from the

printer.

3.4.1 Opening Board box 101

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Power Board Assy DG-43172 Exploded View Board Box
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

CAUTION
If Power board Assy needs to be removed, remove Power Cable and wait for 5
minutes or more before dismounting the Assy; this will discharge the residual
electrical charge of the electrolytic capacitor.
Touching Board before capacitor discharges may cause electric shock.

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Remove connectors that are connected to

Power Board Assy.

3 Remove the screws (9 pieces) retaining

Power Board Assy. A
A : Cup screw Ｍ3 x 6

4 Replace Power board Assy.

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.2 Replacing Power Board Assy 102

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy No. pins color connected to Remarks
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts J1 - - Config CN Not in use

Name Maintenan Remarks J2 - - FEED-M Unpopulated

ce Part No. J3 - - FEED-S Unpopulated
HEATER CONT Board 2 Assy DG-41105 Exploded View Relay / Controller J4 - - WIND-M Unpopulated

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - J5 - - WIND-S Unpopulated

products J6 - Black HEATER RELAY board (J6) FFC
J7 - - - Unpopulated
㨀㧵㧼 J8 - - - Unpopulated
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above J9 - - - Not in use
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as HEATER CONT Board Assy.
J10 8 gray MAIN board(J8) -
J11 - - - Not in use
J12~J18 - - - Unpopulated
CAUTION
J19 8 White MAIN board(J40） -
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out
J20 - - - Unpopulated
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock J21 - - - Unpopulated
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. J22 2 White terminal stand -
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
J23 2 White HEATER RELAY board (J1) -
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
3 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining
HEATER CONT Board Assy.
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it A
obliquely. A : Cup screw Ｍ3 x 6
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.

4 Replace HEATER CONT Board Assy.

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper).
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) 5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
2 Remove following connectors from HEATER
CONT Board Assy. 6 Install the latest firmware on HEATER CONT
Board Assy. 4.3.8 Updating Heater
Controller Firmware

3.4.3 Replacing HEATER CONT Board Assy 103

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy No. pins color connected to Remarks
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts J1 2 White HEATER CONT board -
Name Maintenan Remarks (J23)
ce Part No. J2 4 White Plt_Heat 1 Origin side
HEATER RELAY3 boardAssy DG-43169 Exploded View Relay / Controller Platen Heater

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - J3 - - - Unpopulated

products J4 2 White - Not in use
J5 4 White Plt_Heat 2 the opposite side of Origin
㨀㧵㧼 Platen Heater
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above J6 2 White AC Inlet -
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as HEATER RELAY Board Assy.
J7 2 White Pre_Heat 1 Pre Heater
J8 2 White Pre_Heat 2 Pre Heater

CAUTION J9 4 White Aft_Heat After Heater

• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out J10 2 blue Cooling Fan -
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
J11 - - - Unpopulated
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. J12 2 White Platen_Thrm 1 Origin side
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands. Platen Heater thermistor
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
J13 2 Black Platen_Thrm 2 the opposite side of Origin
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of Platen Heater thermistor
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it J14 - - - -
obliquely. J15 2 red Pre_Thrm 1 Origin side
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors, Pre Heater thermistor
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure J16 2 yellow Pre_Thrm 2 the opposite side of Origin side
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC Pre Heater thermistor
is not plugged obliquely. J17 3 White Aft_Thrm 1 Origin side
After Heater thermistor
J18 3 Black Aft_Thrm 2 the opposite side of Origin side
After Heater thermistor
1 Remove Paper guide F (upper).
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) J19 - - - Unpopulated
J20 - - - Unpopulated
2 Remove following connectors from HEATER
RELAY Board Assy.

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy 104

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining

HEATER RELAY Board Assy.
A : Cup screw Ｍ3 x 6

4 Replace HEATER RELAY Board Assy.

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board Assy 105

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC Cable

Assy
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
CTL Board -Heater Relay Board AC DG-43041 Exploded View Relay / Controller
Cable Assy
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper).

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)

2 Replace CTL Board -Heater Relay Board AC

Cable Assy.
A
A : CTL Board -Heater Relay Board AC
Cable Assy

RELAY CONT
J1 J23

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.5 Replacing CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy 106

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper).
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)

Name Maintenan Remarks 2 Replace CNT-relay FFC1.

ce Part No.
A : CNT - relay FFC1
CNT-relay FFC1（VJ26) DG-40321 Exploded View Relay / Controller
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - A
products

NOTE
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as CNT-relay FFC1.
3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge.
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely.
If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in connectors,
causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely.

3.4.6 Replacing CNT-RELAY FFC1 107

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy

9 Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from HEATER
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts CONT board Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : CNT_PS Cable Assy

ce Part No. A
MAIN CONT
CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 Exploded View Board Box J1 J19
Exploded View Relay / Controller
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper). 10 Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from clamps
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) on the path.

2 Remove IH cover R,L. 11 Remove CNT_PS Cable Assy from MAIN

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover board Assy.
A : CNT_PS Cable Assy
3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover MAIN CONT

J1 J19
4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R A

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
12 Replace CNT_PS Cable Assy.
6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) 13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

3.4.7 Replacing CNT_PS Cable Assy 108

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy

9 Remove Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts from HEATER CONT board Assy.
A : Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy A
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
CONT
Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy DG-43029 Exploded View Board Box
J22
Exploded View Relay / Controller
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper). 10 Remove Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) from clamps on the path.

2 Remove IH cover R,L. 11 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy to terminal
block.
3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L. A : Screw
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
A
4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
12 Replace Terminal_Block_CNT Cable Assy.
6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) 13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

3.4.8 Replacing Terminal Block_CNT Cable Assy 109

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN (For MAIN Board Assy） 5 Remove Cooling FAN bracket.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks NOTE

ce Part No. There is Cable inside Cooling FAN
Cooling FAN Assy DG-45354 Exploded View Board Box bracket. Do not pull it hard and disconnect
it.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

6 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

㨀㧵㧼 Cooling FAN. A
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Cooling FAN. flat washer M3 x 30

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Remove connector of Cooling FAN from MAIN

Board Assy.
7 Replace Cooling FAN.
A : Cooling Fan connector

NOTE
• When reassembling Cooling FAN, note %ORZLQJGLUHFWLRQ
A the direction of label attached to Fan.
If it is reassembled on the opposite
direction (inside/outside), the direction
of ventilation reverses.
• Make sure that Cable does not get
3 Remove Cable of Cooling FAN from clamps nipped. &DEOH
on the path.
4 Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Cooling
FAN Bracket.
8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and A procedure.
B
flat washer M3 x 5
B : Clamp

3.4.9 Replacing Cooling FAN (For MAIN Board Assy） 110

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN {in Paper guide F (Upper)}

5 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Cooling FAN.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M3 x 30
ce Part No.
Cooling FAN 24V Assy DF-49022 Exploded View Relay / Controller
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - A
products

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
6 Replace Cooling FAN.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Cooling FAN.
NOTE
$NQYKPIFKTGEVKQP
When reassembling Cooling FAN, note
1 Remove Paper guide F (upper). the direction of label attached to Fan.
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)

2 Remove connector of Cooling FAN from

HEATER RELAY Board.
A : Connector of Cooling FAN
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

J10

3 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

Cooling FAN mounting plate.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 6

4 Remove Cooling FAN bracket.

3.4.10 Replacing Cooling FAN {in Paper guide F (Upper)} 111

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board Assy

2 Change MSA to Technician mode.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts (12) Switching to Technician Mode

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
3 Select “Board replacement wizard“ on the
main window of MSA.
MAIN board Assy DG-45355 Exploded View Board Box 4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - ● Follow the “Board Replacement Wizard“

products afterwards.
Proceed Step 4 when “Attachment and
Diagnosis of the alternative board“
CAUTION
window is displayed.
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type Cable s, unplug
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power Cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge.
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled). 4 Open Board box.
3.4.1 Opening Board box
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices. 5 Remove the following connectors from the
MAIN Board Assy.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
　● The list of the connectors of MAIN
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
board
is not plugged obliquely.
• If the printer which is using the lithium battery is exchanged for a battery
unsuitable type, there is danger of explosion. A used battery is disposed of
according to related law and regulation.

6 Remove the screws (6 pieces) retaining MAIN

A
NOTE board Assy.
• To replace MAIN Board Assy, MSA (MUTOH Service Assistance) which is A : Cup screw M3 x 6
compatible with VJ-1628X is required.
4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software
• Use the latest version MSA.

1 Execute MSA.
A
4.3 Working with MUTOH Service
Assistance Software
7 Replace MAIN Board Assy.

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board Assy 112

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

● After replacement, The window returns to No. pins color connected to Remarks
Board Replacement Wizard. Follow the J13 30 Black CR board (J4) FFC
instructions displayed on the “Attachment
and Diagnosis of the alternative board“. J14 30 Black CR board (J5) FFC
4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard J15 30 Black CR board (J6) FFC
J16 30 Black CR board (J7) FFC
J17 2 White PF Motor -
J18 4 White Cover R cable Assy -
J19 4 White Cover L cable Assy -

㨀㧵㧼 J20 3 White CR Motor -

When “Termination” window is displayed, J21 8 White JUNC_ID cableAssy -
Board replacement wizard is completed.
J22 8 White JUNC_ID cable2Assy -
J23 30 - JUNC_FFC -

8 Set the various settings. J24 30 - CR_FFC(JUNC_FFC2) -

Make the settings according to the board J25 - - - Unpopulated
replacement pattern.
(2) List of adjustment operations after J26 4 White PF Encoder -
replacing the board for each board replacement
J27 - - - -
pattern
J28 5 White P_REAR Sensor Assy -
　 ● The list of the connectors of MAIN board
J29 - - - Unpopulated
No. pins color connected to Remarks
J30 8 White Vacuum Fan -
J1 - - - Unpopulated
J31 2 blue CR lock SOL cable Assy -
J2 - - CLKDV JTAG Not in use
J32 2 red Wiper SOL cableAssy -
J3 - - - Not in use
J33 12 White Valve SOL cable Assy -
J4 - - Sys$Dl Fpga Config CN Not in Use
J34 - - - Not in use
J5 - - - Not in Use
J35 2 White Cooling Fan -
J6 - - - Unpopulated
J36 - - - Not in use
J7 5 Black Debug CN -
J37 4 White Pump Motor cable Assy -
J8 8 Silver LDVS → [HEATER CONT board (J10)] LAN
J38 - - - Unpopulated
J9 - - - Unpopulated
J39 28 Black Panel FFC Unpopulated
J10 30 Black CR board (J1) FFC
J40 4 White CNT_P/S cableAssy -
J11 30 Black CR board (J2) FFC
J41 20 beige MAIN DC cableAssy -
J12 30 Black CR board (J3) FFC

3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board Assy 113

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.12 Replacing Fuse

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Fuse DF-49683 Exploded View Board Box
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
＋ Driver No.1 -

CAUTION
• Before replacing the fuse, make sure to unplug Power Cable .
There is a possibility of receiving an electric shock by residual electric charge.
• When replacing fuses, install the fuse which conforms to the specifications (250V-
15A, φ10.31 mm x 38.1 mm).
• There are fuses on the Live path and Neutral path behind AC inlet.
• Don’t touch Cap of a fuse with bare hands.
• DOUBLE POLE / NEUTRAL FUSING.

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Replace Fuse.

㨀㧵㧼

F1 : HEATER LIVE
F2 : HEATER NEUTRAL

F3 : MAIN LIVE
F4 : MAIN NEUTRAL

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.12 Replacing Fuse 114

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.13 Replacing AC Inlet

3 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining AC
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts inlet.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Countersunk head screw MM3 x 6

ce Part No.
AC Inlet Assy DG-43177 Exploded View Board Box
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products A

NOTE
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
4 Replace AC Inlet.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as AC Inlet.
• The replacement procedure is common to both HEATER side and MAIN side.
5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

CAUTION
Unplug Power cord set before replacing AC inlet. There may be a risk of electric
shock by standby electricity.

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Remove Connectors (3 pieces) from AC inlet.

A : Connectors

3.4.13 Replacing AC Inlet 115

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy (2) AC Inlet (Heater side)
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
1 Open Board box.
Name Maintenan Remarks 3.4.1 Opening Board box
ce Part No.
AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable DG-43039 Exploded View Board Box 2 Remove Connectors （2 pieces）.
Assy Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Cables.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - A : Screw
products B : Connector C
C : AC Inlet (MAIN side) - Fuse Box Cable A
Assy
(1) AC Inlet (MAIN side)
B
1 Open Board box.
3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Remove Connectors (2 pieces）. 3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.
3 Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining
Cables.

A : Screw C A
B : Connector
C : AC Inlet (MAIN side) - Fuse Box Cable
Assy B

4 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.14 Replacing AC Inlet (MAIN side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy 116

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.15 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy DG-43312 Exploded View Board Box
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Remove Connector of Terminal Block-P/S

Assy from Power Board（CN001).
3 Remove Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy from
clamps.
A : Terminal Block-P/S cable Assy B
B : Clamp

4 Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining

Cables.
A : Screw

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.15 Replacing Terminal Block-P/S Cable Assy 117

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.16 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy

4 Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining Cable
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts protector on the side surface of Board box (on
the front side). A
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. A : Tapping screw M3×6 S tight cup

Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy DG-43025 Exploded View Board Box 5 Remove Cable protecting plate.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box 6 Remove Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy
from clamps on the path.
2 Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining
Cables. B 7 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining the
cables.
A : Screw
B : Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy A : Screw

A
A

3 Remove Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy.

B 8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
A : Clamp procedure.
B : Cable protecting plate

NOTE
A Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.

3.4.16 Replacing Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy 118

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.17 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
MAIN_DC Cable Assy DG-43178 Exploded View Board Box
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

2 Remove MAIN_DC Cable Assy from MAIN

board and Power board.
A : MAIN_DC Cable Assy

3 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.4.17 Replacing MAIN_DC Cable Assy 119

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.18 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

9 Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from MAIN
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts board.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

ce Part No.
MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 Exploded View Board Box
Exploded View Relay / Controller
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - A
products

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper). 10 Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from clamps
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) on the path.

2 Remove IH cover R,L. 11 Remove MAIN-CNT Cable Assy from

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover HEATER CONT board.
A : MAIN-CNT Cable Assy
3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

A
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

3.4.18 Replacing MAIN-CNT Cable Assy 120

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.19 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy

10 Remove FUSE-RLY Cable from clamps on
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts the Cable protecting plate. B

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Cable

ce Part No. B : Cable protecting plate

Fuse (H side) - RLY AC Cable Assy DG-43040 Exploded View Relay / Controller
A
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper).

3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) 11 Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining
Cable protector on the side surface of Board
box (on the front side).
2 Remove IH cover R,L. A
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover A : Tapping screw M3×6 S Tight cup

3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L. 12 Remove Cable protecting plate.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

13 Remove FUSE-RLYCable Assy from clamps
on the path.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

14 Remove FUSE-RLYCable Assy from
HEATER RELAY board.
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)
A : FUSE-RLY Cable Assy
7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower) A

8 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

9 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

FUSE-RLY Cable Assy.
15 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
A : Screw procedure.
A
NOTE
Do not insert Cable into a wrong outlet.

3.4.19 Replacing FUSE-RLY Cable Assy 121

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy

4 Remove connector connects to JUNCTION
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Board Assy (R side).
　● JUNCTION board （R side）
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
5 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining
JUNCTION 2 board Assy DG-43396 Exploded View JUNCTION Board R/L JUNCTION Board Assy.

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - A : Cup screw M3 x 6

products
6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
CAUTION A
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug
Power cable and leave it for a while.
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge. 　 ● JUNCTION board （R side）
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands. No. pins color connected to Remarks
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements. J1 30 - MAIN board JUNC_FFC
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
J2 2 White Exhaust fan only R side
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it J3 8 White 2-way solenoid -
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in J4 6 White Subtank H/L Sensor（K1) L side(Y2)
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
J5 6 White Subtank H/L Sensor（K2) L side(Y1)
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC J6 6 White Subtank H/L Sensor（C1) L side(M2)
is not plugged obliquely. J7 6 White Subtank H/L Sensor（C2) L side(M1)
J8 4 White INK SLOT1　(K1) L side(Y2)
J9 4 White INK_SLOT2（K2) L side(Y1)
㨀㧵㧼 J10 4 White INK_SLOT3（C1) L side(M2)
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side. J11 4 White INK_SLOT4（C2) L side(M1)
The procedure described here is that of R side. J12 3 red Waste fluid sensor only R side
J13 3 White - -
J14 3 White CROrigin Sensor only R side
1 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover J15 3 White Lever Sensor only R side
J16 5 White INK ID board（K1） L side(Y2)
2 Remove Side maintenance cover R. J17 5 White INK ID board（K2) L side(Y1)
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
J18 5 White INKI ID board（C1) L side(M2)
3 Remove Sub Tank cover R. J19 5 White INk ID board（C2) L side(M1)
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R J20 8 White MAIN board JUNC_ID cableAssy

3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy 122

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable

7 Open Board box.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.4.1 Opening Board box

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
8 Remove JUNC_IDCable from JUNCTION
board Assy.
JUNC_ID Cable Assy DG-45365 Exploded View JUNCTION Board A : JUNC_ID Cable
R/L
（For R side only）
JUNC_ID Cable 2 Assy DG-45366 Exploded View JUNCTION Board
R/L A
（For L side only）
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
9 Remove JUNC_ID Cable from clamps on the
path.

NOTE
10 Remove JUNC_IDCable from MAIN board.
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
A : JUNC_ID Cable
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as JUNC_ID Cable.
• The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side.
The procedure described here is that of R side.

A
1 Remove IH cover R,L.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover 11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

4 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

5 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

6 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

3.4.21 Replacing JUNC_ID Cable 123

 3.4 Replacing Board Base VJ1628XE-M-00

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
3 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
JUNC_FFC Assy DG-43037 Exploded View JUNCTION Board
R/L For R side only 4 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
CR_FFCAssy DG-42965 Exploded View JUNCTION Board
R/L For L side only
5 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - 3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)
products
6 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)
CAUTION
• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing FFC type cables, unplug 7 Open Board box.
Power cable and leave it for a while. 3.4.1 Opening Board box
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by residual electric charge.
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
8 Remove JUNC_FFC from JUNCTION board.
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage the elements. A : JUNC_FFC
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
A
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC
is not plugged obliquely. 9 Remove JUNC_FFC from Flat Cable Clip（2
pieces）.

10 Remove JUNC_FFC from MAIN board.

㨀㧵㧼 A : JUNC_FFC
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above 11 Replacing JUNC_FFC.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as JUNC_FFC.
• The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side. A
The procedure described here is that of R side.

1 Remove IH cover R,L.

12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3.4.22 Replacing JUNC_FFC 124

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5 Replacing X Rail Section 3 Remove the screws (3 pieces）retaining Grid

Roller Presser. B
3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt A : Grid Roller Presser
B : Tapping screw M4 x 8
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks 4 Remove Grid Roller Presser.

ce Part No.
X Speed Reduction Belt DF-43883 Exploded View PF Motor
A
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Tension gauge Max : 40N (4,080gf)
5 PF Thrust Spring.
B D
CAUTION A : PF thrust spring
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor. 6 Remove the screws（4pieces）retaining PF
Scale Presser.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself.
B : Tapping screw M3 x 8 C A
C : PF Scale Presser
D : PF encoder scale

NOTE B
• When removing peripherals of PF encoder scale, do not deform PF encoder
scale. Doing so may affect print result.
• When removing Encoder scale holder and PF encoder scale, wear gloves. Do not
7 Remove PF Scale Presser.
damage Encoder scale.
8 Remove PF Encoder Scale.

9 Replace X speed reduction belt.

1 Remove Side maintenance cover L. 3.2.3
A : X speed reduction belt
Removing Side Maintenance Cover

2 Loosen the screws (4 pieces）retaining PF

Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed
B
Reduction Belt from PF Motor.
A
A : PF Motor
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8
C
C : X Speed reduction belt

B A

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt 125

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

10 Replace X speed reduction belt. 15 To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the
following procedure. 6GPUKQPICWIG
A : X speed reduction belt
• Hook Tension Gauge on PF Mounting OQWPVKPIRQUKVQP
Plate.（See the figure below.）
• Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully
tighten the screws(4 pieces) which
A were lightly tighten in the step 10 at
34.3N±3.4N（3500ｇ±350ｇ）
indicated on the scale. 2WNNJQNK\QPVCNN[

4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension

11 Reassemble PF encoder scale. Adjustment

NOTE NOTE

When reassembling PF encoder scale,

OK Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on
make sure that characters printed to PF PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF
encoder scale reverse. Motor.
If the characters are read ordinary, there
may be a risk of reducing readout
accuracy of PF encoder.
N/A 16 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

12 Reassemble PF Scale presser.

13 Assemble X speed reduction belt to PF Motor.
14 Check if X speed reduction belt is put around OK N/A
correctly.

3.5.1 Replacing X Speed Reduction Belt 126

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder

8 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining PF
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Encoder.
A : Tapping screw M2.6 x 6
Name Maintenan Remarks
B : PF Encoder
ce Part No.
PF Encoder Assy DG-43011 Exploded View PF Motor 9 Remove PF Encoder cable from the clamp on A B
the path.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Phillips screwdriver No.1 for M2.6 screw

CAUTION
After printing for a period of time, the motor gets very hot. DO not touch the motor to 10 Remove PF Encoder Connector from MAIN
avoid burning yourself. Board.

11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

1 Remove IH cover R,L.

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover NOTE

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L. Pay attention to the following points when installing PF Encoder
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover Mounting Plate.
• PF Encoder Scale is placed near the center of PF Encoder.
3 Remove Subtank cover R, L. • PF Encoder Scale is not in contact with PF Encoder.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R • PF Scale Guide is not deforming PF Encoder Scale.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
• PF Encoder Scale is not in contact with PF Encoder even when rotating Grid
Roller.
4 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper) OK Gap
N/A
5 Remove Paper guide R (lower). PF encoder scale

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

6 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining PF

PF encoder
Encoder Mounting Plate.
C
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and Not deformed
flat washer M3 x 8 B PF scale guide

7 Remove PF Encoder cable from the clamp.

B : Clamp • If the installed PF Encoder Mounting Plate looks like one of the “N/A” examples
above, adjust its installation position.
C : PFEncoder cable
A • After replacing PF encoder, rotate Grid roller several times to check if Encoder
scale is not distorted.If it is distorted, reinstall PF encoder.

3.5.2 Replacing PF Encoder 127

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction

Pulley
2 Remove the screws (3 pieces）retaining Grid
Roller Presser. B
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A : Grid Roller Presser
B : Tapping screw M4 x 8
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
3 Remove Grid Roller Presser.

PF-ENC Scale DG-40320 Exploded View PF Motor

PF speed reduction pulley Assy DG-42991 A
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
C Ring pliers -
Tension gauge For measuring maximum of 40N 4 Remove PF Thrust Spring.
(4,080gf) B D
A : PFThrust Spring
5 Remove the screws（4pieces）retaining PF
㨀㧵㧼 Scale Presser.
B : Tapping screw M3 x 8 C A
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
C : PFScale Presser
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as PF Encoder Scale and PF Speed
D : PF Encoder Scale
Reduction Pulley.
B

CAUTION 6 Remove PF Scale Presser.

After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself. 7 Remove PF Encoder Scale.
When replacing PF speed reduction pulley, refer to the step 11 onward.

8 Attach the new PF Encoder Scale.

1 Remove Side maintenance cover L. 3.2.3 OK
Removing Side Maintenance Cover NOTE
When reassembling PF encoder scale,
make sure that characters printed to PF
encoder scale reverse.
If the characters are read ordinary, there
may be a risk of reducing readout N/A
accuracy of PF encoder.

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley 128

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

NOTE 12 Remove X speed reduction belt from PF

speed reduction pulley.
After installing, rotate PF Encoder Scale a
few times to fit it to Grid Roller. A : X speed reduction belt

9 Install PF Scale Presser.When installing PF 13 Remove C ring.

Scale Presser, make sure that the engraved 14 Replace PF speed reduction pulley. B
side is facing outward. A : C ring
10 From this point on, reverse the removal B : PF speed reduction pulley
procedure.

NOTE
After fixing PF Scale presser, Rotate Grid A
Roller a few times to make sure that
Encoder Scale is not distorted.
If Encoder Scale is distorted, reinstall PF 15 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
Encoder Scale. procedure.

16 Perform various adjustments.

4.2 Adjustment Item
11 Loosen the screws (4 pieces）retaining PF
Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed
B
Reduction Belt from PF Motor.
A : PF Motor
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8
C
C : X speed reduction belt

B A

3.5.3 Replacing PF Encoder Scale, PF Speed Reduction Pulley 129

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy

3 Loosen the screws (4 pieces）retaining PF
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Motor Mounting Plate to remove X Speed B
reduction belt from PF Motor.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. A : PF Motor
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
PF Motor Assy DF-49020 Exploded View PF Motor flat washer M4 x 8 C
C : X Speed reduction belt
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products 4 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining PF
B A
Tension gauge Max : 40N (4,080gf) Motor Mounting Plate.

㨀㧵㧼 5 Remove PF Motor relay Assy from PF Motor.

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above A : PF Motor relay Assy
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as PF Motor.

CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, do NOT touch Motor.
Motor is hot and you may burn yourself. A

6 Remove PF Motor Assy (with PF Motor

Mounting Plate still fixed).
1 Initialize PF Motor counter.
5.7.10 Software Counter Initialization Menu

2 Remove Side maintenance cover L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover B

7 Remove the screws (2 pieces）retaining PF

Motor Mounting Plate.
A
A A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M4 x 8
8 Replace PF Motor Assy.

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy 130

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

9 Fix PF Motor to PF Motor Mounting Plate. 12 To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the
Make sure that PF Motor following procedure. 6GPUKQPICWIG
Cable and the bent side of
PF Motor Mounting Plate • Hook Tension Gauge on PF Mounting OQWPVKPIRQUKVQP
are on the same side.
Plate.（See the figure below.）
• Pull Tension Gauge horizontally.Fully
tighten the screws(4 pieces) which
were lightly tighten in the step 10 at
34.3N±3.4N（3500ｇ±350ｇ）
indicated on the scale. 2WNNJQNK\QPVCNN[
•
4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension
10 Lightly tighten the screws (4 pieces) retaining Adjustment
PF Motor Mounting Plate to install X Speed
B
Reduction Belt is correctly installed on PF
NOTE
Motor Assy.
Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on
A : PFMotor
PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and C Motor.
flat washer M4 x 8
C : X Speed Reduction Belt
B A
13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
11 Make sure that X Speed Reduction Belt, refer
to the following procedure. OK N/A

3.5.4 Replacing PF Motor Assy 131

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy

8 Remove PF Motor relay Assy from PF Motor.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A : PF Motor relay Assy
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
PF Motor relay Assy DG-43042 Exploded View PF Motor
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
A
CAUTION
After printing for a long period of time, the motor gets very hot.
9 Remove PF Motor relay Assy from clamps on
the path.
Do not touch the motor to avoid burning yourself.
10 Remove PF Motor relay Assy from MAIIN
board.

1 Remove IH cover R,L. 11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover procedure.

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

4 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

5 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

6 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

7 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

3.5.5 Replacing PF Motor relay Assy 132

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.6 Replacing P_REAR sensor

8 Remove connector of P_ Rear Sensor from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts MAIN Board Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : P_REAR Sensor

ce Part No.
P_REAR Sensor Assy DG-43010 Exploded View Paper Guide R
A
Phillips screwdriver No.1 generic for M2 screw
products
Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

㨀㧵㧼 9 Remove P_Rear Sensor from the clamps on

• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above the path.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as P_Rear Sensor.
• P_RAER sensor is located near the center of X rail.(Paintless part of Grid roller) 10 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining R
sensor bracket.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
1 Remove IH cover R,L. flat washer M3 x 8
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
A
3 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

4 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

11 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining
P_Rear Sensor to R sensor bracket.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
5 Remove Paper guide R (upper). flat washer M2 x 5
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

6 Remove Paper guide R (lower). A

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

7 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box
12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

13 Perform various adjustments.

4.2 Adjustment Item

3.5.6 Replacing P_REAR sensor 133

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy

8 Remove Lever sensor Cable from Lever
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts sensor.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Lever sensor

ce Part No. B : Lever sensor cable

CR_HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 Exploded View X Rail A

Lever Sensor Cable Assy DG-43026 Exploded View X Rail B

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -

products
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401 㨀㧵㧼
When replacing Lever sensor Cable, refer to the step 11 onward.

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as Lever Sensor and Lever Sensor
9 Remove Lever sensor tab from rear side of
Pressure lever bracket and remove Lever
Cable.
sensor from Pressure lever bracket.
A : tab B A
B : Pressure lever bracket
1 Remove Maintenance cover R.
10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover
procedure.

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R. NOTE A

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
Lever sensor and Pressure lever bracket
are bonded with screw locker. Make sure
3 Remove IH cover R.
not to damage Lever sensor when
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
removing them.

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
11 Remove Lever sensor Cable from clamps on
5 Remove Side top cover R. the path.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover
12 Remove Lever sensor Cable from
6 Remove Maintenance inner cover. JUNCTION Board Assy (R side).
3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover A : Lever sensor cable
13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
7 Lower Pressure lever down. procedure.
A

3.5.7 Replacing Lever sensor and Lever sensor cable Assy 134
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.8 Replacing Heater and Thermistor

6 Mark the attachment location of Pre-heater.
Mark the attachment location

NOTE
Set Heater to the original position without bending. The surface temperature of
media changes and printing quality becomes poor if heater Assy position is set
insufficiently.
Can not be re-used heater you have peeled off once. Replace it with a new heater.

Marking example

(1) Replacing Pre-heater, Pre-thermistor

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
7 Mark the attachment location of Pre-
thermistor.
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No.
VJ16Pre Heater Assy DG-40351 Exploded View Paper Guide R
Thermistor Assy DG-43001 Exploded View Paper Guide R
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

㨀㧵㧼 8 Remove Pre-heater insulator.

9 Remove Thermistor film. A
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as Pre-heater and Pre-Thermistor. 10 Remove Pre-thermistor. B
A : Pre-Heater insulator
B : Thermistor film
1 Remove IH cover R,L. C : Pre-thermistor
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover C

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

㨀㧵㧼
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
• Pre-heater heat insulator and Pre-
3 Remove Sub Tank cover R. heater are affixed using double-faced
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R tape.
• When Pre-heater heat insulator is
4 Remove Sub Tank cover L. removed, Pre-heater is also removed.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L • Pre-thermistor is affixed using
Thermistor film.
5 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

3.5.8 Replacing Heater and Thermistor 135

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

11 Replace Pre-heater and Pre-thermistor.

NOTE
• Before affixing Pre-heater, remove
grease from adhered surface. The
grease weakens the adhesive force of Paper guide R side
Pre-heater and may peel off.
• Make sure to attach Pre-heater (and
Pre-thermistor) at the correct location. contact area
If not, Paper guide R (upper) will not be
warmed up to an appropriate
temperature and may affect print
result.
• Do not tear Thermistor film when
affixing it.
• Note the side of Pre-thermistor and
affix it. The larger area of Pre-
thermistor should be affixed to Paper Thermistor
guide R (upper).

12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.5.8 Replacing Heater and Thermistor 136

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Replacing After Heater and After Thermistor

3 Remove After Heater insulator affixed over
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts broken After Heater.
Name Maintenan Remarks A : After Heater insulator A
ce Part No.
VJ16 After Heater Assy DG-40350 Exploded View Paper Guide F 㨀㧵㧼

Thermistor Assy DG-43001 • After Heater and After Heater insulator

are affixed using double-faced tape.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - • When After Heater insulator is
products removed, After Heater is also
removed.
㨀㧵㧼
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as After-Heater and After- 　 ● When replacing Thermistor only
Thermistor. 4 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining
B
• After Heater and After Heater insulator are affixed to the backside of Paper guide Thermistor holder.
F (upper) using double-faced tape. A : Screw
B : Thermistor holder
C : After thermistor
1 Remove Paper guide F (upper). 5 Remove Thermistor holder
A
C
3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper) 6 Remove Thermistor holder.

2 Mark the location of the damaged After

Heater.
7 Replace After Heater.

NOTE
• Before affixing Platen heater, remove
grease from adhered surface.
The grease weakens the adhesive
force of Platen heater and may peel off.
• Affix After Heater to correct position.
If not, Paper guide F doesn't become
an appropriate temperature and image
quality may be affected.

8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.5.8 Replacing Heater and Thermistor 137

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy and After thermistor

1 Remove Paper guide F (upper).
relay Assy 3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

2 Remove After Heater connector (2 pieces)
Name Maintenan Remarks and After thermistor connector (2 pieces).
ce Part No. A : After Heater relay Assy
AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43017 Exploded View Paper Guide F B : After thermistor relay Assy B
Exploded View Relay / Controller
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018
A
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

㨀㧵㧼
3 Remove After Heater relay Assy and After
Thermistor relay Assy from clamps on the
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above path.
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as After-Heater relay Assy and
After-Thermistor relay Assy. 4 Remove After Heater relay Assy and After
• The seal is stuck on the connector of the relay Assy. Thermistor relay Assy from HEATER RELAY
board Assy, then replace them.
Connected to Seal 3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board
（Maintenance part name） Assy
Origin side
（AFT_H relay Assy） #(# 5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
the opposite side of origin
（AFT_H relay Assy） #($
Orihin side
（AFT_T1 relay Assy） #66*
the opposite side of origin
（AFT_T2 relay Assy） #66*

3.5.9 Replacing After Heater relay Assy and After thermistor relay Assy 138
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy, Pre Thermistor relay

3 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
Assy 3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

4 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
Name Maintenan Remarks 3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
ce Part No.
PRE_H1 Relay Assy DG-43020 Exploded View Paper Guide F 5 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
Exploded View Relay / Controller 3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)
PER_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 6 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)
PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - 7 Remove Paper guide F (upper).
products 3.2.11 Removing Paper Guide F (Upper)

8 Remove PRE Heater relay Assy or PRE

㨀㧵㧼 Thermistor relay Assy from stay. A
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above A : Stay
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as PRE Heater relay Assy and PRE B : Pre-thermistor relay Assy
Thermistor relay Assy. （Origin side）
• The seal is stuck on the connector of the relay Assy. C : Pre-Heater relay Assy（Origin side）
D : Pre-thermistor relay Assy D E
Connected to Seal C B
（the opposite side of Origin）
（Maintenance part name）
E : Pre-Heater relay Assy
Origin side （the opposite side of Origin）
（PRE_H1 relay Assy） 24
the opposite side of origin 9 Remove Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre
（PRE_H2 cable Assy） 24 Thermistor relay Assy from clamps on the
path.
Orihin side
（PRE_T1 relay Assy） 246* 10 Remove Pre Heater relay Assy and Pre
the opposite side of origin Thermistor relay Assy from HEATER RELAY
board Assy.
（PRE_T2 relay Assy） 246* 3.4.4 Replacing HEATER RELAY Board
Assy

1 Remove IH cover R,L. 11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover procedure.

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3.5.10 Replacing Pre Heater relay Assy, Pre Thermistor relay Assy 139
 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Platen Non-Reflecting Tape DG-45353 Exploded View Platen
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as Platen Non-reflecting tape.

1 Open front cover.

2 Remove Maintenance cover L.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

3 Remove Platen non-reflective tape.

A : Platen Non-Reflecting Tape

A
NOTE
• Once Platen non-reflecting tape is
removed, it must not be reused.
• Before attaching Platen non-reflecting
tape, degrease the contact area. If oil
from your hand, etc is still attached,
adhesion decreases, and the tape may
be pealed off.

4 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.5.11 Replacing Platen Non-Reflecting Tape 140

 3.5 Replacing X Rail Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder 6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts procedure.

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Media Holder 2 Assy DG-43181 Exploded View Platen
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Media holder.

1 Open front cover.

2 Remove Maintenance cover L.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

3 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Media

holder stopper.
B
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 8
B : Media holder stopper

4 Remove Media holder stopper.

5 Pull out Media holder.

A
A : Media holder

3.5.12 Replacing Media Holder 141

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6 Replacing Y Rail section 4 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt
5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
6 Move Carriage to the left (the opposite side of
origin).
VJ1624 CR Belt Assy DG-43002 Exploded View Y Rail 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

Steel belt Tension Attachment DG-43197 Exploded View Other 7 Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws (2
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - pieces).
products A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
Measure (steel) Measurable up to 3m
flat washer M3 x 40
Acetate Tape -
A
Tension gauge Max : 2N (204gf) CAUTION

Thread Locker - Three bond 1401 • When you loosen Steel belt
adjustment screw, loosen upper and
lower screws only for the same
㨀㧵㧼 amount. This makes the adjustment
easy after replacing Steel belt .
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Steel belt. • Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws
properly. If it is not enough, Steel belt
is dragged by and may cause damage
when retaining Steel belt to Carriage.
CAUTION
• When replacing Steel belt, make sure to wear gloves. Prevent belt from bending
or contaminating them with foreign objects. Doing so may cause Seel belt 8 In order to prevent Steel belt from falling, both
breakage. sides of Steel belt are fixed to Y rail with
• Be careful not to cut your hands with Steel belt. acetate tape sideward ofCarriage. A C
• Steel belt replacement must be done by two or more persons. A : Steel belt
B : Acetate tape
9 Remove the screws (2 pieces) that retain Belt.
C : Screw retaining belt
1 Open front cover.
B
2 Remove Maintenance Cover R and L.
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

3 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt 142

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

10 Remove CR Motor Assy from Connector of 14 Pull off Steel belt while winding-up.
CR Motor Cable Assy.
A : Steel belt
A : connecting point
A
CAUTION
When handling Steel belt and CR
A following movement belt pulley assemble,
make sure to wear gloves.

11 Make sure that Steel belt looks like the picture 15 Remove CR Return Pulley Assy.
shown below.
A : Steel belt CAUTION
When handling Steel belt and CR
following movement belt pulley assemble,
make sure to wear gloves.
A

12 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining 16 From beside CR speed reduction pulley,
Motor Bracket. insert Measure inside Y rail.
A : Tapping screw M4×6 S tight cup
B
B : Motor bracket

A
A

13 Remove Motor bracket (With CR Motor Assy 17 Affix Steel belt to the tip of measure using
mounted) from the Printer body. tape.
C
A : CR Motor A : Measure
B : Motor bracket B B : Steel belt
C : Acetate tape

A A
B

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt 143

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

18 Slowly rewind the measure retaining Steel 21 Fix the Motor Bracket with screws (4 pieces).
belt and put Steel belt through inside Y rail. Opposite side of origin
A : Tapping screw M4×6 S tight cup
A : Steel belt B : Motor bracket
B

A
A
A

19 Detach Steel belt from measure after the tip 22 Assemble Steel Belt to CR Drive Pulley.
of Measure comes out from the hole of Y drive Origin side
A : Steel belt
base (origin side).
B : CR drive pulley
A : Steel belt
B
CAUTION
Make sure Steel belt is not twisted inside
of Y rail. A
A

23 Move Carriage to the origin side and retain

20 Assemble CR Motor Assy (Motor Bracket). one side of Steel belt to the right side of
A : CR Motor Carriage.
B : Motor Bracket A : Steel belt
B B : Screw retaining belt

CAUTION
C B A
A • Apply screw locker to thread of screws
retaining Belt.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate
side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Install Steel belt with metal fittings
outside.
C : Metal fitting

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt 144

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

24 Move carriage to the left (opposite side of the 26 Fix Steel belt to the left side of Carriage.
origin).
A : Steel belt C
B : Screw retaining belt
NOTE B
In order to prevent steel belt from falling, CAUTION
when moving carriage to the left (opposite
• Apply Threadlock to thread of screws
side of the origin), fix steel belt with
retaining Belt. A
acetate tape.
• Make sure Steel belt is not twisted
inside of Y rail.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate
25 Reassemble Steel belt to CR driven pulley side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Assy. B Install Steel belt with the metal fittings
outside.
A : Steel belt
C : Metal fitting
B : CR Return pulley Assy

A
27 Reassemble Steel belt adjustment screws (2
pieces) loosened in the step 7.
B
NOTE
Shuttle carriage, lie Steel belt at the
center of CR driven pulley Assy.
The position at 2mm from the both edges
of the CR driven pulley is basic.
A

28 Adjust Steel belt Tension.

4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment

29 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.6.1 Replacing Steel belt 145

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.2 Replacing CR motor

4 Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws (2
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts pieces).

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M3 x 40
ce Part No.
CR Motor (Direct Pulley) Assy DG-43182 Exploded View Y Rail A
CAUTION
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - • When you loosen Steel belt
products
Hex wrench(3mm) - adjustment screw, loosen upper and
lower screws only for the same
Tension gauge Max : 40N (4080gf) amount. This makes the adjustment
easy after replacing Steel belt .
• Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws
㨀㧵㧼
properly. If it is not enough, Steel belt
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above is dragged by and may cause damage
mentioned. In this section, it is referred to as CR Motor Assy. when retaining Steel belt to Carriage.

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover 5 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Steel
belt at the right side of Carriage.
2 Remove Side maintenance cover R. A : Steel belt
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover B : Screw retaining Steel belt

3 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

A B

6 Remove Steel belt （right side of Carriage

only).
A : Steel belt

3.6.2 Replacing CR motor 146

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

7 Remove CR Motor Assy from Connector of 11 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining
CR Motor Cable Assy. bearing bracket.
A : connecting point A : Tapping screw M4×6 S tight cup
B : Bearing bracket B

A
12 Remove bearing bracket.

A A

8 Make sure that Steel belt looks like the picture 13 Remove screws (3 pieces) retaining CR
shown below. Motor Assy.
B
A : Steel belt A : Tapping screw M4×6 S tight cup
B : CR Motor Assy

A
A

9 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining Motor 14 Replace CR Motor Assy.

Bracket.
A : Tapping screw M4×6 S tight cup
15 Reverse the removal procedure and install
B CR motor Cable Assy.
B : Motor bracket
16 Retain Steel belt with the Screw retaining
Steel belt .
A
A A : Steel belt
B : Screw retaining Steel belt

10 Remove Motor bracket (With CR Motor Assy CAUTION

mounted) from the Printer body. • Apply Threadlock to thread of screws C B A
A : CR Motor retaining Belt.
B : Motor bracket • Make sure to retain the appropriate
B side of Steel belt to Carriage.
Install Steel belt with the metal fittings
outside.
C : metal fitting
A

3.6.2 Replacing CR motor 147

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

17 Reassemble Steel belt adjustment screws

(2pieces) loosened in the step 4.

NOTE
Shuttle carriage, lie Steel belt at the
center of CR driven pulley Assy.

18 Adjust CR deceleration belt tension.

4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment

19 Tighten hexagon socket screws (4 pieces)

retaining CR Motor.

20 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

21 Perform various adjustments.

4.2 Adjustment Item

3.6.2 Replacing CR motor 148

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.3 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy

9 Remove CR Motor Cable Assy from CR Motor
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : connecting point

ce Part No.
CR Motor cable Assy DG-43337 Exploded View CR Motor
A
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover 10 Remove CR Motor Cable Assy from MAIN
board Assy.
2 Remove IH cover R,L. A : CR Motor cable
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

A
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.

11 Remove CR Motor Cable Assy from clamps
on the path.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

6 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

7 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

8 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

3.6.3 Replacing CR Motor Cable Assy 149

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.4 Replacing CR Return pulley

5 Loosen steel belt adjustment screws (2
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts pieces).

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M3 x 40
ce Part No.
CR Return Pulley Assy DF-43868 Exploded View Y Rail A
CAUTION
Steel belt Tension Attachment DG-43197 Exploded View Other • When you loosen Steel belt adjustment
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - screw, loosen upper and lower screws
products only for the same amount. This makes
Hex wrench(3mm) - the adjustment easy after replacing
Acetate tape - Steel belt.
• Loosen Steel belt adjustment screws
Tension gauge Max : 2N (204gf) properly (about 5 times). If it is not
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401 enough, Steel belt is dragged by and
may cause damage when retaining
Steel belt to Carriage.
㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as CR Return pulley.
6 To prevent from falling Steel belt,fix Steel belt
with acetate tape.

NOTE
When reassembling CR Return pulley, ensure that Steel belt is evenly guided along
the center part of CR Return pulley Assy by moving Carriage by hand.

1 Remove Maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.

7 Remove the Screw retaining Belt.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover A : Screw retaining belt
A
3 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of
origin).
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

4 Remove Carriage Cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

3.6.4 Replacing CR Return pulley 150

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

8 Remove Steel Belt from CR Return Pulley. 13 Fix Steel belt to the left side of Carriage.
A : Steel Belt A : Steel belt
B : CR Return Pulley B : Screw retaining belt B

C
CAUTION
• Apply Threadlock to thread of screws
B
retaining Belt. A
A • Make sure Steel belt is not twisted
inside of Y rail.
• Make sure to retain the appropriate
9 Remove Steel belt adjusting screws (2 side of Steel belt to Carriage.
pieces). Install Steel belt with the metal fittings
10 Remove Screw cap(2 pieces). outside.
A : Steel belt adjusting cap C : Metal fitting
B : Screw cap
B A

14 Adjust tension of Steel belt.

4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment

11 Replace CR Return Pulley. 15 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

12 Reassemble Steel belt.

A : Steel belt A
B : CR Return Pulley

3.6.4 Replacing CR Return pulley 151

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.5 Replacing T Fence

5 Remove T fence spring from T fence.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A : T Fence C A
Name Maintenan Remarks B : T Fence spring hook
ce Part No. C : T Fence spring

T Fence (64) DF-43901 Exploded View Y Rail

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products B

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above 6 Remove the screws (1 piece per plate : 3
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as T Fence. pieces in total) retaining T fence clamping
A
plate (3 pieces).
A : T Fence
B : T Fence clamping plate
CAUTION
When replacing T fence, make sure to wear gloves. NOTE
If T fence is contaminated with foreign objects and damaged, print quality may be
When removing T fence from T fence B
affected.
clamping plate, remove from the origin
side of T fence clamping plate in order.

1 Remove Maintenance cover R, L.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover 7 Replace T fence.

2 Remove Side top cover R, l. 8 Fold new T fence at the 9mm from the tip of it
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover and attach to the hook of the R side.（Do not
90 degree
bend the other side.）
3 Remove Top cover. A : T Fence
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover B : T Fence clamping plate

4 Move Carriage to the left (the opposite side of

origin).
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock
9mm

3.6.5 Replacing T Fence 152

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

NOTE
If T fence is coated with protective film,
remove film and attach T fence correctly.

• Allow a margin between the T fence

and hook ofClamping plate. A
• When retaining T fence clamping plate
with screws, allow a margin so that T
fence can slightly move. B
• Refer to the following figures and insert
T fence in T fence clamping plate and C
CR encoder Assy.
A : T Fence
B : T Fence clamping plate A
C : CR Encoder
T fence shapes differ depending on the
place to install. Refer to the following
figure and correctly attach them.

the opposite side of Origin

Origin side

9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.6.5 Replacing T Fence 153

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.6 Replacing CR origin sensor

6 Apply screw locker between ORG sensor
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts mounting plate and CR origin sensor.(in the
direction of the red arrow area) A
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. A : ORG sensor mounting plate
B : CR Origin Sensor
CR_HP Sensor. Lever Sensor DF-49471 Exploded View Y Rail
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
B
Thread Locker - Three bond 1401

㨀㧵㧼
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as CR origin sensor.

1 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Move Carriage to the left (the opposite side of

origin).
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

3 Remove CR_Origin sensor cable from CR

origin sensor.
B
4 Remove CR origin sensor.
A : CR Origin Sensor cable Assy
B : CR Origin Sensor

5 Replace CR origin sensor.

3.6.6 Replacing CR origin sensor 154

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.7 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy

8 Remove CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts JUNCTION board Assy (R side).

Name Maintenan Remarks A : CR Origin Sensor cable Assy

ce Part No.
CR Origin Sensor cableAssy DG-43004 Exploded View Y Rail
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
A

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover 9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
2 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Move Carriage to the left (the opposite side of

origin).
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

6 Remove CR Origin sensor Cable Assy from

CR Origin sensor.
B
A : CR Origin Sensor cable Assy
B : CR Origin Sensor

7 Remove CR Origin sensor Assy from clamps

on the path.

3.6.7 Replacing CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy 155

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.8 Replacing Steel Bare

5 Insert the precision flat blade screw driver
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts as shown right A

Name Maintenan Remarks

6 Move the precision flat blade screw driver
as the arrow indicated. Unhook the
ce Part No. B
Clamp_FFC to remove the Clamp_bare.
Steel Bare Assy（VJ-1618) DG-41919 Exploded View Y Rail A : Flat head Driver (precision) C
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - B : Clamp_Bare
products C : the hook of Clamp_FFC
Acetate tape -

Flat head screwdriver（Precision) for removing Clamp

7 Remove screws (6 pieces) retaining Cable
㨀㧵㧼 pressers (2 pieces).

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 18 A
mentioned.I)n this section it is referred to as Steel bare.
B : Cable pressers

1 Remove IH cover R,L. 8 Remove Cable pressers（2 pieces).

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
B

2 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover 9 Open Steel Bare.

3 Remove Top cover.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

4 Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Steel

bare. A

A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

flat washer M3 x 6 B
B : Steel Bare
10 Peel off Acetate Tape.
A A : Acetate tape
11 Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Steel
bare to Cable guide.
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 5

A B

3.6.8 Replacing Steel Bare 156

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

CAUTION
Be sure to make Cursor go back and forth
to opposite side of the origin several times
manually before turn on the power, and
confirm Steel bare and Cover stay doesn't
interfere after replacing Steel bare.

3.6.8 Replacing Steel Bare 157

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
5 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
CR_FFCAssy DG-42992 Exploded View Y Rail
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
6 Remove Top cover.
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover
products
Flat head screwdriver（Precision) for removing Clamp
7 Remove Paper guide R (upper).
3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)
㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above 8 Remove Paper guide R (lower).
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as CR FFC. 3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

9 Open Board box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box
CAUTION
• Before replacing Board or inserting/removing FFC, unplug Power cable and leave 10 Remove CR board cover.
it for a while. 3.7.3 Removing CR board cover
If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be damaged or operators
may get an electric shock by standby electricity. 11 Remove Screws (4 pieces) retaining Cable
• When handling Board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands. guide plate. A
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not A : Cable guide plate
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and B
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector. flat washer M3 x 8
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. A
• After plugging, make sure that FFC and connector terminal are aligned and that
FFC is not plugged obliquely.

12 Insert the precision flat blade screw

driver as shown right A
1 Remove Maintenance cover R. 13 Move the precision flat blade screw
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover driver as the arrow indicated. Unhook the
Clamp_FFC to remove the Clamp_bare. B

2 Remove IH cover R,L. A : Flat head Driver (precision) C

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover B : Clamp_Bare
C : the hook of Clamp_FFC
3 Remove Side maintenance cover R, L.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC 158

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

14 Use your nail to hook the Clamp_FFC. CAUTION

A
15 Push it as the arrow indicated to remove Properly replace the Clamps as shown
right. A
the Clamp_tube.
B
A : the hook of Clamp_FFC A : Steel Bare
B : Clamp_tube B : CR FFC C
B C : Tube film
D
D : Ink tube

16 Hold the CR FFC as shown right to easily 19 Open Steel Bare.

remove the Clamp_FFC. （Cable guide plate is still assembled.)

17 Push the Clamp_FFC (at the printer rear 20 Remove CR_FFC (5 pieces) from CR board.
side) as the arrow indicated to untie the
B A : CR_FFC
FFC and Tube film.
A : the hook of Clamp_FFC
B : CR FFC
C : Tube film
A
C
A

18 Unhook the Clamp_FFC (at the printer

front side) from the CR FFC and Tube B
film.
A : the hook of Clamp FFC
B : CR FFC
C : Tube film C

3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC 159

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

21 Remove screws (3 pieces each) retaining 26 Pull out CR_FFCs from hole of origin side of
Cable holding plate (2 pieces). Cable guide.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and A : Hole A
flat washer M3 x 18 A
B : Cable holding plate

22 Remove Cable holding plates (2 pieces).

B

23 Remove CR_FFC from clamps on the path. 27 Refer to the instructions and bend the new
CR_FFC for installation.
24 Remove CR_FFC from MAIN board.
A : CR_FFC
28 Connect the CR FFC (5 pieces) to CR board.
A : CR_FFC

25 Pull out CR_FFCs from hole of Leg holder

base.
A
A : the hole of Leg holder base

3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC 160

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

29 Draw CR_FFCs through the same path as MAIN board side

above.
J7ࠉ
J8
J9ࠉ
NOTE
J10ࠉ
Refer to the right illustration and make J11ࠉ
J5ࠉ
sure that connections are correct. J4 
(Bend first before piling them together.) J3ࠉ 

J2ࠉ
CR board side J1ࠉ

30 Connect CR FFC (5 pieces) to MAIN board.

NOTE
Be careful not to get CR FFC tucked in
Board box.

Bend FFC so that

it is does not get nipped
by Board box.

31 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.6.9 Replacing CR_FFC 161

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m) DG-45497 Diameter : 3φ
Exploded View Other
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(2m) DG-45566
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(3m) DG-45498
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Tube cutter -
dedicated cleaning fluid - for assembling O Ring

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Ink tube.

NOTE
• Cut Ink tube (maintenance part) at an appropriate length before use. When
cutting, use Tube cutter and make sure that the cut surface is flat. If it is not flat,
it may cause ink leakage.
• Insert Ink tube straight into Fitting. Do not rotate and insert it. Doing so may
damage the inside of Ink tube and cause ink leakage.

OK N/A

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube 162

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) IH section
7 Remove Ink tube from Frame assembly C.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
A : Ink tube B
name Maintenan Remarks B : connecting point
ce Part No. C : Corrugated tube
A
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m) DG-45497 Diameter : 3φ
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Tube cutter -
C
dedicated cleaning fluid - for connecting Ink tube

8 Remove Ink tube from Mini fitting.

1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge
A : Ink tube A
ink entirely from ink path.
B : Mini fitting
5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R. NOTE

B
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover • Remove the ink tube while holding the
Mini fitting.
3 Remove IH cover R. • Take care not to ink dripping from the
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover tube that was removed.
• If you do the following, it will be easier
4 Remove Sub Tank cover R. to work.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
• Move the carriage on the platen.
• Turn the ink holder to be vertical.
5 Remove Cartridge cover R.
• Don't remove the ink tube connected to
3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover
a cartridge holder. Remove a cartridge
holder while connecting.
6 Remove Corrugated tube from Frame
assembly C. B
A : Corrugated tube
B : Frame assembly C
9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
A procedure.

10 Charge ink.
5.6 Ink Charging Menu

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube 163

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) IH to Cable guide

6 Remove Ink tube from Mini fitting.
B
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
A : Ink tube
name Maintenan Remarks B : Mini fitting
ce Part No.
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(2m) DG-45566 Diameter : 3φ NOTE

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - • Remove the ink tube while holding the
products Mini fitting.
Tube cutter - • Take care not to ink dripping from the A
dedicated cleaning fluid - for connecting Ink tube tube that was removed.

1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge

ink entirely from ink path.
5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu

2 Remove Side maintenance cover R.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
7 Remove Ink tube from the clamps on the path.

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

8 Remove Ink tube from I-type fitting.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
A : L-type fitting
5 Remove Cartridge cover R. B : Ink tube
3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover

B A

9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

10 Charge ink.
5.6 Ink Charging Menu

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube 164

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Cable guide to Head

7 Remove Ink tube from I type fitting.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
A : L-type fitting
Name Maintenan Remarks B : Ink tube
ce Part No.
B A
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(3m) DG-45498 Diameter : 3φ
Exploded View Cable Guide
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Flat head screwdriver（precision） for removing Ink tube from Clamp
Tube cutter -
8 Open Clamp tube (12 pieces) and remove Ink
dedicated cleaning fluid - for connecting Ink tube tube.
A : Clamp_tube B

㨀㧵㧼 B : Ink tube

The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side. NOTE

The procedure described here is that of R side.
After removing Ink tubes, close the Clamp
tubes.
A
1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge
ink entirely from ink path.
5.7.9 Longstore Menu 9 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Tube
fixing plate. A
2 Remove Side maintenance cover R. A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover flat washer M3 x 8
B : Tube fixing plate
3 Remove IH cover R,L.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

4 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

5 Remove Top cover.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

6 Remove Top cover.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube 165

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

10 Remove Ink tube from the clamp.

A : Clamp
B : Ink tube

11 Remove Connector valve Head from Head

FG cable. A
A : Connector Valve Head
B : Pan-head screw wand flat washer M3 x
6

12 Remove I fitting from Ink tube.

A : Ink tube A
B : I fitting

NOTE
The removed parts are re-assembled. B

13 Replace Ink tube.

14 Reconnect the removed I fitting to Ink tube.
15 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

16 Charge ink.
5.6 Ink Charging Menu

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube 166

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) IH-L to Cable Guide

10 Remove Ink tube from I type fitting.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
A : I-type joint
Name Maintenan Remarks B : Ink tube
ce Part No.
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(3m) DG-45498 Diameter : 3φ
B
Exploded View CR (Cable Guide) A

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -

products
Tube cutter -
dedicated cleaning fluid - for connecting Ink tube
11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge
ink entirely from ink path. 12 Charge ink.
5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu 5.6 Ink Charging Menu

2 Remove Side maintenance cover L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3 Remove IH cover R,L.

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

4 Remove Side top cover R, l.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

5 Remove Top cover.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

6 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Tube

retainer.
7 Remove Tube retainer. C D

A : Tube retainer
B : S Tight cupM3 x 6
8 Remove Ink tube from Mini fitting (L-type).
C : Ink tube
B A
D : Mini fitting（L-type）

9 Remove Ink tube from Clamp on the path.

3.6.10 Replacing Ink tube 167

 3.6 Replacing Y Rail section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.6.11 Replacing Pressure Roller

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Pressure Roller DF-46666 Exploded View Media Holder

1 Open front cover.

2 Lift up Pressure lever.

3 Lightly push up the left edge of Pressure arm

with fingers to hold it. Push up and support with fingers
4 Push the left edge of Pressure Arm
B
downward. A
5 Push the right edge of Pressure Arm
downward.
A : Pressure Roller
B : Pressure Arm
Remove the left edge
Remove the right edge

6 Replace Pressure arm.

7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.6.11 Replacing Pressure Roller 168

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7 Replacing Carriage Section

CAUTION
This section describes the procedure to replace Cursor section.
Be careful so as not to mistake the part
pushed down.There is a possibility that
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock the parts may be damaged when pushed
down the wrong place.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
Pushing this part down
Name Maintenan Remarks does not unlock Carriage.
ce Part No. If it is pushed down too much,
it will break.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

When Carriage lock is released on software, Carriage moves to the origin position after power
is turned off. This section describes the procedure to release Carriage lock with power turned
off.

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Push down the cap on the left side of Carriage

(at the back of Carriage cover). 3XVKGRZQ

NOTE
• Insert your fingers all the way through
the gap of Carriage cover and push it
down.
• When locking Head again, you do not
need to push down the cap. Shift
Carriage till you hear a clicking sound
and Carriage is fixed.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock 169

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Move Carriage to the center of the platen.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

2 Remove screws (2 pieces) retaining Carriage

cover.
A
A : Carriage cover
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 8

3 Remove Carriage cover.

4 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover 170

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Release Carriage lock.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

3 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

4 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR

board Cover.
B
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 6
B : CR board cover

5 Remove CR board cover.

6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover 171

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.4 Replacing CR board

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts procedure.
　 ● List of Cables (CR board)
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. No. pins color connected to Remarks
CR board Assy DG-42959 Exploded View CR Board J1 31 Black Main Board FFC
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - J2 31 Black Main Board FFC
products
J3 31 Black Main Board FFC

CAUTION J4 31 Black Main Board FFC

• Before replacing Board Assy and pulling or pushing the FFC type Cable s, pull out J5 31 Black Main Board FFC
Power Cable and leave it for a while.
J6 29 Black Head FFC
If Power Cable is not pulled out before operation, it may cause an electric shock
or damage to the board due to residual electrical charge. J7 29 Black Head FFC
• When you handle Circuit board, do not touch any elements on it with bare hands.
J8 29 Black Head FFC
Doing so may cause electrostatic discharge and damage elements.
• Before plugging FFC, check the condition of FFC terminals (that the corners of J9 29 Black Head FFC
the terminals are not crooked and reinforcing plate is not peeled).
J10 2 Red - Not in use
• Plug/unplug FFC perpendicularly to the connector. Never plug/unplug it
obliquely. If plugged obliquely, it may damage/shorten/break terminals in J11 5 White P_EDGE Sensor -
connectors, causing a breakdown of on-board devices.
J12 3 White PG Origijn Sensor -
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way in the connector. After plugging it, make sure
that FFC and the connector terminals are not misaligned sideways and that FFC J13 2 Black - Not in use
is not plugged obliquely.
J14 3 White PG 2 Origijn Sensor -
J15 2 White Cutter solenoid -

1 Remove Side top cover R. J16 2 White - Not in use

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover
J17 4 White CR Encoder -

2 Remove CR board cover. J18 10 White Photometer JUNCTION board Assy -

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

3 Detach connectors to CR board.

　● List of Cables (CR board) A B
4 Remove the screws (4 pieces) retaining CR
board
A : Cup screw M3 x 6
B : Hexagon spacer

B A

3.7.4 Replacing CR board 172

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder

7 CR エンコーダを CR 基板から取外します。
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
A : CR エンコーダ
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. CR

CR Encoder Assy DG-42947 Exploded View CR Board J17

A
Phillips screwdriver No.1 generic ・For M2 screw
products ・length of axis : over 15cm
Phillips screwdriver No.2 -

㨀㧵㧼
8 Remove CR Encoder Assy from the clamps
on the path.
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as CR Encoder. 9 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR
encoder Assy from the rear side of Carriage.
A : CR Encoder B
1 Remove IH cover R,L. B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover flat washer M2 x 5

2 Remove Side top cover R, l.

NOTE
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover
When removing CR encoder, be careful
A
3 Remove Top cover. not to damage T fence.
3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

4 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover NOTE
When reassembling CR encoder Assy,
5 Move the carriage to the center of Platen. refer to the following figure and make sure
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock that T fence goes through CR encoder
Assy sensor.
6 Remove CR board cover.
3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.7.5 Replacing CR Encoder 173

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy

6 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Photometer Junction board Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and B

flat washer M3 x 6
ce Part No.
B : Photometer Junction board Assy A
Photometer Junction board Assy DG-43038 Exploded View CR Board
(VJ1624)
㨀㧵㧼
Colorimeter Bracket Adjusting Jig DG-43195 Exploded View Other
When removing screw uneasily, remove
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - Photometer cap.
products

CAUTION 7 Retain the photometer Junction board Assy

temporariry by screws (2 pieces).
A dedicated jig is requited to replace Photometer junction board Assy. Do not install
it without a dedicated jig. If installed without a dedicated jig, color measurement may A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and B
not be accurate. flat washer M3 x 6
B : Photometer Junction board Assy A

1 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Move the carriage to the center of Platen.

8 Set dedicated Jig.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock A : Jig B

B : Photometer Junction board Assy
3 Remove Carriage cover.
A
3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

4 Remove CR board cover.

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

5 Remove the connector of Photometer NOTE No gap between Jig and Photometer junction board Assy
Junction board Assy from CR board.
After setting, confirm gap between jig and
A : Photometer Junction board Assy platen or Bracket.
Connector
A
9 Fix Bracket with screws (2pieces).
10 Remove dedicated jig.
11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure. No gap between Jig and Platen

3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction Board Assy 174

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy

6 Remove Cutter Solenoid cable Assy from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Cutter Solenoid Assy connector.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : connecting point

ce Part No.
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43024 Exploded View CR (Cursor)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
A

1 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover NOTE
These cables are connected with the post
2 Move the carriage to the center of Platen. header assembly. Please do not lose the
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock post header assembly.

3 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
4 Remove CR board cover. procedure.
3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

5 Remove Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy from CR

board Assy.
A : Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy
A

3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy 175

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Cap

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Cutter Cap Assy DG-43498 Exploded View Cursor Assy 4
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Move the carriage to the center of Platen.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

2 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

3 Move the screw (1 piece) retaining Cutter

Cap. A
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 8
B : Cutter Cap
B

4 Replace Cutter Cap

5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.7.8 Replacing Cutter Cap 176

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid and Solenoid Spring

6 Remove the screws (2pieces) retaining Cutter
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts solenoid.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Cup screw M3x4 Zn-CM2

ce Part No.
Cutter Solenoid Assy DF-42234 Exploded View Cursor Assy4 A
Strong Solenoid Spring DG-43292
Assy
Phillips screw driver No.2 -
generic
slotted screwdriver products Using two drivers. 7 Remove Cutter Solenoid Cable from the
（precision） clamps on the path.
B
A : clamp
㨀㧵㧼 B : Cutter Solenoid Cable
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above A
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Solenoid Spring and Cutter Solenoid.

1 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover
8 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Cutter
2 Move the carriage to the center of Platen. Cap. A
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3x8
3 Remove Carriage cover. B : Cutter Cap
3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover
B

4 Remove CR board cover.

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

5 Remove Cutter Solenoid cable Assy from

Cutter Solenoid. 9 Remove Cutter Cap.
3.7.7 Replacing Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy

3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid and Solenoid Spring 177

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

10 Remove Lock kicker.

A
A : Flat head screwdriver
B : Lock Kicker
A
• Insert slotted screwdrivers (2 pieces)
into the clearance.
• Release the inner lock by right slotted B
screwdriver.
• Remove the lock kicker by using left
slotted screwdriver.

11 Remove Cutter Solenoid from Cutter holder.

B
A : Cutter Solenoid A
B : Solenoid Spring
C : Cutter Holder

㨀㧵㧼
• When replacing Solenoid spring,
replace it. C
• To reassemble unit, reverse the
removal procedure.

12 Replace Cutter Solenoid.

13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

3.7.9 Replacing Cutter Solenoid and Solenoid Spring 178

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.10 Replacing Valve head

1 Install Valve head cleaning jib on the new
Valve head Assy. Connect Valve Head Washing jig 1
(1) Pour Cleaning fluid into the new Solenoid Head Assy and let it settle for a while.
Make sure that the filter (silver part) side of
(2) Replace the faulty Valve head. Valve head is connected to the Valve head
cleaning jig 1side.
(1) Pouring Cleaning liquid A : Valve head A
B
B : part of silver
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
C : Valve head cleaning jig1
Name Maintenan Remarks D : Valve head cleaning jig2
Connect Valve Head Washing jig 2
ce Part No.

Valve head cleaning kit（VJ Ink） DG-41787 Exploded View Other

C
Cleaning fluid - Operation manual

NOTE
Solenoid head Assy used for VJ-1628X is shipped with Cleaning fluid inside for the
purposes of inspection and quality assurance. Therefore, before replacing it, you will
need to clean it using the dedicated cleaning fluid.
D

CAUTION
2 Attach the cleaning cartridge for the Eco
solvent inks to the top of the Valve head
• Make sure to pour Cleaning fluid into the new Valve head Assy. cleaning jig 1.
If ink is charged before Cleaning liquid is poured in, Valve head might get
damaged. A : Cleaning fluid cartridge A
• Be careful not to get Cleaning liquid in your eyes.If Cleaning liquid gets in your B : Valve head cleaning jig1 C
eye, immediately wash your eye with running water for over 15 minutes and C : Valve head cleaning jig2
see your ophthalmologist. B

㨀㧵㧼
A B
For the following procedure, Valve head
cleaning jigs are separated into two parts
and called Valve head cleaning jig 1 and
2, for the sake of convenience.

A : Valve head cleaning jig1

B : Valve head cleaning jig2

3.7.10 Replacing Valve head 179

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Pull Pump of Syringe attached to Valve head 7 Remove Valve head cleaning tools from Valve
cleaning jig 2 and inflow about 3cc of Cleaning head.
liquid into the cylinder of Syringe.

CAUTION
NOTE
• When removing the tube, make sure to
Air should not be included in the 3cc. cover the tip of it with a Polynit wiper,
Make sure that there is 3cc of Cleaning etc so that Cleaning liquid does not spit
liquid only when pulling the pump of out of the removed tube.
Injector. Make sure to use a clean Polynit wiper
with no ink attached. If a foreign
substance on the Polynit wiper
adheres on the tube, it may cause Print
4 Turn Valve head upside down to let Cleaning head malfunction.
liquid settle in Valve head.
• Be careful not to get Cleaning liquid in
your eyes. If Cleaning liquid gets in
CAUTION your eye, immediately wash your eye
with running water for over 15 minutes
• Do not hold the transparent films on the and see your ophthalmologist.
sides of Valve head. Cleaning liquid
inside Valve head inflows into the tube.
• Do not damage the transparent films
on the sides of Valve head.

5 Remove the cleaning cartridge from the Valve

head cleaning jig1.

6 Remove the cleaning liquid from the Valve

head by pulling the syringe pump.

NOTE
Step 6 above is only for avoiding any
leakage. You do not need to empty the
Valve head completely.

3.7.10 Replacing Valve head 180

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Replacing Valve head

3 Install the new Valve head to Print head.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.7.12 Replacing Print Head Attach them in
the same direction
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. A : Valve head

Valve Head Assy DG-41543 Exploded View CR (Head Base)

NOTE
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products • Replace Valve head and mount Ink
longnose pliers - tube one color at a time. A
• When replacing four Valve head at the
same time, there is a higher possibility
1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge of inserting a wrong Ink tube into a
ink entirely from ink path. wrong Valve head.
5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu

NOTE 4 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

After ink discharge operation, make sure procedure.
that Ink cartridge is pulled out.
5 Charge ink.
5.6 Ink Charging Menu

2 Remove Valve head from Print head.

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head
Pinch it with longnose
pliers and pull out
A : Valve head

CAUTION
A
• Do not hold the transparent films on the
sides of Valve head.The ink inside of
Valve head is discharged.
• Do not damage the transparent films
on the sides of Valve head.
• To avoid leakage of the remaining ink,
place a waste cloth under the removed
Valve head or put Valve head into a
plastic bag.

3.7.10 Replacing Valve head 181

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.11 Replacing Connector valve head

3 Remove Connector valve head and O ring
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts from Ink tube.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Joint screw

‽‣
B : O Ring A
ce Part No. C
C : Connector valve head B
Connector valve head Assy DG-41915 Exploded View CR (Head Base) D : Ink tube
D
Maintenance
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
dedicated cleaning fluid - Operation manual
4 Install a new O-ring around the tip of Ink tube.
NOTE 5 Push the O-ring with Connector valve head to
connect the joint screw and Connector valve
Replace Connector valve head and mount Ink tube one color at a time. head. C
A : Connector valve head B
A
B : O Ring
1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge
C : Joint screw
ink entirely from ink path.
5.7.9 Longstore Menu
NOTE

NOTE • Not to reuse O ring.Change new one.

• Before installing O ring, dip it to
After ink discharge operation, make sure
dedicated cleaning fluid.
that Ink cartridge is pulled out.

6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.
2 Turn Connector Valve Head 45 degrees
(clockwise), release the lock, and pull it out.
7 Charge ink.
A : Connector valve head 5.6 Ink Charging Menu
A

CAUTION
Turning it counter-clockwise will loosen
the joint, resulting in ink leakage.

3.7.11 Replacing Connector valve head 182

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head CAUTION

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts • During operation, make sure not to touch the nozzle surface of Head or let foreign
substances adhere.
Name Maintenan Remarks
• Print head Assy has been adjusted. Do not disassemble it.
ce Part No.
• Do not touch board and tape cable which are already assembled on print head.
Head Assy DG-42987 Exploded View CR (Head Base) Moreover, do not touch around tape cable when assembling head cover.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - Head Board‫ޓ‬
products
Hex Wrench（2.5mm） For screws retaining Head base,
with shaft length of 150mm or longer
and not L-shaped Tape wire
Head Nozzle
Flathead screwdriver -
Longnose pliers - • Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be
Plastic bag Can be omitted damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity.
• When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
㨀㧵㧼 • Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
• This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part,Print head • When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
Assy.In this section, it is referred to as Print head. If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the
• Ink pipings are as shown below. terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and
4 color 7 color 7 color (white) 8 color connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.
KC C Y K M Y Lm K M Y Lm K M Y Lm

K YMM Lc Lm Lk Cl C Lc WhWh C Lc WhMt

1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge
ink entirely from ink path.
5.7.9 Longstore Menu

NOTE
After ink discharge operation, make sure
that Ink cartridge is pulled out.

2 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head 183

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Remove Maintenance cover R. 㨀㧵㧼

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L
After pulling out connector Solenoid head
from print head, put them into the plastic
4 Move Carriage to the center of Platen.
bag to prevent the ink from dripping.
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

5 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

6 Mark on Joint screws.

8 Loosen the screw (1 piece) retaining Head
guide leaf spring.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3ｘ6
B : Head guide leaf spring

A
B

NOTE
Mark the place to which Tube is attached.
9 Raise the notch of Head adjustment cam to

（ABCDEFGH)
$&' ) the top.
A : Notch
%(* +

7 Turn Connector Valve Head 45 degrees A

(clockwise), release the lock, and pull it out.
A : Connector valve head
A 10 Remove screws (4 pieces) retaining Head
base.
CAUTION B
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
Turning it counter-clockwise will loosen flat washer M3ｘ6
the joint, resulting in ink leakage. B : Head base
A
A

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head 184

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

11 Remove Head Assy from Head mounting 15 Remove Valve heads (4 pieces)
plate.
A : Valve head Pinch it with longnose
pliers and pull out
12 Remove Head FFC (4 pieces) from Flat Cable
Clip.
13 Remove Head FFC (4 pieces) from Head CAUTION
Assy. B • Do not hold the transparent films on the A
A
A : Head FFC sides of Valve head.The ink inside of
B : Flat Cable Clip SValve head is discharged.
• Do not damage the transparent films
on the sides of Solenoid head Assy.
• To avoid leakage of the remaining ink,
place a waste cloth under the removed
Valve head or put Valve head into a
14 Pull Head cover vertically and remove it. plastic bag.
• Be careful not to leave a O ring for the
A : Head cover
Valve head in the printhead.
B : Tab

A
㨀㧵㧼
If it is difficult to remove Head cover, 16 Swap Head Rank sticker with the sticker for
remove Tab of Head Assy first and the new Head Assy.
remove it.
NOTE
• Be careful for ink not to adhere to a
seal.There is a possibility that it may
A become impossible to read a ‪‧

character.
…‧“““
“

“””“ “

““ …‧
““ 

“›

• Remove a seal from a new print head

and stick on a head cover.
B
• Remove old seal.

“

““ 

““ …‧
‪‧‹“… ››
“
…‧“““

“

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head 185

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

17 Replace Head Assy. 20 Reassemble Head FFC.

CAUTION CAUTION
Be careful not to damage Head board, • Do not let FFC terminal section get
Head nozzles, and Head FFC connector. dirty, or let ink from the head surface
touch it.
• Be careful not to damage the nozzle
surface with FFC.
18 Install Valve head to Head Assy. • Before plugging FFC, check FFC
Attach them in terminal (to see the corner of the
A : Valve head
the same direction terminal is not crooked and
reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it
vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may
damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and
A may damage the elements on the
board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way.
• After plugging, make sure that FFC
and connector terminal are aligned and
19 Reassemble Head Cover. that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

21 Put Head Assy back to the fixing position of

Head mounting plate.
A : Head base B
B : Head Assy

NOTE
Do not screw on Print head at this point.
A

22 Install Connector Valve Head Assy.

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head 186

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

23 Adjust so that Head guide leaf spring is

horizontal.
A
A : Head guide leaf spring

NOTE
Insert a flat head screwdriver, etc, and
adjust.

,QVHUWDVORWWHGVFUHZGULYHUHWFDQGVGMXVW

24 Make sure that the notch of Head adjustment

cam is raised to the top.

25 Adjust the fixing position of Head Assy. Adjust so that the hole is located
A : Head Assy at the front of the slotted hole
B : Head mounting plate

Insert a flat head screwdriver, etc,

and push Print head all the way in.

26 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

27 Perform various adjustments.

4.2 Adjustment Item

3.7.12 Replacing Print Head 187

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC

3 Remove CR board cover.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
4 Remove Head FFC from CR board.
A : Head FFC
Head FFC (VJ-1608H) DG-42385 Exploded View CR Board B : CR board
+Driver No.2 generic -
products B A

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Head FFC.

5 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining Flat

core holder. B
CAUTION A : Flat core holder
• During operation, make sure not to touch the nozzle surface of Head or let foreign B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
substances adhere. flat washer M3ｘ8
• Print head Assy has been adjusted. Do not disassemble it. C : Ferrite core
• Before replacing the board or plugging/unplugging FFC, unplug Power cable and
C
leave it for a while. If operating with Power cable still plugged, Board may be
damaged or operators may get an electric shock by standby electricity. A
• When handling board, do not touch on-board devices with bare hands.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC terminal (to see the corner of the terminal is not
crooked and reinforcement is not peeled off).
6 Remove Flat core holder (2 pieces).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may damage, shunt, or disconnect the 7 Remove Ferrite core from Head FFC.
terminals inside the connector, and may damage the elements on the board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way. After plugging, make sure that FFC and 8 Remove Head FFC.
connector terminal are aligned and that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

1 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC 188

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

9 Reassemble Head FFC.

CAUTION
• Do not let FFC terminal section get
dirty, or let ink from the head surface
touch it.
• Be careful not to damage the nozzle
surface with FFC.
• Before plugging FFC, check FFC
terminal (to see the corner of the
terminal is not crooked and
reinforcement is not peeled off).
• When plugging/unplugging FFC, do it
vertically to the connector.
If plugged/unplugged obliquely, it may
damage, shunt, or disconnect the
terminals inside the connector, and
may damage the elements on the
board.
• Make sure to plug FFC all the way.
• After plugging, make sure that FFC
and connector terminal are aligned and
that FFC is not plugged obliquely.

NOTE
• The ferrite core removed in procedure
8 is reused.
• Please connect head FFC by order of
the print head -> CR substrate -> flat
core holder.

10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.7.13 Replacing Head FFC 189

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.14 P_EDGE Sensor

5 Remove screw (1 piece) retaining P_EDGE
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Sensor.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : P Tight cup M3 x 6

ce Part No. B : P_EDGE Sensor
B
P_EDGE Sensor Assy DG-42946 Exploded View CR (Head Base)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
A
products
Paper - for adjusting Sensor
4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor
Adjustment
6 Remove P_EDGE Sensor from clamps on the
path.
㨀㧵㧼
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above procedure.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as P_EDGE Sensor.
8 Perform various adjustments.
4.2 Adjustment Item
1 Remove Side top cover R.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Remove Carriage cover.

3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

3 Remove CR board cover.

3.7.3 Removing CR board cover

4 Remove P_EDGE Sensor from CR board.

A : P_EDGE Sensor

CR
A
J11

3.7.14 P_EDGE Sensor 190

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy

5 Remove Cursor roller arm and Roller holder R.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A : Roller holder R
Name Maintenan Remarks B : Cursor Roller arm Assy
ce Part No. A

VJ Cursor Roller arm Assy DG-40326 Exploded View CR (Head Base)

Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
Longnose pliers - B

㨀㧵㧼 6 Temporary assemble new cursor roller arm

This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above Assy and Roller holder R.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Cursor Roller Arm Assy. A : Roller holder R A
B : Cursor Roller arm Assy

1 Move Carriage to the center of Platen.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock
B
2 Remove Carriage cover.
3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

3 Remove Cursor arm spring using a longnose

7 Retain the temporary assembled Cursor roller
arm and Roller holder L to CR cursor with a
pliers,etc.
screw.
A : Cursor arm spring
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3 x 6
A
CAUTION B : Roller holder R
The tension force of cursor arm spring is A
strong. Remove it with care.
B

8 Set Cursor arm spring in salient of the arm on

4 Remove screw (1 piece) retaining Roller Cursor side with a long-nose pliers.
holder R.
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and A
9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
flat washer M3 x 6 procedure.
B : Roller holder R

3.7.15 Replacing Cursor Roller Arm Assy 191

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy

6 Remove Top cover.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts 3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
7 Remove CR board cover.
3.7.3 Removing CR board cover
VJ1628X Cursor Assy DG-45356 Exploded View CR (Head Base)
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
8 Remove CR board cover.
3.7.3 Removing CR board cover
products
Stainless pan -
Poly-knit wiper -
9 Remove Bracket (for colorimeter).
3.7.6 Replacing Photometer Junction
Air cap - Board Assy

dedicated cleaning fluid - Operation manual

10 Remove Cutter blade and Cutter spring.
3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring
㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above NOTE
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Carriage Assy.
Assemble the cutter blade and the cutter
spring to a new carriage.
Do not lose them.
1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge
ink entirely from ink path.
5.7.9 Longstore Menu
11 Remove the cables from the clamps.
NOTE A : Clamp

After ink discharge operation, make sure

that Ink cartridge is pulled out.

2 Remove Maintenance cover R, L..

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

3 Remove IH cover R, L.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

4 Remove Side top cover R, L.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

5 Remove Front cover.

3.2.9 Removing Front Cover

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy 192

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

12 Remove Cutter Solenoid cable from Cutter 15 Remove Head FG cable from the clamp.
Solenoid.
A : Clamp
A : connecting point B : Head FG cable

A A

NOTE
16 Remove Head FFC from Head Assy.
Solenoid and Media thickness detection A : Head Assy
A
sensor relay cable are connected in the B : Head FFC
post header assembly. Please do not lose
the post header assembly B

13 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining Head

FG cable.
A : Head FGcable 17 Mark on all the Joint screws.
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
flat washer M3ｘ6
A
B

14 Remove the following cables from CR board.

A : PGOrigin sensor cable
B : PG2 Origin sensor cable NOTE
Mark the place to which Tube is attached.
A
（ABCDEFGH)
$&' )
B %(* +

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy 193

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

18 Turn Connector Valve Head 45 degrees 21 Put the nozzle surface of the removed Head
(clockwise), release the lock, and pull it out. Assy facing down and carefully place it on top
of the Poly-nit wiper in a stainless pan.
A : Connector valve head
A
CAUTION
Turning it counter-clockwise will loosen
the joint, resulting in ink leakage.

㨀㧵㧼 22 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining CR

After pulling connector Solenoid head Cursor to CR board mounting plate.
A A
from the head from print head, pull them A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and
into the plastic bag to prevent the ink from flat washer M3ｘ8
dripping.

under the acetate tape

19 Pave Poly-knit wipers in stainless pan and fill 23 Remove CR Board mounting base with CR
with cleaning fluid (dedicated cleaning fluid). B
FFC attached to it and place them on Top
A : Stainless pan cover and so on.
B : Poly-knit wiper
CAUTION
• Carefully remove CR board mounting
base, so that CR Encoder Assy and T
A
fence won't be damaged.
• Pave air cap over TOP cover and place
CR board mounting base so that CR
20 Remove Head Assy. board Assy won't be damaged.

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy 194

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

24 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining NOTE Side view (Origin side)
Carriage Assy to CR belt fixing plate. 1

Cursor roller
• When removing Carriage Assy from Y
A : Carriage Assy rail, be careful no to scratch T fence.
B : Pan-head screw with spring washer and • Rotate Carriage Assy, and remove it
flat washer M4 x 8 from Y Rail.
A • Since the tension of Cursor arm spring Y Rail
is strong, be careful when removing it.
• When removing carriage Assy , be
B careful not to damage cursor roller with
Y rail. Cursor roller
• When placing the removed Carriage
25 Remove Carriage Assy from Y rail in
Assy down, make sure that Cursor Pinch Roller arm
following steps. to remove from Y rail
roller does not touch the floor.
A : Carriage Assy arm A
B : Cursor arm spring
C : Cursor roller arm
• Tightly hold cursor roller arm on both
sides of Carriage Assy and CR cursor B
side arm with fingers to compress
C
cursor arm spring and remove
Carriage Assy from Y rail.
• Remove the both side of cursor roller
from Y rail.
• Remove Carriage Assy from Y rail.

26 Replace Carriage Assy.

NOTE
Put the convexes on Carriage Assy side
in the holes of CR Belt Fixing Plate before
tightening the screws.

27 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

28 Perform various adjustments.

4.2 Adjustment Item

3.7.16 Replacing Carriage Assy 195

 3.7 Replacing Carriage Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring

5 Remove Cutter blade.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A : Cutter holder
Name Maintenan Remarks B : Cutter blade
ce Part No. B
Cutter Spring DG-43484 Exploded View CR (Cursor)
NOTE
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products Be careful not to cut a finger etc. by a A
cutter.

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above 6 Replace Cutter spring.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Cutter spring.
A : Cutter holder
B : Cutter spring

1 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

2 Move Carriage to the center of Platen.

A
3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock
B
3 Remove Carriage cover.
3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover

4 While lowering the Cutter, move the Cutter

cap to the left.
A : Cutter cap
B : Cutter
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

A
B

3.7.17 Replacing Cutter Spring 196

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section 5 Remove the screws (3 pieces) retaining

Maintenance inner cover.
3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover A : Tapping screw M3 x 6 S Tight cup
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

A
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

2 Remove Maintenance cover U_R.

3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

3 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.10 Removing Top Cover

4 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the 6 Remove Maintenance inner cover.
origin). 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover 197

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box

6 Remove Silicon tube 11-14 (90mm) from L
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts type tube fitting.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Silicon tube 11-14 (90mm)

ce Part No. B : L type tube fitting
A
VJ16 Flushing Box Assy DG-40355 Exploded View Maintenance
NOTE
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
Work it after moving Hose band.
products
B
㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above 7 Remove the screw (1 piece) retaining
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Flushing Box. Flushing box.
A
A : Tapping screw M3ｘ6Ｓ tight cup
B : Flushing box

NOTE
Ink may drop from the removed flushing frame. Put down cloth or paper waste
before operation.
B

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

8 Replace Flushing Box.
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover

2 Remove Maintenance cover U_R.

9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

3 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

4 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the

origin). 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

5 Remove Maintenance inner cover.

3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

3.8.2 Replacing Flushing Box 198

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper

4 Replace Wiper Assy.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks NOTE

ce Part No. When reassembling Wiper, pay attention
VJ16 Wiper Assy DG-41001 Exploded View Maintenance to the following. 7LS
• Do not touch the Wiper with bare
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - hands.
products
• Make sure that the Wiper gets no dust
or oil.
㨀㧵㧼 • Install the Wiper so that the point of the
Wiper is located to the observer’s right
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above :LSHU
side.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Wiper.

1 Remove Maintenance cover R. 5 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover
procedure.

2 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the

origin). 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock

3 Using tweezers, detach the Wiper from the

hook at the cleaner head retaining section,
and remove it upwardly.
A : hook

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper 199

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.4 Replacing Cap head Assy

4 Remove Cap tube (3 pieces) from Cap head
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Assy. A

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Cap head Assy

ce Part No. B : Cap spring
C : Cap tube B
Cap Head Assy DG-41179 Exploded View Maintenance
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products
C

NOTE
5 Remove Cap head Assy from Maintenance
• When replacing Cap Head Assy, wear rubber gloves. slide base.
• Ink may spatter around during the operation, so put down cloth or paper waste
before operation. NOTE
• When cap head is removed, cap spring
shall be also removed at the same
1 Remove Maintenance cover R. time. Do not lose it.
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover • The Cap tube will be reassembled, do
not lose them.
2 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the
origin). 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock
6 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
3 Remove while pressing the cap head Assy, so procedure.
as to rotate in the direction of the arrow.
NOTE
When connecting cap tube and pump,
pay attention not to mix up connections. If
not connected to the corresponding, ink
may leak.

3.8.4 Replacing Cap head Assy 200

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.5 Replacing Pump cap Assembly

7 Remove Wiper origin sensor cable Assy from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Pump cap assembly.
B
Name Maintenan Remarks A : Wiper origin sensor cable
ce Part No. B : Pump Cap Assembly

Pump cap Assy（1624W) DG-43468 Exploded View Maintenance

+Driver No.2 generic - A
product

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
8 Remove Pump Motor cable Assy from Pump
Cap Assembly . B
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Pump Cap Assembly .
A : Cable (Pump Cap Assembly)
B : Pump Motor Cable

NOTE
There are some remaining ink in Tubes. Make sure that the ink does not drop from A
Tube outlet onto the printer or Covers. Place a waste cloth or media underneath
before operation.

9 Remove Pump tube from Waste fluid joint.

1 Remove Maintenance cover R. A : Waste fluid joint
3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover
B : Pump tube
B
2 Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

3 Remove Side top cover R.

3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover A

4 Move Carriage to the left (opposite side of the

origin). 3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock 10 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining A
Pump Cap Assembly.
5 Remove Wiper. A : Pump Cap Assembly
3.8.3 Replacing Wiper B : Tapping screw M3×6S tight cap

6 Remove Maintenance inner cover. B

3.8.3 Replacing Wiper

3.8.5 Replacing Pump cap Assembly 201

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

11 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

Pump Cap Assembly (back side).
A
A : Pump Cap Assemby B
B : Tappinng screw M3×6 S tight cup

12 Remove Pump Cap Assembly (with plate

retaining) from the Printer body.
A
13 Remove the plate from Pump Cap Assembly.
A : Plate
B : Tappinng screw M3×6 S tight cup

14 Replace Pump Cap Assembly.

15 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

3.8.5 Replacing Pump cap Assembly 202

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.6 Replacing Wiper Origin Sensor Cable

6 Remove Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts from Pump Cap Assembly.
B
Name Maintenan Remarks A : Wiper Origin Sensor Cable
ce Part No. B : Pump Cap Assembly

Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43027 Exploded View Maintenance

+ Driver No.2 generic - A
product

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Wiper Origin Sensor Cable.

1 Remove Side Maintenance Cover R.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

2 Remove IH Cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove Sub Tank Cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

4 Remove Wiper Origin Sensor Cable from

JUNCTION Board Assy.

JUNC

J13

5 Remove Wiper origin sensor cable Assy from

clamps on the path.

3.8.6 Replacing Wiper Origin Sensor Cable 203

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor Cable

10 Remove Pump Motor Cable from Main Board.
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts A : Pump Motor Cable
Name Maintenan Remarks
ce Part No. MAIN

J18 A
Pump Motor Cable Assy DG-43036 Exploded View Maintenance
+ Driver No.2 generic -
product

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
11 Remove Pump Motor Cable from the Clamps
on the path.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Wiper Pump Motor Cable Assy.

12 Remove Pump Motor cable Assy from Pump

Cap Assembly . B
1 Remove Side Maintenance Cover R.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover A : Cable (Pump Cap Assembly)
B : Pump Motor Cable
2 Remove Maintenance cover U_R.
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U

A
3 Remove Side top cover R.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

4 Remove IH Cover R and L. 13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover procedure.

5 Remove Sub Tank Cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

6 Remove Sub Tank Cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

7 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

8 Removing Paper Guide R (Lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

9 Open Board Box.

3.4.1 Opening Board box

3.8.7 Replacing Pump Motor Cable 204

 3.8 Replacing Maintenance Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.8.8 Replacing Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy

9 Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Waste Fluid level switch.
A
Name Maintenan Remarks A : Waste fluid sensor cable Assy
ce Part No. B : Waste fluid level switch
C : connecting point B
Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy DG-43031 Exploded View Maintenance
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
C
products

1 Remove Maintenance cover R.

3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover 10 Lower Grommet.
A : Grommet
A
2 Remove Side maintenance cover R.
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

3 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover

4 Remove Sub Tank cover R.

3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R

5 Remove Maintenance cover U_R.

11 Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable and
Grommet from the hole. B
3.2.2 Removing Maintenance Cover U
A : Waste fluid sensor cable Assy
6 Remove Maintenance inner cover. B : Grommet
3.8.1 Removing Maintenance Inner Cover C : hole A
C
7 Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy from
JUNCTION board （R side）.
A : Waste Fluid Sensor Cable

JUNCTION (R) 12 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

J12 A procedure.

8 Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy from

clamps on the path.

3.8.8 Replacing Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy 205

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.9 Replacing IH Section 1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge

ink entirely from ink path.
3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy 5.7.9 Longstore Menu

　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

NOTE
Name Maintenan Remarks After ink discharge operation, make sure
ce Part No. that Ink cartridge is pulled out.
Cartridge HolderAssy1 DG-45357 Exploded View Cartridge R / L
Cartridge HolderAssy2 DG-45358
2 Remove Side maintenance cover R.
Cartridge HolderAssy3 DG-45359 3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
Cartridge HolderAssy4 DG-45360
3 Remove Side top cover R.
Cartridge HolderAssy5 DG-45361 3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover
Cartridge HolderAssy6 DG-45362
Cartridge HolderAssy7 DG-45363
4 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
Cartridge HolderAssy8 DG-45364
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
5 Remove Sub Tank cover R.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
products
dedicated cleaning fluid - for replacing Ink tube 6 Remove Cartridge cover R.
Operation manual 3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover

㨀㧵㧼
The procedure to remove R sideis the same as that of L side.The pictures used here
are of R side.

NOTE
Ink may drop from the removed flushing frame. Put down cloth or paper waste
before operation.

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy 206

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

7 Remove Ink tube from L-type fitting of 2 way- 10 Remove Ink ID Cable Assy and I/C Cable
valve. Assy of the targeted Cartridge holder Assy B
A from JUNCTION Board.
A : Ink tube
3.4.20 Replacing JUNCTION board Assy
B : L-type fitting
A : INK ID cable1 Assy
B B : I/C cable 1 Assy
NOTE
• Remove the ink tube while holding the
L-type fitting. A
• Take care not to break the tube
connected to two-way valve. It may
cause ink leakage. Ink Name Mark （or cable color） connecte
• Take care not to ink dripping from the d to
tube that was removed.
1 INK ID Cable 1 Assy J16
• If you do the following, it will be easier $-
to work.
I/C Cable 1 Assy (Black) J8
• Move the carriage on the platen.
• Turn the ink holder to be vertical. 2 INK ID Cable 2 Assy J17
$.7
I/CCable 2 Assy (Blue) J9

8 Loosen the screws (4 pieces) retaining IH 3 INK ID Cable 3 Assy J18

4'&
base. A
I/C Cable 3 Assy (Red) J10
A : S Tight cup M4 x 6
B 4 INK ID Cable 4 Assy J19
B : IH base
B ;'.
I/C Cable 4 Assy (Yellow) J11
5 INK ID Cable 8 Assy J19
;'.A.
I/C Cable 8 Assy (Yellow) J11
6 INK ID Cable 7 Assy J18
9 Make sure that Cartridge holder Assy looks as 4'&A.
shown below.
I/C Cable 7 Assy (Red) J10
7 INK ID Cable 6 Assy J17
$.7A.
I/C Cable 6 Assy (Blue) J9
8 INK ID Cable 5 Assy J16
$-A.
I/C Cable 5 Assy (Black) J8

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy 207

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

11 Remove the removed cable from clamp. 18 Turn IH Base in the direction of the arrow.
And fix IH Base with the screws(4 pieces). A
12 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining A : S Tight cup M4 x 6
Cartridge holder Assy on Cartridge base. B : IH base
B
B
A : Tapping screw M3 x 12 S Tight cup

19 Pass the ink tube through the corrugated

tube.
13 Remove Cartridge Holder Assy.
20 Attach the ink tube to L-type fitting of two-way
14 Remove IH lid and Joint screw from Cartridge valve.
A
Holder Assy. A A : Ink tube
A : Cartridge Holder B : L-type fitting
B : IH lid
C : torsional spring B
C NOTE
Connect ink tube after soaking tip of it to
dedicated cleaning fluid.
Remove the ink tube while holding the L-
B
type fitting.
Take care not to break the tube
15 Replace Cartridge Holder Assy. connected to two-way valve. It may cause
ink leakage.
16 Attach IH lid and Joint screw which were
removed in the previous step to Cartridge
Holder Assy.

17 Attach Cartridge Holder to Cartridge Base.

A : Tapping screw M3 x 12 S Tight cup

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy 208

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

21 Turn ink holder to be horizontal.

22 Insert ink tube to the connector of Frame B
Assembly C.
A : Ink tube
B : connection A
C : corrugated tube

NOTE
C
Connect ink tube after soaking tip of it to
dedicated cleaning fluid.

23 Attach corrugated tube to the connector of

Frame Assembly C. B
A : corrugated tube
B : connection

NOTE
Corrugated tube securely attached to the
back.

24 Fix the cables with the clamps on the path.

Then connect them to the JUNCTION Board
Assy.
step 12

25 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.9.1 Replacing Cartridge Holder Assy 209

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy

7 Remove the screws(2 pieces) retaining
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Cartridge Holder Assy.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Tapping screw M3 x 12 S Tight cup

ce Part No.
INK ID boardAssy DF-43968 Exploded View Cartridge R / L
A
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic -
products

㨀㧵㧼
8 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining
The replacement procedure is common to both R side and L side. Holder pressure sprintgs (2pieces). B
C
A : Holder pressure spring
B : P Tight cup M3 x 6
1 Remove Side maintenance cover R. C : INK ID board Assy
3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover
9 Remove holder pressure springs.
2 Remove Side top cover R. 10 Remove Ink ID Board Assy.
3.2.5 Removing Side Top Cover A

3 Remove IH cover R.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover 11 Remove Ink ID Cable Assy from Ink ID Board B
Assy.
4 Remove Cartridge cover R. A : INK ID cable Assy
3.2.6 Removing Cartridge Cover B : INK ID board Assy

5 Loosen screws (4 pieces) retaining IH base,

A
and turn the IH base to the direction of arrow.
A : S Tight cup M4 x 6 B A
B : IH base B

12 Replace Ink ID Board Assy.

13 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
6 Remove the cables from the clamp of back of
Cartridge holder Assy.
A : cable
A
B : Clamp B

3.9.2 Replacing Ink ID Board Assy 210

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.9.3 Replacing Circulation Pump

5 Remove Circulation Pump Cable from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts Circulation Pump.

Name Maintenan Remarks A

A : connecting point
ce Part No.
Diaphragm Pump Assy DG-43907 Exploded View Circulation Pump
+ Driver No.2 generic -
product

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
6 Remove Snapper Hose Clip (2 pieces).

mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Circulation Pump. A : Snapper Hose Clip

NOTE
Ink may drop from the removed flushing frame. Put down cloth or paper waste
before operation.
A

1 Perform ink discharge operation to discharge 7 Remove Ink Tubes (2 pieces) from Circulation
ink entirely from ink path. Pump.
5.7.9 Longstore Menu
A : Ink Tube

NOTE
After ink discharge operation, make sure
A
that Ink cartridge is pulled out.

2 Remove Side Maintenance Cover L. 8 Remove the screws (2 pieces) retaining

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover Circulation Pump. A

3 Remove IH Cover L. A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover flat washer M3ｘ10

4 Remove Sub Tank Cover L.

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

3.9.3 Replacing Circulation Pump 211

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

9 Replace Circulation Pump.

10 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

procedure.

3.9.3 Replacing Circulation Pump 212

 3.9 Replacing IH Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.9.4 Replacing Circulation Pump Relay Cable

5 Remove Circulation Pump Relay Cable from
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts JUNCTION Board.

Name Maintenan Remarks A : Circulation Pump Relay Cable

ce Part No.
Circulation pump Relay Cable Assy DG-45367 Exploded View Cartridge L
+ Driver No.2 generic -
product
A

㨀㧵㧼
TThis section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
6 Replace Circulation Pump Relay Cable.
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Circulation Pump Relay Cable Assy.
7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

1 Remove Side Maintenance Cover L.

3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover

2 Remove IH Cover L.
3.2.4 Removing IH Cover

3 Remove Sub Tank Cover L..

3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

4 Remove Circulation Pump Relay Cable Assy

from Circulation Pump.

A : connecting point A

3.9.4 Replacing Circulation Pump Relay Cable 213

 3.10 Replacing Leg Section VJ1628XE-M-00

3.10 Replacing Leg Section 2 Remove Waste Fluid tube.

3 Loosen Cap of Waste Fluid Bottle. D
3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level 4 Loosen the nut of Waste fluid level switch.
Switch A : Waste fluid bottle B
B : Waste fluid tube
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts
C : Cap C
Name Maintenan Remarks D : Nut
ce Part No.
A
Waste Fluid Bottle A_Blow mold Assy DG-43501 Exploded View Maintenance
Waste Fluid Level Switch 2 Assy DG-43469
5 Pull out the nut of Waste fluid level switch and
Waste fluid bottle cap from Waste fluid bottle.
B
㨀㧵㧼 A : Cap
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above B : Nut
mentioned.In this section, they are referred to as Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid
A
Level Switch.

NOTE
• Discharge the waste fluid fully to replace Waste fluid bottle. 6 Replace Waste fluid bottle and Waste fluid
• Confirm that there remains no waste fluid in the waste fluid tube. level switch.

7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal

1 Remove Waste Fluid Sensor Cable from procedure.
Waste Fluid Sensor Cable.
A
A : Waste fluid sensor cable Assy
B : Waste fluid level switch
C : connecting point
B

3.10.1 Replacing Waste Fluid Bottle and Waste Fluid Level Switch 214
 3.11 Replacing Roll media holder VJ1628XE-M-00

3.11 Replacing Roll media holder 6 Release Roll media fixing lever.
A : Roll media fixing lever
3.11.1 Replacing Roll media holder Assy
　 ● Tools & Jigs & Maintenance parts

Name Maintenan Remarks

ce Part No.
Variable Media Holder R (38X)Assy DG-44282 Exploded View Roll Holder Assy
A
Variable Media Holder L (38X)Assy DG-44283
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic - 7 Remove Roll Media holder Assy.
products

㨀㧵㧼
This section describes the procedure to replace the maintenance part above
mentioned.In this section, it is referred to as Roll media holder Assy.

1 Remove IH cover R,L.

3.2.4 Removing IH Cover
8 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
2 Remove Sub Tank cover R. procedure.
3.2.7 Removing Sub Tank cover R
9
3 Remove Sub Tank cover L.
3.2.8 Removing Sub Tank Cover L

4 Remove Paper guide R (upper).

3.2.13 Removing Paper Guide R (Upper)

5 Remove Paper guide R (lower).

3.2.14 Removing Paper guide R (lower)

3.11.1 Replacing Roll media holder Assy 215

 VJ1628XE-M-00

4 Adjustment 4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information............................... 260

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter ......................... 262

4.1 Introduction ...................................................................217
4.3.17 Initializing activation............................................. 264
4.2 Adjustment Item ............................................................217
4.3.18 Version Information ............................................. 265
4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software..219
4.3.19 Terminating Application ....................................... 266
4.3.1 Parameter Backup ...............................................220
4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment.................................... 267
4.3.2 Jigs and Tools ......................................................221
4.4.1 Adjustment Procedure ......................................... 267
4.3.3 Required Environment .........................................222
4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment ........... 269
4.3.4 Updating Date and Time ......................................235
4.5.1 Adjustment Procedure ......................................... 269
4.3.5 Editing Media Type ..............................................236
4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment ......................................... 270
4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log ...........................238
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) .................... 270
4.3.7 Updating main firmware .......................................240
4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) .......................... 273
4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware ..................241
4.7 Head Height Adjustment.............................................. 276
4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters .............................242
4.7.1 Head Height Adjustment...................................... 276
4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter .................................243
4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment ........................... 277
4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard .................................244
4.8.1 Adjustment .......................................................... 277
4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode ..................................................250
4.9 Cutter position adjustment.......................................... 279
4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data.....................258
4.9.1 Adjustment .......................................................... 279
4.3.14 Sending Authorization code .................................259

216
 4.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

4.1 Introduction Part replaced or Adjust Adjustment item Reference

adjusted ment
This chapter provides information on necessary adjustment items and procedure. order

CR motor Assy 1 Life counter clear "6.3.2 Counter

㨀㧵㧼 Initialization Menu"
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" 2 Uni-D / Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Adjustment Menu"

3 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top & Bottom

4.2 Adjustment Item adjustment Menu"

This section describes the adjustment items required in part replacement procedures. 4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
When you adjust or replace any of the maintenance parts listed in the following Table, you Menu"
must always adjust the printout quality using the self-diagnosis function referring to the
PF motor Assy 1 X speed reduction belt "4.5 X Speed Reduction
following Table.
adjustment Belt Tension Adjustment"

2 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing

Part replaced or Adjust Adjustment item Reference Menu"
adjusted ment
order 3 Duration counter clear "6.3.2 Counter
Initialization Menu"
Printer head 1 Head cleaning "5.7.9 Longstore Menu"

2 Head rank input "(2) Head Rank"

P_EDGE Sensor 1 P_EDGE Sensor sensitivity "4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge
(including initial ink charge) "5.6 Ink Charging
adjustment Sensor Adjustment"
Menu" 2 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top & Bottom
adjustment Menu"
3 Head nozzle check "5.7.2 Head Nozzle
Check Menu" P_REAR Sensor 1 P_Rear Sensor sensitivity "4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge
4 Head height adjustment "4.7 Head Height
adjustment Sensor Adjustment"
Adjustment" PF Encoder Assy 1 PF encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"
5 Head slant check "5.7.4 Head Slant Check 2 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Menu" Menu"
"4.6 Head accuracy
Adjustment" T Fence 1 CR encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"

6 Uni-D / Bi-D Adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D 2 Uni-D / Bi-D Adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D
Adjustment Menu" Adjustment Menu"

7 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing 3 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top & Bottom
Menu" adjustment Menu"

8 Reset of head unit life counter "5.10.1 Parameter 4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing
Initialization Menu" Menu"

MAIN Board Assy 1 Differs depending on the -

status of MAIN Board Assy.

217
 4.2 Adjustment Item VJ1628XE-M-00

Part replaced or Adjust Adjustment item Reference

adjusted ment
order

CR Return Pulley 1 Steel belt tention adjustment "4.4 Steel Belt Tension
Adjustment"

2 Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D

Adjustment Menu"

3 Side adjustment "5.7.7 Top & Bottom

adjustment Menu"

4 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing

Menu"

Carriage Assy 1 PG height adjustmen "4.7 Head Height

Adjustment"

2 CR encoder inspection "5.5.5 Encoder Menu"

3 Paper Edge Sensor sensitivity "4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge

adjustment Sensor Adjustment"

4 Sequential printing endurance "5.12.8 General

operation check Endurance Menu"

5 Side margin adjustment "5.7.7 Top & Bottom

adjustment Menu"

6 Head nozzle check "5.7.2 Head Nozzle

Check Menu"

7 Head slant check "5.7.4 Head Slant Check

Menu"

8 Head slant adjustment "4.6 Head accuracy

Adjustment"

9 Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D

Adjustment Menu"

10 Test printing "5.7.8 Test Printing

Menu"

218
 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance

Software
This section explains operation using "MUTOH Service Assistance".
“MUTOH Service Assistance“ is abbreviated as “MSA“ hereinafter.

Installation and download of parameters and firmware installation are performed through the
network using dedicated network software (MSA).

CAUTION
Never disclose how to replace MSA for Technician (explained later) in "MUTOH
Service Assistance" to users because the software has a function regarding printer
security.
Each function of "MUTOH Service Assistance" works on the premise that the serial
number is entered. If it is not entered, register it again using Board replacement
wizard.
"4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard"

NOTE
This manual is edited based on MUTOH Service Assistance Ver.4.0.7

219
 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.1 Parameter Backup

The NVRAM (Flash-ROM) installed on the MAIN board Assy stores various parameters for
the system operation.
The available backup parameters are as follows.

• Panel setting parameters

• Mechanism adjustment parameters
• Main board-unique adjustment parameters

㨀㧵㧼
The MAIN board-unique adjustment parameters cannot be erased or modified.

If the MAIN board Assy is found to need replacement during maintenance operations, make
sure to back up the parameters. The backup data can be used to restore the original system
status, omitting some adjustment steps.

"4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters"

"4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter"

4.3.1 Parameter Backup 220

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.2 Jigs and Tools

The following jigs and tools are required for MUTOH Service Assistance.

• Windows PC:
• CPU: Pentium 400MHz or higher, Installed memory: 128MB or more
• With one of the following installed: Windows 98 SE / Windows 98 Me / Windows 2000
/ Windows XP/ Windows Vista
• Equipped with network interface connector (RJ-45) (10M/100M/1000M Ethernet I/F)
• Dedicated network software (MUTOH Service Assistance) is already installed
• Network interface cable (crossover cable *For hub connection, straight cable)

4.3.2 Jigs and Tools 221

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.3 Required Environment (3) Setting Exceptions in Windows Firewall Setting

Before starting work, set up the following environment. If you use Windows Vista or later as the OS, you need to add MSA to the exceptions list for
Windows Firewall.

(1) Installing MUTOH Service Assistance

NOTE
1 Insert the MSA installed CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive of the PC, and open from "My
Computer". • This procedure is for Windows Vista.
2 Drag and drop the "MUTOH Service Assistance" folder to the desktop to copy the files. • If you use virus security software other than Windows Firewall, you may need to
change settings for that software. Contact the software vendor for correct settings
and procedures.
(2) Creating a Shortcut
To make it simple to start the "MUTOH Service Assistance", create a shortcut on the desktop.
1 Click the Start button and then click [Control Panel].
1 Open the "MUTOH Service Assistance" folder on the desktop. • The “Control Panel” window will be displayed.

2 Right-click the [MUTOH Service 2 Click "Allow a program through

Assistance.exe] in the folder, and Windows Firewall”.
select [Send To]-[Desktop (create
shortcut)].

3 A "Shortcut to MUTOH Service Assistance" icon is created on the desktop.

4.3.3 Required Environment 222

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

3 When the “Windows Firewall 5 When the “Browse” window is

Settings” window is displayed, displayed, select Mutoh Service
select the “Exceptions” tab and Assistance.exe where the Mutoh
click the “Add program...” button. Service Assistance is installed
and click the “Open” button. 1

6 Make sure that MSA.exe is added

and click the “OK” button.
• The Windows Firewall
Settings window will be
displayed.
4 When the “Add a Program”
window is displayed, click the
“Browse...” button.

7 Confirm that MSA.exe is added in

the “Windows Firewall Settings”
window and click the “OK” button.
• Complete the setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment 223

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) Confirming Startup of the "MUTOH Service Assistance" (5) Connecting Printer and Computer
1 Turn OFF both the printer and computer.
1 Double-click the [Shortcut to Mutoh Service 2 Insert Connector of Network interface cable into Network interface connector located in
Assistance.exe], and check that the application the back of the printer.
starts correctly.
At the first startup, it shall be started in English
mode.

0GVYQTM+PVGTHCEGEQPPGEVQT

3 Connect the other connector of Network interface cable to your PC.

NOTE
When connecting a printer to a computer one-on-one, use a cross cable. When
connecting the printer and computer via a hub, use a straight cable.
If possible, set the printer away from Network and directly connect to the host
computer with a cross cable.

4.3.3 Required Environment 224

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(6) Starting the printer (6-a)Starting Board Manager Mode

When using MSA, the printer must be started in the relevant mode depending on the function Start up printer in board manager mode.
you use. Follow the steps below to start up in board manager mode.

NOTE (6-b)Starting Board Manager Mode

When the printer’s set up mode is inappropriate to the MSA function, an error Start up printer in board manager mode.
message appears. When an error message is displayed, restart the printer in the Follow the steps below to start up in board manager mode.
mode described in the next table.

PR：Printer mode 1 When printer is in operation status or in

diagnosis menu display status, press [Power]
BM：Board manager mode
key to OFF.
PR/BM：Any mode can be used
2 While holding down [<] key on Operation
MSA Function Printer start mode panel, press [Power] key to turn OFF.
"4.3.5 Editing Media Type" BM
[Board Manager Mode] is displayed on LCD
"4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log" PR panel. Releasing the [<] key will display
[Waiting for command].
"4.3.7 Updating main firmware" PR/BM Backward feed

"4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware" BM

"4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters" PR/BM
"4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter" BM Forward feed

"4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard" BM

"4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode" PR NOTE
"4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" BM If the [Waiting for command] is not displayed, follow the steps below.
"4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" BM If any IP address other than default address is displayed on Board, release [<] key
to change display to [IP192.168.xxx.xxx] (depending on the set address) on LCD
"4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information" PR panel. In this case, display the default IP (IP192.168.1.253) or the set IP address
"4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter" PR using the [+] key or [-] key, and press [Enter] key. [Waiting for command] will then
appears.

4.3.3 Required Environment 225

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(7) Printer IP Address Check NOTE

Printer IP address can be confirmed from either printer mode or board manager mode. Follow
When “Set 23: IP address“ etc. does not appears, set up from “Menu 5: Easy Setup“
the steps below.
to display IP address and others.
『Operation Manual』
(7-a)Printer IP Address Check in Printer Mode

1 Start up the printer in printer mode.

(7-b)Checking the printer IP address in Board manager mode
2 Press [Menu] on Operation panel.
1 Start up printer in board manager mode.

2 While Power light is on, press any key

other than [Power] key.
㨣㨍㨕㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨏㨛㨙㨙㨍㨚㨐
IP address and sub net masks can be * key
checked on the LCD monitor of
㧵㧼‫ޓޓ‬㧩㧝㧥㧞㧚㧝㧢㧤㧚㧜㧜㧝㧚㧞㧡㧟
Operation panel.
Backward feed
* key
㧹㧭㧿㧷㧩㧞㧡㧡㧚㧞㧡㧡㧚㧞㧡㧡㧚㧜㧜㧜

* key

* key: any key other than [Power] key

Forward feed

3 After LCD panel displays “Menu1:Setup>", confirm IP address, sub net mask, default
gateway by following steps. NOTE

When Network interface card is not

㧹㨑㨚㨡㧝㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧿㨑㨠㨡㨜㧪
recognized because of its damage
or contact failure, LCD display 㨣㨍㨕㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㨒㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㨏㨛㨙㨙㨍㨚㨐
changes as shown in the right
* key
figure.
[Setting/Value-]key 㧺㨛‫ޓ‬㧺㨑㨠㨣㨛㨞㨗‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨠㨑㨞㨒㨍㨏㨑
* key

[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key * key: any key other than [Power] key

[Enter]
Displays IP Address
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key
[Enter]
Displays Subnet Mask
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key [Setting/Value-]key
[Enter]
Displays Default Gateway
[Cancel]
[Setting/Value+]key

4.3.3 Required Environment 226

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(8) Computer IP Address Setting

4 When printer IP address is
“192.168.1.253“, enter any value of
(8-a)Connecting with Crossover Cable "192.168.1.1" to 192.168.1.252" or
When directly connecting computer and printer, follow the steps as below. "192.168.1.254" in [IP address].
When this numerical value
*When printer IP address is changed of the printer is “231”, input
any value from 1 to 230 or
NOTE to any other value, enter its value up Set the same numerical
value as the printer.
232 to 254.

to third dotted quad (third comma) in

The following explains the procedure to set up on Windows XP keeping printer
computer IP address field and enter
default IP address, “192.168.1.253”
different value for only last dotted
quad.

1 From the [Control Panel], open [Network Connections].

2 Right-click [Local Area Connection] and select [Properties].

3 Double-click [Internet Protocol (TCP/

IP)].

5 Click [OK] to finish setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment 227

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(8-b)Connecting with Straight Cable

4 When printer IP address is
When connecting computer and printer with straight cable (through hub, like LAN), follow the “192.168.123.231“, enter any value
steps below. from "192.168.123.1 to
192.168.123.230" or
"192.168.123.232 to
NOTE When this numerical value
192.168.123.254" in [IP address]. of the printer is “231”, input
any value from 1 to 230 or
The following explains the procedure to set up on Windows XP with printer IP *In this case, IP address must be Set the same numerical
value as the printer.
232 to 254.

address, “192.168.123.231”. different from other PC IP address

connected on the same hub

1 From [Control Panel], open [Network Connections].

2 Right-click [Local Area Connection] and select [Properties].

3 Double-click [Internet Protocol

(TCP/IP)].

5 Click [OK] to finish setting.

4.3.3 Required Environment 228

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(9) Confirming Startup of the "MUTOH Service Assistance" No. Contents

5 Acquring or Saving “ Error Log”.
1 Double-click the [Shortcut to MUTOH
Service Assistance.exe], and check 6 Updating “Main F/W”.
that the application starts correctly.
At the first startup, it shall be started 7 Updating Heater Controller F/W”.
in English mode. 8 Acquring “Individual Code”.

2 Automatic printer model selection is 9 Sending authorization code (.ulk file) sent by MUTOH Industries
started. authorized dealer to a printer.
（It displays IP address set by MSA.） 10 Acquring Setup information from a printer by a text file.
• When [Cancel] is clicked, it
11 Acquiring Maintenance information (.mnt file) from a printer.
appears the main window at the
time of communication indefinite. 12 Terminating the MSA.
• At the first startup, it shall be
started in English mode.

3 After having chosen printer model, 㨀㧵㧼

main window appears.
1 2 ・Following main window is
3 displayed when it cannot
communicate with a printer . 1 2
4
3
5 When [connection error] is
6 displayed, refer to 4
"2.3.7 Problems in Using
7 5
MUTOH Service Assistance"
8
9
10
11
No. Contents
12
1 Setting IP address.
Changing language.
Selecting printer model automatically.

2 Confirming MSA version.

3 Displaying “disconnect”.
No. Contents
Setting IP address, Selecting language, Automatic printer model 4 Browsing “Error Log”.(It cannot be acquired from a printer.)
1
selection Terminating the MSA.
5
2 Confirming version of MSA.

3 Displaying chosen printer model name.

4 Editing “user type name”.

4.3.3 Required Environment 229

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(10)IP address setting

This section describes the procedure to set up IP address for MSA.
When indicated IP address is different from printer IP address, change IP address to match
the printer IP address.

NOTE
The IP address default value for printer and MSA is set to “192.168.1.253“. When the
default value is used, the following setting in not needed.

Follow the steps below to set the IP address.

1 Select [Setup (S)] - [Option (O)] on the

main window.

2 Input the IP address in the field with

red mark. IP address is the same with
computer’s.

When IP address is changed,

[Automatic model selection
confirmation] window appears.

3 Click [Yes] to use Automatic

selection.
Model name shall be changed to the
name of the connected printer model.

*This window appears only when IP

address is changed.

4.3.3 Required Environment 230

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(11)Language setting
Menu and message can be shown in either English or Japanese which can be selected.
Change shall be activated when program is restarted.
Follow the steps below to change language.

1 Select [Setup (S)] - [Language (L)]

form the main window.

2 Click [OK] on [Confirmation of

language switching] window.

Application shall be terminated

automatically.

NOTE
• When English mode is selected, [Setup(S)] on menu changes to “Setup (S)”.
• The language displayed at the initial startup of MSA depends on the language
setting of your OS.(When the language setting of your OS is set to a language
other than Japanese, MSA is displayed in English.)

4.3.3 Required Environment 231

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(12)Switching to Technician Mode

4 Enter User ID and Password.
MUTOH Service Assistance is in MSA for User (User mode) at the time of start-up. Switch it Then click [Login].
to MSA for Technician (Technician mode) when performing maintenance operations.

CAUTION
Do NOT disclose the procedure to switch Technician mode to the user.
This mode is approved to use only by maintenance engineers.

CAUTION
1 On User mode main window, click
[Help] - [Version ]. Login name and password is not disclosed in this manual.
Contact MUTOH INDUSTRIES dealer.
[Version information] window
appears.

5 The main screen of Technician mode

will be displayed.

2 Double-click the MUTOH logo ① and

then the MSA icon ② .
2
Then click [OK].
1

3 Double click [MUTOH].

Login window will be displayed.

NOTE
• Even from the main window of a model indeterminate state, it is possible to switch
to the Technician mode, the features available in the Technician mode is limited.
• When User mode is started by an English mode, Technician mode is also started
by an English mode.When language mode is changed from [setting (S)]-
[Language(L)] in Technician mode, login operation is needed again.
• The function which MSA supports between a printer and PC is dependent on the
starting mode of the printer.
• At the time of clicking each button of the main window, when starting mode is not
suitable, a warning message is displayed.

4.3.3 Required Environment 232

4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

㨀㧵㧼

%JCPIGVJGUK\GQH/CKPYKPFQY
In [Setup Information] window,
you can refer to the following:
- Setup information of the printer .KUVUWRVJGKPHQTOCVKQPCESWKTGF
- Setup information of the printer HTQOVJGRCTCOGVGTHKNG
read by the saved parameters
5CXGUVJGNKUVGFKPHQTOCVKQPCU
RNCKPVGZV
.KUVUWRVJGKPHQTOCVKQPCESWKTGF
HTQOVJGRTKPVGT

%NGCTUVJGNKUVGFKPHQTOCVKQP

%JCPIGUVJGHQPVQHVJGNKUVGF
KPHQTOCVKQP

+VKUCXCKNCDNGQPVJGRCIGß5GVWR.KUVà

7UGT6[RGNKUV
%QPHKTOKPIQPN[VJG7UGT6[RGUGVVKPIU
In [Adjustment Parameters] window,
you can refer to the following:
- Printer adjustment parameters /QTGQXGTKHKVKUKPVJGUVCVGYJGTGUGVWR
- Printer adjustment parameters
KPHQTOCVKQPYCUTGHGTTGFVQVJGEQPVGPVU
by the saved parameters
QHCUGVVKPIQHCTDKVTCT[WUGTFGHKPKVKQPU
ECPDGEJGEMGFD[VJGEQODQDQZHQTCNKUVKPI
+HCNNKUEJQUGPCNNVJGWUGTFGHKPKVKQPU
YKNNDGKPFKECVGFD[NKUV

+VKUCXCKNCDNGQPVJGRCIGß5GVWR.KUVà

&KURNC[KPIVJGNKUVQHUGVVKPIU

4.3.3 Required Environment 233

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(13)Optional Function for Technician Mode

5 Confirm IP address is the same with
In Technician mode, the following can be done from “Option” window. printer IP address in IP address field.

• Selecting appropriate model manually After confirmation, click [OK].

• Check and confirmation of MSA IP address
If an IP address that is different from
that of the printer is displayed, change it
NOTE to the same IP address as the printer,
MSA has a function to automatically recognize model so that manual model select and then click on “OK”.
function is normally not required.
Manual function is limited to use especially when installing the new firmware in a
Board without any firmware in it.

1 Start [MUTOH Service Assistance.exe]

from shortcut on desktop window.

2 Switch to Technician mode.

"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

3 From main window, select [Setup(S)] -

[Option(O)].

4 Select appropriate model name from

drop-down menu for “Model name”.

After model is selected, model-specific

functions are operable.

4.3.3 Required Environment 234

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.4 Updating Date and Time 4 Once transmission has completed,

This section explains the operating procedure which updates the date and time of a printer the「Date and time update」window
using MSA. is displayed.Click [OK] to close the
window.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
5 Make sure that the time displayed on the panel of the printer has been changed.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. "5.5.10 Time Check Menu"
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

1 Click [Date and Time Update]on main

window.

2 Click ［OK］to send the systemtime

of the computer to the printer, as the
data of year, month, day, and time.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such
as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished
or incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main menu.

3 Once transmission has started, the

「Progress」window is displayed.

4.3.4 Updating Date and Time 235

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.5 Editing Media Type 4 When acquisition starts, [Process dialog]

This section describes the procedure to customize media name for user. window appears.

NOTE
5 After media names are acquired, [Media
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: type download] window appears.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. Click [OK] to return to [Media type
"4.3.3 Required Environment" download] window.
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

6 Edit user media name ① . After editing

completed, click [Upload] ② .
1 Click [Media Type Edit]on main window.
*UP to 10 characters can be entered.
Delete unwanted character by entering
2 When [Media Type Edit] window appears, space. “\(back slash)” and “~ (tilde)”
click [Download]. cannot be entered. 1

Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

7 On [Media type upload] click [OK].

Media name update starts.

3 When [Media type download] window

appears, click [OK].

4.3.5 Editing Media Type 236

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such
as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or
incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

8 When Update starts, [Process dialogue]

window appears.

NOTE
When an error message is displayed during updating, if it clicks [OK], it will return
to a main window.

9 Confirm completion of update on [Media

type upload] window, click [OK].

Return to [Media Type Edit] window.

4.3.5 Editing Media Type 237

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log

3 On [Confirmation of error log
This section describes how to acquire and save error log on printer accessed to Technician download] window, click [OK].
mode.

NOTE
Acquiring and saving error log can be processed form printer mode or Manager
mode.
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address
"4.3.3 Required Environment" or unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. such as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" finished or incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

(1) Acquring Error Log

4 While downloading error log,
1 Click [Error Log Download]on main [Communication situation] window
window.. appears.

2 Click on [Error log download].

5 After completion of acquiring failure

record information, [ Error log
download ] window appears.
Click 「OK」.

6 After completion of acquiring failure

record information, [Error log
NOTE download] window appears.
You can also get the data by selecting [Operation] - [Download] from [Error log
download] window. If there is no failure record in printer,
[<No data>] appears on [Error log
download] window.

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log 238

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Referring Error Log

7 If saving the data, click on [Error
log download] window. To reference failure record information, proceed as follows.

1 Click on [Error log download]

Window.

Also form［File］-［Open］is the

same.

NOTE 2 Click appropriate failure record

information file (*.hst) ① and click
You can also save the data by selecting [File] - [Save as] from [Error log download] [Open] ② . 1
window.

8 On [Save as] window, enter desired

file name ① and click [Save] ② .

The File extension will be *hst. 2

㨀㧵㧼
* When saving Error log as a text
3 Record data appears on [Error log
download] window.
file, choose "Textdata (*. txt)."
1 2

㨀㧵㧼
You can also save the data by selecting [File] - [Save as] from [Error log download]
window.

㨀㧵㧼
In the case of the format error of the specified Error log file, an error message is
displayed.
Moreover, when there is no history data in the specified Error log, it is displayed on
a list as < no data>."

4.3.6 Acquiring and Saving Error Log 239

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.7 Updating main firmware

NOTE
The following describes the procedure to update main side firmware accessed to Technician
mode without replacing Main board Assy. After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such
as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished
NOTE or incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. Click [OK] to return to main window.
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" 4 While firmware transfer is in process,
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. [Communication situation] window
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"
appears.

*Press [Stop] to stop transfer and

return to the main window.
1 Click [Main F/W Update] on main
window. 5 After [Transfer completed] window
appears, click [OK] to close.
2 Select and click target install file (*jfl)
to transfer ① and click [Open] ② .
1
* Press [Cancel] to return to the main
window.

CAUTION
When “Main F/W update” windows appears on step 5, only transfer of install file from
MSA for Technician to printer is terminated but program installation to printer is not
2 terminated. DO NOT turn off the printer unless installation to printer is terminated.
After program installation completes, Main board buzzer rings 3 times.

NOTE
F/W used for updating should use the file saved on the PC locally.
It may be unable to update, if the file saved in the USB memory etc. is used.

3 On [Main F/W update], click [OK].

*Press [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

4.3.7 Updating main firmware 240

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware

NOTE
This section describes procedure to update heater controller firmware on Technician mode.
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such
NOTE as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or
incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" Click [OK] to return to main window.
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. 4 When firmware installation is in
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"
process, [Communication situation]
window appears.

*Press [Cancel] to return to the main

1 Click [Heater Controller F/W window.
Update]on main window.
5 After [Transfer completed] window
2 Select and click target install file appears, click [OK] to close.
(*mfl) to transfer ① and click [Open]
②. 1

* Press [Cancel] to return to the main

window.
CAUTION
When “Heater controller F/W update” window appears on step 5, only transfer of
2 installation file from MSA for Technician to printer is terminated but program
installation to printer is not terminated. DO NOT turn off power unless installation to
printer is terminated.
After program installation completes, Main board buzzer rings 3 times.
NOTE
F/W used for updating should use the file saved on the PC locally.
It may be unable to update, if the file saved in the USB memory etc. is used.

3 On [Heater controller F/W update],

click [OK].

*Press [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

4.3.8 Updating Heater Controller Firmware 241

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters 4 On [Parameter download ] window,

This section describes the procedure to receive backup parameter from the printer by using click [OK] to close the window.
Technician mode.

NOTE
Saving backup parameter and main board inheritance information acquisition can be
processed both from printer mode and board manager mode. 5 Enter any file name and click [Save]
on [Save the download parameter
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: save] window. (File shall be saved
in “.prm” extension form
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
automatically.)
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. *File name can be anything.
"(6) Starting the printer" ** Click [Cancel] to return to the
previous window without saving.

1 Click [Parameter Download] on main

window.

2 Click [OK] on [Parameter Download]

window to start receiving backup
parameters.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such
as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or
incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

3 While receiving Parameters,

[Progress] window appears.

4.3.9 Receiving Backup Parameters 242

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter NOTE

This section describes the procedure to send backup parameters by using Technician mode. After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or
NOTE
incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. Click [OK] to return to main window.
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
4 When parameter sending is in
process, [Progress] window appears.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without saving.
1 Click [Parameter Upload (prm)] on
main window. 5 Click [OK] on [Parameter upload].

2 The [Selection of parameter file to be

uploaded] window appears.

Select and click appropriate

parameter file and click [Open] to
send.

* Any extension except *.prm is

invalid.

**Click [Cancel] to stop sending and

return to the main window.

NOTE
If clicking [Open] to select any file not saved in *.prm extension file, an error message
appears and return tothe main window.

3 Click [OK] on “Parameter upload“.

4.3.10 Sending Backup Parameter 243

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard • Confirm that the printer is running in board manager mode.

This section describes Board replacement wizard which support replacing MAIN board Assy. 5 Confirm the printer model for board
replacement ① . 1
NOTE Then click ［OK］② .
• About mounting alternative MAIN board, refer to "3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board 2
Assy".
• When completing Board replacement wizard normally, Printer Identification DATA 6 After displaying Board replacement wizard window, work by messages.
is saved automatically at the end of the wizard.Make sure to upload saved mpi file
to MB-web server, then update the Printer Identification DATA. NOTE
If you fail to update, printer user does not receive services such as Smart/C.
Work contents are different by the conditions of malfunction board and alternative
• Install the latest firmware using the latest MSA.
board.
"(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard"
1 Start up the printer in board manager mode.
"(6-b) Starting Board Manager Mode"
2 Connect PC to the printer.
"(8) Computer IP Address Setting"
Title
NOTE Display operating index
sequentially.
When using Board replacement wizard, set the Ip address of PC to [192.168.1.1] and
set the IP address of printer to[192.168.1.253].

3 Start up the MSA in Technician mode.

"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

4 Select the［Board replacement wizard].

NOTE
• Before selecting [Board replacing The message and the button
according to present work
wizard], it is necessary that the are displayed one by one.
printer model for board
replacement is selected in MSA.
• After confirming the printer model After Establishing the communication with faulty board,displaying the information of the board.
for board replacement is correct on
[Printer model] of [Option] of
[Setup], selected [Board 7 After finishing the wizard, doing various adjustment works to complete the replacing
replacement wizard]. MAIN board Assy.
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement
• On the same window, confirm that
pattern"
[LAN setting ] is set to
[192.168.1.253].

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 244

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Flow Chart of Board Replacement Wizard

［Board Replacement wizard］is selected 

IS MSA communicate
NO
with faulty board?

YES
Wizard Window A

Saving (*prm)

Replacing MAIN board Replacing MAIN board

YES YES
Is F/W installed ？  Is F/W installed ？ 

Wizard Window B
NO NO

Does F/W update NO Does F/W update

NO
or reinstall? or reinstall?

YES YES

Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Installing MAIN F/W Wizard Window C

Is Backup NO Is Backup
NO
DATA (*prm) saved ? DATA (*prm) saved ?

YES YES Wizard Window D

Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm) Sending (*prm)

Serial Number reregistration Serial Number reregistration

Wizard Window E

Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi) Aquiring（*mpi)

Wizard Window F
Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End Wizard End

Board Replacement
Pattern
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement pattern"

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 245

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board replacement pattern

Board replacement pattern

sequen Adjustment Items Refer to ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

ce

1 Requiring Printer Identification DATA (mpi file） "4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data" － － ● ● ● ●

2 Resending Authorization code (ulk file） "4.3.14 Sending Authorization code" － － ● ● ● ●

3 Updating (*mpi) on the MB-web Printer Activation guide ● ● ● ● ● ●

4 Resetting Smart/C Printer Activation guide － － ● ● ● ●

5 Inputting Head rank "(2) Head Rank" － － － ● － ●

6 Adjusting Paper edge sensor "4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" ● ● ● ● ● ●

7 Adjusting Paper Rear Sensor "4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment" ● ● ● ● ● ●

8 Setting Ink-NOT Filled Flag "(5) Ink filled flag" － － － ● － ●

9 Confirming Head nozzles "5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu" ● ● ● ● ● ●

10 Adjusting Uni-D/Bi-D "5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu" － － － ● － ●

11 Adjusting Top & Side "5.7.7 Top & Bottom adjustment Menu" － － － ● － ●

12 Test Printing "5.7.8 Test Printing Menu" ● ● ● ● ● ●

●：Need to work　／　－：Need not work

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 246

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Wizard window （according to Flow chart)

(3-a)Wizard Window A 　
Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● Click 0GZV -
Introduction

It diagnose whether it can communicate with faulty board. -

Diagnosis of the faulty board
After settings, click 0GZV .
- Do not turn off the printer.
Diagnosing the faulty board

● ● - - - - Is MSA communicate with faulty board ? → When YES:

Click 䎪䏈䏗䎃䏓䏕䏐 , After acquiring, click 0GZV . -
Data back up of the faulty board

After completing Back up, proceed to, "(3-b) Wizard window B" Do not turn off the printer.
Making the faulty board data back up

- - ● ● ● ● IS MSA communicate with faulty board? → When NO:

Click 䎵䏈䏗䏕䏜 when reconfirming the communication with the faulty board. Display Yellow window.
Diagnosis of the faulty board

Click 0GZV when not performing the above work.

Proceed to "(3-b) Wizard window B"

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 247

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(3-b)Wizard window B
Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● Replace MAIN board Assy. Do not turn off the PC.
Attachment and diagnosis of the alteranative board
"3.4.11 Replacing MAIN board Assy"
　　　　↓ After replacing,
Click 0GZV .

Diagnoses whether main F/W is installed. Do not turn off the printer.
Diagnosing the alternative board

- ● - - ● ● Is F/W installed? → If YES:

When reinstalling or updating main F/W, click 䎵䏈䎐䏌䏑䏖䏗䏄䏏䏏 . Displays Green window.
Attachment and diagnosis of the alteranative board

Proceed to "(3-c) Wizard window C"

Click 䎶䏎䏌䏓 when not performing the above work.

Proceed to "(3-d) Wizard windowD"

● - ● ● - - Is F/W installed? → If NO:

Proceed to "(3-c) Wizard window C"

(3-c)Wizard window C

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● After Clicking 4GHGT to select main F/W, clicking 0GZV to start • When main F/W is not
Installation of main F/W
installing. installed, clicking 0GZV
without selecting main F/W.
Proceed to "(3-d) Wizard
windowD"
②⑤ are only 䎵䏈䎐䏌䏑䏖䏗䏄䏏䏏
is selected. After completing, proceed to "(3-d) Wizard windowD". Do not turn off the printer.
Installing the main F/W

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 248

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(3-d)Wizard windowD

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● - - - - Click 0GZV to send “*.prm”. -
Sending of the back up data

- - ● ● ● ● When there is ".prm" data saved before, click 4GUVQTG to send it. When 䎶䏎䏌䏓 is clicked, the
Sending of the back up data
When there is no ".prm" data saved, click 䎶䏎䏌䏓 . ".prm" data is not sent.
Proceed to "(3-e) Wizard window E"

● ● ● - ● - After sending the ".prm" data, proceed to "(3-f) Wizard window F". Do not turn off the printer.
Sending the back up data

(3-e)Wizard window E

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
- - - - ● ● Click 0GZV to register the serial number. Register the same serial number
R-registration of the serial number
as the faulty board.
After registering the "serial number", proceed to "(3-f) Wizard window F" Do not turn off the printer.
Registering the serial number

(3-f)Wizard window F

Board replacement pattern Board replacement window （Title） work contents NOTE
① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥
● ● ● ● ● ● After the wizard ends, click -
Termaination
䎪䏈䏗䎃䏓䏕䏐 to acquire the ".mpi" data.
After acquiring the ".mpi" data, perform various adjustments.
"(2) List of adjustment operations after replacing the board for each board
replacement pattern"

4.3.11 Board Replacement Wizard 249

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode

This section describes the procedure to use remote panel mode on Technician
mode.
Each function can be monitored on each window and those windows can be
displayed at the same time.

NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

1 Click [Diagnostic Mode] on main

window.

2 Click appropriate function to monitor.

*Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.
3 Click "Maintenance Information Save"
to save maintenance information.
"(6) Saving the maintenance
information"

EOLQNLQJ㸸1RUPDO
6KRZLQJ6WDWXV EOLQNLQJ㸸&URVVHG
EOLQNLQJ㸸$EQRUPDO

NOTE
The monitoring information is acquired every time seconds from the printer through
the 「Remort Panel」 .When a communication error has occurred, the
communication status changes to red, and an error message [Communication error]
is displayed.

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 250

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Ink System Monitoring NOTE

Click [Ink system monitor] on [Remote panel] to indicate the condition of connected printer ink
Grayed out when some sensors are malfunctioning and their monitoring information
system.
is invalid.
Also grayed out when the function does not apply to the model.










No. Part name

1 Ink color indication
2 The condition of Sub tank sensor is displayed.
Green: Sensor ON
White: Sensor OFF
3 The condition of Two-way solenoid is displayed.
open ：Two-way solenoid is open
close ： Two-way solenoid is closed
4 Condition of cartridge
Green: Cartridge exists
Red : No Cartridges
5 Display the existence of Smart chip card.
Green: Normal
Red : Ink near End
6 Head Temperature (C = Celsius, F = Fahrenheit)
7 Cancel monitoring

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 251

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Smart chip monitoring

No. content
Click [Smart chip monitoring] on [Remort panel] window to indicate the condition of the
1 Error status No errors
connected printer cartridge.
Recoverable error (the target item is displayed in
yellow)
1 2
Non-recoverable error (the error number is
displayed)
    

Not supported
Cartridge is not inserted
Format Check OK：Normal、NG：Abnormal
Format -
Color Indicating inserted cartridge color
（When the cleaning cartridge inserted, the display is gray.)
Ink type -
Ink kind Ink category
3 4 Capacity(ml) Ink Volume(ml)
Consume (ml) Consumed amount of Ink (ml)
Company code -
Serial No -
Insert count Plug in / off counter
Format Check OK：Normal、NG：Abnormal
2 Displaying no message when the cartridges are not installed.
3 Indicating an ink cartridge of wrong color is inserted in the cartridge slot.
4 Cancel monitoring.

NOTE
• Grayed out when some sensors are malfunctioning and their monitoring
information is invalid.
Also grayed out when the function does not apply to the model.
• When the monitoring information is invalid due to smart chip read error, etc, [NG]
is displayed in [Format Check], and [ - ]is displayed in other items.

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 252

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Heater System Monitoring

Click [Heater monitoring] on [Remort panel] to indicate the condition of connected printer
heater system

2 4 3

No. Content
1 Followings are indicated for preheater, platen heater, Dryer in
order from top.
Preset printing temperature
Preset stand-by temperature
Preset stand-by limit time
Thermistser 1,2
*In addition, Temperatures are indicated in
C=Celsius, F=Farlenheit. AD value is reference
value.
2 When thermistor reaches to preset temperature, the indication
changes to green.
3 Cancel monitoring
4 After heating completes and starts printing, the indication
changes to green.

NOTE
When monitoring information is invalid because of any sensor errors, thermistor
temperature
indication shall be the default value of 20 ×C (68×F).

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 253

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) Head Temperature Transition Monitoring

Head temperature transition of the connected printer can be monitored.
[Head temperature transition] graphs vary depending on the number of the print heads.

No. Part name

1 Displays the head temperature at every 3 seconds for 5
minutes.
2 Displays the current head temperature (°C).
3 Stops monitoring.

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 254

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(5) Head temperature transition logging (5-a)Logging setting

The transition of the head temperatures of the connected printer can be logged in. Select Logging setting menu to open the Logging setting window.
Every head on the printer is displayed in the graph of [Head temperature transition].
Press the start button to start logging.

2 1
1

3
2

4 5 3
6

No. Part name 4

1 Logging details are displayed.
• Measuring counter
• Starting date No. Part name
• Time 1 Set up the destination folder to save logging data.
• Interval
2 Enter the time for logging.
2 Make settings for logging.
3 Enter the interval of logging.
3 Displays the transition of head temperatures.
4 Save the setting.
4 Start logging.
5 Stop logging.
㨀㧵㧼
6 Stop logging, and close the logging window. Logging data is sorted by head and saved in plain text format.

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 255

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(5-b)Logging method 㨀㧵㧼

First, set the conditions in the Logging setting menu. The logging data is saved in the designated folder every time it is logged in. Even
when logging is interrupted by clicking the [Finish] or [Cancel] button, the logging
"(5-a) Logging setting"
data up to that point is saved.
1 Check the time and interval.
2 Press the Start button. 7 When more than the set time has passed, a message box is displayed to confirm the end
of logging.

2 8 Click OK to go back to the Head temperature transition logging window and confirm the
logging data in the save folder.
㨀㧵㧼
㨀㧵㧼
If the logging data save folder is not set before pressing Start button, an error
message is displayed. The saved file name for the logging data is “Head_*_Tmp_Log.txt” (* is the head
number).

3 The message box is displayed to confirm the start of logging.

Click [OK].

4 Logging starts.

2 1

5 Logging starts date is registered.

6 Measuring counter starts counting up.

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 256

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(6) Saving the maintenance information

5 After saving the data, the "Save
maintenance information" message
1 Make sure that monitoring is done box is displayed.
normally. Click [OK] to return to the "Remote
2 Click [Maintenance Info. Save]. panel" window.

3 Click [OK] to start acquiring the

maintenance information.

* Click [Cancel] to return to the

"Remote panel" window.

NOTE
Monitoring is stopped temporarily while the maintenance information is saved.

4 After acquiring the information, the

"Name and save" window is
displayed.

The serial number of the printer and

the date are set as default, but you
can change it.

Specify the location to save the

data and click [Save].

Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

㨀㧵㧼
The extension is ".mnt".

4.3.12 Diagnostic Mode 257

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data 4 When data acquisition completes,

This section describe the procedure to acquire printer identification data. [Individual code download] window
Printer identification data file shall be used to issue authorization code file by MUTOH appears.
INDUSTRIES dealer.
*Click [OK] to appear 「Save the
individual code」window
NOTE
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
5 On [Save the individual code] window,
select where to save and enter name
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. and click [Save] to save printer
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
identification data file .
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer" *Saved file extension is *.ink.
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" **Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without saving.

1 Click [Individual Code Download] on

main window.

2 Click [OK] on [Individual code download] NOTE

to start.
Saved printer identification information file shall be used to issue authorization code
file.
*Click [Cancel] to return to main window
without acquiring printer identification MUTOH will issue the authentication code file depending on the printer identification
data. information file.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such as
inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished or
incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

3 When printer identification data

acquisition is in process, [Progress
dialog] window appears.

4.3.13 Acquiring Printer Identification Data 258

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code

3 Click [OK] on [Authorization code
This section describes the procedure to send authorization code file from computer to printer upload] to start sending authorization
by using Technician mode. Authorization code file will be issued based on the printer code file.
identification information file sent to MUTOH via email.
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without sending.
NOTE
Before this operation, prepare the following:
• Before sending authorization code, save authorization code file (*.ulk) from NOTE
MUTOH INDUSTRIES dealer in any folder. After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. or unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur
"4.3.3 Required Environment" such as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. finished or incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
"(6) Starting the printer" In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. Click [OK] to return to main window.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

4 When authorization code file sending is

1 Click [Authorization Code Upload] on in process, a progress dialog appears.
main window.

2 Select and click authorization code file

from saved folder and click [Open] . NOTE
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window. • When an error occurs while transmitting the authentification code, an error
message is displayed. Click the [OK] button of the error message to return to
the main window.
• When the printer supports
activation and is locked, the
“Activation” window is displayed.
It is also possible to execute
activation.
NOTE
When inappropriate file is selected clicked to open, error message appears and
return to the main window.

5 When sending completes, [Authorization

code upload] window appears. Click
[OK] to return to the main window.

4.3.14 Sending Authorization code 259

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information 3 Setup information is displayed under

This section describes the procedure to refer printer set up information using Technician a setup information acquisition tab
mode. page after the completion of
acquisition of setup information from
a backup parameter. Since a "Set up
NOTE list download" window is displayed
after that, click [OK] and it checks the
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following:
listed setup information.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment" 4 Acquired set up information shall be
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. indicated under the tab named [Set
"(6) Starting the printer" up information].
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode" To save the file as plain text, click
.

*Set up information is same detail

(1) Acquiring Setup Information from Backup Parameter (*.prn) to Reference with the one acquired in [Print setup
parameters].
1 Click on “Set up List”.

NOTE
• The serial number of a printer, a model name, the version of various F/W and at
the time of the date of acquisition of setup information are displayed.
2 On [Select backup parameter file]
• Content that conforms to the adjustment parameters are displayed.
window, click to select backup
parameter file ① , then click [Open] 1 • Only "Media Setup" currently displayed on the "Setup info." tab page is listed by
②. the "Media Setup" tab page.
• Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main switched over to others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved
window. parameter file is open, the detail shall be renewed.

NOTE
If you select an inappropriate file (such as a file which has as extension other than
*.prn, etc and click [Open]. an error message is displayed and the display returns
to the main window.

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information 260

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Acquiring Setup Information from Printer to Reference

5 Acquired set up information shall be
indicated under the tab named [Set
1 On [Setup List], click . up information].

To save the file as plain text, click

.

2 Click [OK] on [Setup list download] to *Set up information is same detail

start. with the one acquired in [Print setup
parameters].
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window without acquiring set up
information.

NOTE NOTE
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or • The serial number of a printer, a model name, the version of various F/W and at
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such the time of the date of acquisition of setup information are displayed.
as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished • Content that conforms to the adjustment parameters are displayed.
or incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
• Only "Media Setup" currently displayed on the "Setup info." tab page is listed by
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted. the "Media Setup" tab page.
Click [OK] to return to main window. • Backup parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is
switched over to others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved
parameter file is open, the detail shall be renewed.
3 When set up information acquisition
is in process, a progress dialog
appears.

4 Setup information is displayed under

a setup information acquisition tab
page after the completion of
acquisition of setup information from
a printer. Since a "Set up list
download" window is displayed after
that, click [OK] and it checks the listed
setup information.

4.3.15 Referring Set Up Information 261

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter

3 Adjustment parameter is displayed
under a Adjust parameter tab page
(1) Acquiring Adjustment Parameter from Backup parameter (*prn) to reference after the completion of acquisition of
Adjustment parameter from a Backup
1 Click on “Adjust Parameters”. parameter. Since a "Adjustment
parameter download" window is
displayed after that, click [OK] and it
checks the listed setup information.

4 Acquired adjustment parameter shall

be indicated under the tab named
2 Click to select backup parameter file [Adjust parameter].
on [Select backup parameter file]
window ① , then click [Open] ② . 1 To save the file as plain text, click
.
*Click [Cancel] to return to the main
window. *Set up information is same detail
with the one acquired in [Print setup
parameters].

2 "5.9 Sample Printing Menu"

NOTE

NOTE • The serial number of Printer, model name and FilePath are displayed.
• At the time of acquisition date and various F/W version are not displayed.
When inappropriate file (such as file extension is different from *.prn) is selected
• Adjustment parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is
clicked to open, error message appears and return to the main window.
switched over to others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved
parameter file is open, the detail shall be renewed.

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter 262

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Acquiring Adjustment parameter from printer to reference

4 Adjustment parameter is displayed
under a Adjust parameter tab page
NOTE after the completion of acquisition of
Adjustment parameter from a printer.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: Since a "Adjustment parameter
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA. download" window is displayed after
"4.3.3 Required Environment" that, click [OK] and it checks the listed
• Start the printer on Board manager mode. setup information.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA. 5 Acquired adjustment parameter shall
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"
be indicated under the tab named
[Adjust parameter].

To save the file as plain text, click

1 Click on 「Adjust Parameter」. .

*Set up information is same detail

with the one acquired in [Print setup
parameters].

"5.9 Sample Printing Menu"

2 Click [OK] on [Adjustment
parameters download] to start. 㨀㧵㧼
• The serial number of Printer, model name and various F/W version are
*Click [Cancel] to return to main
displayed.
window without adjustment
parameter acquisition. • The contents based on an adjustment parameter are displayed.
• Adjustment parameter file shown on the window shall be saved whether tab is
switched over to others. When another parameter file is acquired or saved
NOTE parameter file is open, the detail shall be renewed.
After clicking [OK], if any communication errors occur such as wrong IP address or
unplugged LAN cable, an error message appears. If any setting errors occur such
as inappropriate model name selection, serial number registration is not finished
or incorrect one is registered, an warning message appears.
In both cases, communication with printer shall be interrupted.
Click [OK] to return to main window.

3 When adjustment parameter

acquisition is in progress, a progress
dialog appears.

4.3.16 Referring Adjustment Parameter 263

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.17 Initializing activation

CAUTION
When using the printer whose activation is initialized in the "Inactivation", activation
NOTE
is required again.
Before this procedure, make sure to prepare the following: Do not use activation lock unnecessarily.
• Set up the printer, computer and MSA.
"4.3.3 Required Environment"
• Start the printer on Board manager mode.
"(6) Starting the printer"
• Change to Technician mode on MSA.
"(12) Switching to Technician Mode"

1 Click [Inactivation] on the main

window.

2 The "Inactivation" message box is

displayed.
Click [OK] to transfer the PC system
time as year-month-day-time format
data to the printer.

* Click [Cancel] to return to the main

window.

NOTE
After clicking [OK], if there is some communication error such as wrong IP address
or unplugged LAN cable, an error message is displayed. If there is some setting
error such as an appropriate model is not selected, or the serial number is not
registered or wrong, a warning message is displayed. Either case, the
communication with the printer is interrupted.
Click [OK] on each window to return to the main window.

3 After initializing, the "Inactivation"

message box is displayed.
Click [OK] to return to the main
window.

4.3.17 Initializing activation 264

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.18 Version Information

This section describes the procedure to confirm version information of this application.

1 Click to select [Help] - [Version (V)] on the

main window.

2 Confirm information on [Version

information] window, then click [OK] to
return to main window.

4.3.18 Version Information 265

 4.3 Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software VJ1628XE-M-00

4.3.19 Terminating Application

This section describes the procedure to terminate this application.

1 Click [Exit] on the main window or Click [×]

on the right top corner of the window to
terminate this application.

*Detail in [Setup] - [Option] shall be saved

and shall be effected when the application
starts next time.

㨀㧵㧼

• Only when [Exit] is clicked, [Exit]

message box appeared.

• When MSA starts next time, user mode shall be on. To switch the mode to
Technician mode, proceed log in operation again.

4.3.19 Terminating Application 266

 4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment 5 Press Tension gauge at the center position of
This section describes the procedure to adjust tension of the steel belt. Steel belt. A C
When you have removed and installed Steel belt, always adjust Steel belt tension. A：Steel belt
B：Tension gauge
　 ● Jigs and Tools C：Steel belt tension attachment

Name Maintenan Remark

ce part No.
B
Steel belt Tension DG-43197 Exploded View Other
attachment

＋ Driver No.2 generic -

product
6 Press Jig until Steel belt and Y rail is attached,
screw lock Three bond 1401 then gradually bear off. Value must be within
（for steel belt adjustment screw and steel belt the defined value when steel belt and Y rail is
fixing screw） apart.

Tension gauge for measuring Max:2N (204gf) 㨀㧵㧼

• The steel belt tension specification is
4.4.1 Adjustment Procedure 0.98N+0.09N (100gf +10gf).
• The range where Steel belt moves up
To adjust the steel belt tension, follow the steps below. and down in the pulley must be 1 mm
or less.
CAUTION
Wear a glove when handling steel belt and CR following movement belt pulley
assembly. Keep away from dust or fold lines, otherwise Steel belt may be damaged 7 If the tension of Steel belt does not agree to
during operation. the specification, adjust the tension with a
steel belt tension screw.
A：Steel belt
B：Steel belt tension screw B
A
1 Open Front cover.
CAUTION
2 Remove Side maintenance cover L.
To adjust steel belt adjustment screw,
"3.2.1 Removing Maintenance Cover"
turn top and bottom screws only same
amount.
3 Move Carriage to the opposite side of origin. If CR following movement belt pulley
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock" assembly is tilted, Steel belt may be
damaged during operation.
4 Assemble Tension gauge and Steel belt
tension attachment.
￥

4.4.1 Adjustment Procedure 267

 4.4 Steel Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

8 Apply Threadlock on area indicated in red as

below.

9 Reciprocate the carriage and confirm Steel

belt does not run over from CR following
movement belt pulley assembly.

10 Close all the covers.

4.4.1 Adjustment Procedure 268

 4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt Tension Adjustment 4 To adjust X speed Reduction Belt, refer to the
This section describes the procedure to adjust X reduction belt. following procedure. 6GPUKQPICWIG
After replacing X reduction belt such as PF motor removal, adjust X speed reduction belt • Hook Tension Gauge on PF Motor OQWPVKPIRQUKVQP
tension. mounting Plate.
（See the figure below.）
　 ● Jigs and Tools • Pull Tension Gauge
horizontally.Fully tighten the
Name Remark screws(4 pieces) which were lightly
tighten in the step 10 at 34.3N±3.4N 2WNNJQNK\QPVCNN[
＋ Driver No.2 generic product
（3500 ｇ ±350 ｇ ） indicated on the
Tension gauge generic product scale.
for measuring Max 40N (4,080gf) "4.5 X Speed Reduction Belt
Tension Adjustment"

4.5.1 Adjustment Procedure NOTE

Do NOT hook Tension Gauge directly on
1 Remove Side maintenance cover L. PF Motor. Doing so may damage PF
"3.2.3 Removing Side Maintenance Cover" Motor Assy.

2 Loosen the screws (4pieces) retaining PF

Motor Mounting Plate.
A：X speed reduction belt
B 5 To reassemble, reverse the removal
procedures.
B：Pan-head screw with spring washer
and flat washer M4 × 8 C
C：PF Motor mounting plate

B A

3 Make sure that X Speed Reduction Belt, refer

to the following procedure. OK N/A

4.5.1 Adjustment Procedure 269

 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment 1 Release Carriage lock.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock"
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height)
2 Remove Carriage cover.
This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant. "3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover"
When you have removed and installed the head assembly, such as head assembly
replacement, always adjust the head slant following the steps below.

　 ● Tools & Jigs

Name Remark
Phillips screwdriver No.2 generic product
hex wrench generic product
（2.5mm） For screws retaining Head base, with shaft length of 150mm
or longer and not L-shaped
Loupe generic product
For confirming Adjust pattern
Penlight generic product
For confirming Adjust pattern

NOTE
• Using the adjustment pattern when setting 8 colors.
• Adjustment procedure is the same as 4 color setting, 7 color setting, 7 color white
setting and 8 color setting.
• Adjust the horizontal height of the head alignment before adjusting the vertical
alignment slant of head alignment.
• In this procedure, the print head will be aligned in the directions (horizontal slant)
shown below.
• Designation of the head nozzles are as follows.

㸿㹁㹂㹄
㹀㹃㹅㹆

4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) 270

 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head Slant: Slant 1." "5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu"
Using the adjustment pattern when setting 4 colors.

Print Adjustment pattern According to the width of media,

following adjustment pattern is printed on Origin side
three places or less.

Paper feed direction

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter] for checking for checking
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲 Vertical slant Horizontal slant

[Enter]

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸸㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸯 20mm

[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
after printing

Check the Slant (Horizontal) at Connecting points (Refer to the following and an enlargement.)
Check Head Slant 1 (Horizontal)

㹒㹇㹎
1passࠉUni-D/Bi-D
PF:360dpiࠉCR:360dpi
Check the slant (Horizontal):
ࠉFor CW printing, the nozzles combination are, from the media
origin side, A/C, A/E, B/D, B/F, and B/H.
ࠉ320cps, VSD1, Small dot

BࠉࠉHࠉࠉBࠉࠉBࠉࠉFࠉࠉBࠉࠉBࠉࠉDࠉࠉBࠉࠉAࠉࠉGࠉࠉAࠉࠉAࠉࠉEࠉࠉAࠉࠉAࠉࠉCࠉࠉA Nozzle

Connecting point enlargement㸸Ex. Nozzle A,C

(1) Check th eposition of Black and each color.
ࠉIn ͆‫͇ۑ‬, No need for adjustments.
In ͆™͇, it adjust, respectively and be set to
͆‫͇ۑ‬. Refer to the step 5 or later

(2) Repeat printing and adjustment

until a result becomes ͆‫͇ۑ‬.

4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) 271

 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4 Loosen the screws (4 pieces) retaining Head NOTE

base.
• 1 notch is counted as it clicks. The print position moves upward/downward by
A : Pan-head screw with spring washer and half a dot per 1 notch.
flat washer M3ｘ6 B
A nozzle (Black) lines will be
B : Head base A shifted upward.
C : Head mounting plate
A

C A nozzle (Black) lines will be

shifted downward.
5 Pull the Head toward and press the Head to
the Head Adjustment Blade Spring.

A : Head
B : Head Adjustment Blade Spring
B

8 Tighten the loosened screws (4 pieces).

A 9 Print check pattern again to check head slant

(horizontal height) is appropriate.
6 Confirm that the Head Base touches the
Notch. A 10 When head slant is not correct, repeat step 3
to step 9.
A : Notch
B : Head Base 11 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.

7 Shift Notch to adjust the head.

4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height) 272

 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant)

This section describes the procedure to adjust the head slant in the front-back direction.
After operation such as head replacement, you might need to adjust the head slant. When
needed, adjust the head slant following the steps below. After an operation such as head
replacement, adjust the head slant following the steps below.

acement, adjust the head slant following the steps below.

　 ● Tools & Jigs

Name Maintenance Part Remarks

No.
Phillips screwdriver No.2 Generic products -
Hex Wrench Generic products -
(2.5mm)
Loupe Generic products -
Penlight Generic products for check the adjustment pattern

NOTE

• Using the adjustment pattern when

setting 4 colors.
• Adjustment procedure is the same as 4
color setting, 7 color setting, 7 color
white and 8 color setting.
• Adjust the horizontal height of the head
alignment before adjusting the vertical
alignment slant of head alignment.
"5.6.4 Head Slant Check Menu"
• In this procedure, the print head will be
aligned in the directions (vertical slant)
shown below.

1 Release Carriage lock.

"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock"

2 Remove Carriage cover.

"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover"

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) 273

 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Start the printer in the self-diagnosis function mode and print the check patterns in "Head Slant: Slant 1. "5.6.4 Head Slant Check Menu"

㨀㧵㧼
Adjustment patterns of Head alignment (horizontal height) and (vertical) are printed when printing the adjustment pattern of "Head Slant: Slant1".

According to the width of media, Origin side

Print Adjustment pattern
following adjustment pattern is printed on

Paper feed direction

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲 three places or less.
[Enter]
for checking for checking
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲 Vertical slant Horizontal slant
[Enter]

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸸㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸯 20mm

[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
after printing

Check the Vertical Slant at Connecting points (Refer to the following and an enlargement.)
Check Head Slant (Vertical)

TIP
1passࠉUni-D/Bi-D
PF:360dpiࠉCR:360dpi
Check the slant (Vertical):
ࠉFor CW/CCW printing, the nozzles combination are, from the
media origin side, A, C, E, and G.
ࠉ320cps, VSD1, Small dot

Nozzle

Connecting point (Enlargement)㸸Ex. Black

(1) Check wheter Connecting state of state of state of
Vertical Slant good Vertical Slant poor Vertical Slant poor
points are one row.
In ͆JRRG͇, No need for adjustments. The connecting points The lines of CW The lines of CW
In “SRRU͇, it adjusts, respectively and of CW printing and printing and CCW printing and CCW
be set to “JRRG”. CCW printing are printing are not straight. printing are not straight.
Refer to the following page for printed vertically in
the adjustment method. CCW CW a straight line. CCW CW CCW CW

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) 274

 4.6 Head accuracy Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Adjustment Procedure

9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal
procedure.
4 Loosen the screws (2 pieces) retaining Head
Base Mounting Plate.

A : Hexagon socket head cap screw with

spring washer and flat washer
M3ｘ8　Ni-3 A
B
B : Head Base Mounting Plate

loosen the opposite side

5 Adjust the Head Slant in

Print result Head Base Mounting Plate Adjustment method
reference to the enlargement
illustration of the previous 6HFRQGWLJKWHQWKHVFUHZ
page.
Move to the front
After moving the Head Base back
Mounting Plate, tighten the
screw (x1). front

Move to the back

)LUVWPRYH+HDG%DVH0RXQWLQJ3ODWH

6 After adjusting Head Base Mounting Plate,

tighten the screws (2 pieces).

A : Hexagon socket head cap screw with

spring washer and flat washer
M3ｘ8　Ni-3 A
B
B : Head Base Mounting Plate

7 Print the confirmation pattern again to check if

Head slant (vertical) is appropriately adjusted.
"5.6.4 Head Slant Check Menu"

8 If Head slant is still not adjusted, repeat

printing and adjusting.

4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant) 275

 4.7 Head Height Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.7 Head Height Adjustment 4 Move the carriage from the carriage origin while the lever is set to the “LOW” mode.
5 Confirm print head go through 1.3 mm step by head hight adjusting jig but not go through
This section describes the procedure to confirm and adjust distance between Print head and 1.4 mm step.
Platen.
L R Slide Jig on Platen from the both
Head
　 ● Tools & Jigs sides and check
Platen
Name Maintenance Part Remarks +HDGSURWHFWHU
No. Check the head height by whether
Print head goes through protruding 1.4mm
Phillips screwdriver No.2 Generic products - portions on both sides. 1.3mm Head height adjusting Jig

Head Height Adjusting Jig DG-43196 -

6 Turn the jig in the opposite direction, shift Carriage from the opposite side of the origin,
and check the height in the same way as in the step 5.
4.7.1 Head Height Adjustment 7 When print head does not go through 1.3 mm step or go through 1.4 mm, loosen the
screws (1 piece each on the right and left sides) that retain the head U/D eccentric levers
1 Remove the carriage cover. located on the right and left sides of the carriage, and adjust the head height.
"3.7.2 Removing Carriage Cover" • Move Head U/D collar upward: Highten the head height
2 Release the carriage lock. • Move Head U/D collar downward: Lower the head height
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock"
3 Place the PG height check jig on the platen.
Head U/D collar

CAUTION Heightens Heightens

Place the PG height adjustment jig on the printer head away from the print head
nozzle. Interference may cause damage on print head.
Loosen Loosen
this this

Lowers Lowers

The heights of right and left cams are separately changed. After changing the
height, refer to the steps 5 to 7 and make sure to use the Head height adjusting jig
to check that the heights of the right and left cams are appropriate.

8 Tighten the screw which was loosened in the step 7 and fix the head height.
9 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

No. Name

1 PG height adjustment jig

4.7.1 Head Height Adjustment 276

 4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment 4.8.1 Adjustment

㨀㧵㧼 (1) Calibration

• Automatically Adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to
proper values. 㨀㧵㧼
• After adjusting, measuring AD values when paper is not set. • After adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper
Confirming threshold that is used to judge whether paper is set. values, panel displays results.
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen. • When abnormal termination, panel displays the VR values that is final state of
• Adjust the sensor using the recommended paper by MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD. adjusting process.

After replacing P_EDGE sensor or MAIN board Assy, adjust P_EDGE sensor. 㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
#HVGTUGVVKPIRCRGTRWUJ[Enter] key
P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor are automatically adjusted by the Self-diagnosis #DPQTOCNVGTOKPCVKQP
function. 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞
"5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment"
[Enter]
[Cancel]

GAIN
=? Meaning iof displays
VR㧦Sensor setting value
[Enter] 㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸 AD㧦Sensor reflecting value
[Cancel] GAIN㧦Sensor gaining setting
= ?
[Enter] 㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸

=?
[Enter] %CNKDTCVKQP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨑 /GPW Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during ‫ޟ‬Edge VR‫ޠ‬display
[Cancel]
= ?
5GPUKPI2.CVGP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨕㨚㨓 /GPW 㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞

㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠 +PRWV/GPW After removing paper, push [Enter] key

㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
After measuring
=?
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧤‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜 THR‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬OFF‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬P_NOT
= ? THR‫ ޓ‬㧦threshold value to
judge a paper setting or not
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧤㧞‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜
‫ޓ‬OFF‫ ޓ‬㧦sensor reflecting value
when sensoe LED is OFF
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬EdgeXXX㧛XXX㧛XXX‫ޠ‬display‫ޓ‬P_NOT㧦sensor reflecting value
when removing a paper
㧭㧰㧶‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

4.8.1 Adjustment 277

 4.8 P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Measuring Platen reflecting value （Sensing Platen） (3) Input

㨀㧵㧼
NOTE
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Do not usually use this function.
• Measuring AD values at the four positions as shown below, and the AD values is
• Use only in:
displayed on the panel.
When any problems are occured at paper recognition, while adjusting the
Origin side sensor at Calibration.
㨄㨄㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧝
When adjustment is needed for using environment (environment light , media
type and so on) of user.
Platen • You can Set the sensor parameter manually which was adjusted automatically at
Calibration.
• Setting values are display immediately.
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 Ａ Ｄ （Sensor reflecting value） ： 0 ～ 255
After removing paper push [Enter] key
㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
[Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍T㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧠‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 [Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠
[Enter] or [Cancel] When saving setting values,
[Enter]
push [Enter] key while
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚 =? displaying [Edge VR].

㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?

㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

Setting by 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key 㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸㨪㧴

4.8.1 Adjustment 278

 4.9 Cutter position adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

4.9 Cutter position adjustment 4 Move Carriage (so that Cutter holder is above Jig).
"3.7.1 Releasing Carriage Lock"
　 ● Tools & Jigs

Name Maintenan Remark

ce part No.
Cutter Adjusting Jig DG-43194 Exploded View Other
"7.4 Jigs and Tools" 2
＋ Driver No.2 generic -
product 1

4.9.1 Adjustment
No. Name
1 Warm up Platen up to 42 degrees.
"5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu" 1 Cutter Adjusting Jig
2 Open Front cover. 2 Cutter holder
3 Set Cutter adjusting jig on Platen.

NOTE
The position of Jig and Cutter holder should be as shown below.

Match the convex and the concavity.

No. Name 2
1
1 Cutter Adjusting Jig
2 Platen
No. Name
1 Cutter Adjusting Jig
NOTE
• Make sure that there is no gap between Cutter adjusting jig and Platen. 2 Cutter holder
• When setting Cutter adjusting jig, place the thinner side facing the front.

Back Front

4.9.1 Adjustment 279

 4.9 Cutter position adjustment VJ1628XE-M-00

5 Loosen the screw (1 piece) retaining Cutter holder.

6 Press Cutter holder diagonally downward and tighten the screw (1 piece).

No. Name
1 Pan head screw with spring washer and flat washer　M3×6
2 Cutter holder

˜
CAUTION
&QPQVRWUJVJG
EWVVGTECR
KVYC[FCOCIGVJGRCTV

7 To reassemble unit, reverse the removal procedure.

4.9.1 Adjustment 280

 VJ1628XE-M-00

5 Self-Diagnosis Mode 5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu.......................................... 306

5.5.10 Time Check Menu ............................................... 307

5.1 Introduction .................................................................. 283
5.6 Ink Charging Menu ...................................................... 308
5.2 Preparation ................................................................... 284
5.7 Adjustment Menu ........................................................ 309
5.2.1 Preparations on Machine .....................................284
5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment ........................... 311
5.2.2 Starting Up ...........................................................285
5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu................................... 313
5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode............................ 286
5.7.3 Skew Check Menu............................................... 316
5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode ...........................286
5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu...................................... 317
5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu..............287
5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu .............................. 322
5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu ............................................. 288
5.7.6 Bi-D Copy ............................................................ 331
5.5 Inspection Menu ........................................................... 289
5.7.7 Top & Bottom adjustment Menu .......................... 332
5.5.1 Ram Capacity Menu.............................................291
5.7.8 Test Printing Menu .............................................. 333
5.5.2 Version Menu .......................................................292
5.7.9 Longstore Menu .................................................. 335
5.5.3 Panel Menu ..........................................................293
5.7.10 Software Counter Initialization Menu................... 336
5.5.4 Sensor Menu........................................................294
5.7.11 Feed Pitch Check Menu ...................................... 337
5.5.5 Encoder Menu......................................................296
5.7.12 Solid Print Menu .................................................. 338
5.5.6 Fan Menu .............................................................297
5.8 Cleaning Menu ............................................................ 339
5.5.7 Record Menu........................................................298
5.9 Sample Printing Menu................................................. 340
5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu .........................................305

281
 VJ1628XE-M-00

5.10 Parameter Menu ........................................................... 341 5.14.3 Heater Menu........................................................ 373

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu...............................342 5.15 Paper Initial Menu........................................................ 374

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu......................................345 5.16 SpeedMode Menu ........................................................ 375

5.11 Servo Setting Menu...................................................... 359

5.12 Endurance Running Menu........................................... 360

5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu .................................361

5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu ..................................362

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu .......................................363

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu .......................................364

5.12.5 Circulation Pump Endurance Menu .....................365

5.12.6 Head Lock Menu ..................................................366

5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu .........367

5.12.8 General Endurance Menu ....................................368

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu ........................369

5.13 Paper Feed Menu.......................................................... 370

5.14 ExControl Menu............................................................ 371

5.14.1 Version Menu .......................................................371

5.14.2 Sensor Menu........................................................372

282
 5.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

5.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on the self-diagnosis function.

The self-diagnosis function adjusts the printing accuracy. It is used in the manufacturing
process, adjustment, and maintenance.
The self-diagnosis function is implemented in the system firmware. All functions are available
from Operation panel.

"8.2.3Operation Panel

㨀㧵㧼
This manual is created based on firmware Ver.1.00.

283
 5.2 Preparation VJ1628XE-M-00

5.2 Preparation
Before you can use the self-diagnosis function, you must make the machine ready to call up
the self-diagnosis menu.

5.2.1 Preparations on Machine

Before starting up the self-diagnosis function, prepare the following.

(1) Setting Media

Set roll media for adjustment.

NOTE
For adjustment, using the recommended paper by MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD.

(2) Connecting Power Cable

Connect Power cable to the machine’s inlet Assy and insert Power plug into an outlet.

CAUTION
Make sure to supply power directly from a power supply outlet (AC 100 V to 120 V
or AC 220 V to 240 V). Avoid using outlets that other appliances are plugged into.
Doing so generates heat in the printer and may cause fire.

5.2.1 Preparations on Machine 284

 5.2 Preparation VJ1628XE-M-00

5.2.2 Starting Up
Display the self-diagnosis menu on Operation panel to use the self-diagnosis function.
The self-diagnosis menu is completely independent from the normal operation mode or setup
menu display mode. Switch to the self-diagnosis menu display mode, following the steps
below:

1 When the printer is in the operation mode or in

the self-diagnosis menu mode, press the
[Power] key to turn off the printer.
2 While holding down the [Setting value - ],
[Setting value + ], and [>] keys on Operation
panel simultaneously, press the [Power] key.

The system will transit to the self-diagnosis

menu display mode.

5.2.2 Starting Up 285

 5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode VJ1628XE-M-00

5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode 3 To save the modified value, press [Enter] key on
Operation panel.
This section explains how to operate in the self-diagnosis mode as well as providing the list *The modified set value is stored and the next item is
of available diagnosis items. displayed.

5.3.1 Operating Self-Diagnosis Mode NOTE

Follow the flow shown below to operate the self-diagnosis mode. If you press [Cancel] key, or, [Setting/value +]
key or [Setting/value -] key, instead of [Enter]
key, the modification is not stored.
㨀㧵㧼
For more detailed operation procedure, refer to the flow chart of the applicable
diagnosis items.
4 To quit the diagnosis, press [Cancel] key on
1 Press [<] key or [>] key on Operation panel to select Operation panel.
the item to be diagnosed, and press [Enter] key. *The system returns to an upper hierarchy of the
diagnosis menu.
• The selected item is accepted.
• If the item has a sub menu, the sub menu is
displayed.

5 To exit the self-diagnosis menu, press [Power] key.

2 When the LCD monitor on Operation panel indicates
a setting value, the value can be modified.
Press [Setting/value +] key or [Setting/value -] key on
Operation panel to modify the value.

5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode 286

 5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode VJ1628XE-M-00

5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu Diagnosis item Contents Reference

The self-diagnosis menu includes the following diagnosis items. PaperFeed Feeds media into the printer forward or "5.13Paper Feed Menu
backward.
Diagnosis item Contents Reference Control Checks the following items about the Hearter "5.14ExControl Menu
Cont board Assy.
Adj,Platen Raise the temperature for Platen heater to "5.4Platen Adjustment
42°C. Menu • Firmware version of the controller
Raise the temperature for Pre-heater to side
47°C. • Sensor
• Heater
Test Display the following items on Operation "5.5Inspection Menu
panel. PaperInitial Performs media detection setting. "5.15Paper Initial Menu
• Memory size SpeedMode Performs the setting for printing speed. "5.16SpeedMode Menu
• Firmware version of the main side Normal / Low
• Panel
• Sensor =?
[Enter]
• Encoder 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Cancel]
Adj.Platen Menu

• Fan = ?

• Head waveform 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 Test Menu

• History 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧵㨚㨗㧯㨔㨍㨞㨓㨑 InkCharge Menu

• SPECTROVUE
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠 Adjustment Menu
• Time Check
InkChare Performs initial cleaning of Print head and ink "5.6Ink Charging Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓 Cleaning Menu

charging.
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print Menu
Adjustment Head Adjustment, Sensor Position、 "5.7Adjustment Menu
Sensitivity adjustment 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 Parameter Menu

Cleaning Performs cleaning of Print head. "5.8Cleaning Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㧿㨑㨞㨢㨛 Servo Menu

Print Performs printing of the following items: "5.9Sample Printing 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑 Endurance Menu
• Adjustment pattern ALL Menu
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧜㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 PaperFeed Menu
• Parameter ALL
• Error history 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘 ExControl Menu
• S/C Log
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧞㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘 PaperInitial Menu
Parameter Performs the setting and initialization of the "5.10Parameter Menu
adjustment parameter. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧟㧦㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐㧹㨛㨐㨑 SpeedMode Menu

Servo Performs setting for Servo motor. "5.11Servo Setting Menu

Endurance Performs endurance running of the printer "5.12Endurance

mechanism. Running Menu
Performs cut.

5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode 287

 5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu

Raise the temperature of Pre-heater and Platen heater to 47°C and 42°C respectively.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Enter]

=?
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯
= ?
㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨘㨍㧝‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯

㨃㨍㨞㨙㨕㨚㨓㨁㨜‫ޓ‬㧦㧼㨘㨍㧞‫ޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯

Fig. 5-1 The display before Pre-heater reaches 47°C and Platen heater reaches 42°C.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧭㨐㨖㧚㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚
[Enter]

=?
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧣ࠑ㧯
= ?
㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧣ࠑ㧯

㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧞ࠑ㧯

㧱㨚㨐㨃㨍㨞㨙㨁㨜㧦㧼㨘㨍㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧠㧞ࠑ㧯

Fig. 5-2 The display after Pre-heater reached 47°C and Platen heater reached 42°C.

NOTE
• When Heater reaches the specified temperature, a buzzer is sounded.
• Pre2 is a reference value. Pre 1 reaches 47 ℃ and Pla1or pla2 reaches 42°C and
it will be complete.

5.4 Platen Adjustment Menu 288

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5 Inspection Menu Diagnosis item Contents Reference

This menu displays the following items on Operation panel. Encoder Displays the detected values from the following "5.5.5Encoder
encoders: Menu
• CR encoder
Diagnosis item Contents Reference
• PF encoder
Ram Capacity Displays the size of memories installed on the MAIN "5.5.1Ram
Fan Used to check if the following fans operate normally "5.5.6Fan Menu
board Assy . Capacity Menu
by turning them ON and OFF:
Version Displays the following items on Operation panel: "5.5.2Version • Vacuum Fan
• Firmware version Menu • Cooling fan (24V) Assy (for MAIN board)
• Backup parameter version • Exaust Fan
• Setting of dip switches of MAIN board Assy
Record Used to check the following records. Used to "5.5.7Record
• Revision of MAIN board Assy initialize the serious error record. Menu
• Company code • Maintenance record
• Serial No. • Serious error record
Panel Used to check the operations of Operation panel "5.5.3Panel Menu • Initialize Serious error record
keys, LCD, and LED. • Confirming Printing information
Sensor Displays the status of the following sensors: "5.5.4Sensor • Confirming Operating Time
• CR origin sensor Menu • Confirming S/C Log
• Waste fluid tank sensor • Initializing S/C Log
• Wiper sensor Head Signal Used to check the head-driving waveform. "5.5.8Head
• Cover sensor Waveform Menu
• Maintenance cover L sensor SPECTROVU Check the connection of SPECTROVUE. "5.5.9SPECTRO
• Maintenance cover R sensor E VUE Menu
• Lever sensor
Time Check Confirming Operating RTC(real Time clock) "5.5.10Time
• Paper edge sensor Check Menu
• Paper rear sensor
• Head Gap
• Head thirmistor sensor
• Head Trans istor Thermistor Sensor 1/2
• Cartridge Not （8 pieces）
• Ink Not （8 pieces）
• INK ID （8 pieces）
• Cutter Solenoid
• Tank status
• Choke Valve
• Lock Solenoid
• Wiper Solenoid

5.5 Inspection Menu 289

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

Panel Menu

[Cancel]
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
[Enter]

>@
[Enter]
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸯㸸㹐㹟㹫ࠉ㹁㹟㹮㹟㹡㹧㹲㹷 Ram Capacity Menu
[Cancel]
>!@
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸰㸸㹔㹣㹰㹱㹧㹭㹬 Varsion Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸱㸸㹎㹟㹬㹣㹪 Panel Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸲㸸㹑㹣㹬㹱㹭㹰 Sensor Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸳㸸㹃㹬㹡㹭㹢㹣㹰 Encoder Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸴㸸㹄㹟㹬 Fan Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸵㸸㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢 History Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸶㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪 Head Signal Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸷㸸㹑㹎㹃㹁㹒㹐㹍㹔㹓㹃 SPECTROVUE Menu

㹒㹣㹱㹲㸯㸮㸸㹒㹧㹫㹣ࠉ㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩 Time Check Menu

5.3.2 Diagnosis Items in Self-Diagnosis Menu 290

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.1 Ram Capacity Menu

This menu is used to display the size of memories installed on MAIN board Assy on Operation
panel

[Cancel]
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸯㸸㹐㹟㹫ࠉ㹁㹟㹮㹟㹡㹧㹲㹷
[Enter]
㹐㹟㹫ࠉ㹁㹟㹮㹟㹡㹧㹲㹷ࠉࠉ㸰㸳㸴㹋㹀

5.5.1 Ram Capacity Menu 291

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.2 Version Menu

This menu is used to display the following items on Operation panel.

• Firmware version of the MAIN side

• Backup parameter version
• Setting of dip switches of MAIN board Assy
• Revision of MAIN board Assy
• Company code
• Serial No.

㨀㧵㧼
The following is a supplement explanation about display contents.
• Settings for the DIP switch on the MAIN board Assy are displayed as follows:
• ON: 0, OFF: 1
• Switch No.1: LSB
• Switch No.2: MSB
• When Serial No. is not set , the following window is displayed.

㨂㨑㨞㧦㧿㨑㨞㨕㧚‫ޓޓޓ‬㧺㨛㨠‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨠

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸰㸸㹔㹣㹰㹱㹧㹭㹬
[Enter]

>@
[Enter]
㹔㹣㹰㸸㹄㹧㹰㹫ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸬㸮㸮 Firmware version
[Cancel]
>!@
㹔㹣㹰㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸬㸮㸮 Backup parameter version
Setting of DIP switches
㹔㹣㹰㸸㹂㹧㹮㹑㹕ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹶㸮㸱
of MAIN Board Assy
㹔㹣㹰㸸㹀㹭㹟㹰㹢ࠉ㹐㹣㹴ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸯 Revision of MAIN board Assy

㹔㹣㹰㸸㹁㹭㹫㹮㹟㹬㹷㹁㹭㹢㹣ࠉ㸮™㸮㸯 Company code

㹔㹣㹰㸸㹑㹣㹰㹧㸬ࠉ㹆㹌㸴㹓㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮 Serial No.

5.5.2 Version Menu 292

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.3 Panel Menu

This menu is used to check the operations of Operation panel keys, LCD, and LEDs.

(1) Operation Panel Key Check

When you press a key on Operation panel, the name of the key is displayed on LCD. To exit
Operation panel key check, press [Cancel] key twice.

(2) LCD Check

The entire LCD screen is filled in black. You can check for any missing dots.

(3) LED Check

The following LEDs light up in the following order. The LCD displays the name of LED that is
currently illuminated.

• Power lamp
• Errr lamp
• High lamp
• Low lamp
• Take Up lamp
• Auto Cut lamp
• Long lamp
• Normal lamp
• Short lamp

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘
[Enter]

=? Operation Panel Key Check

[Enter]
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧝㧦㧷㨑㨥 㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧦㧷㨑㨥‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧫㧫㧫㧫㧫
[Cancel]
= ? 㧔twice㧕 LCD Check
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧞㧦㧸㧯㧰 ‫عععععععععععععععععععع‬
LED Check
㧼㨍㨚㨑㨘㧟㧦㧸㧱㧰
㧸㧱㧰㧦㧷㨑㨥‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧫㧫㧫㧫㧫

5.5.3 Panel Menu 293

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.4 Sensor Menu

This menu is used to display the sensor status on Operation panel. 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
If the displayed sensor status does not match the actual machine status, replace or adjust the ࠙Enterࠚ
relevant sensor. ࠙Cancelࠚ
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸲ࠉ㸸㹑㹣㹬
࠙Enterࠚ
No. diagnosis item Status in Reference ࠙<ࠚ
display
㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸯㸸㹁㹐ࠉ㹍㹰㹧㹥㹧㹬ࠉࠉ㹍㹤㹤
1 CR origin ON / OFF Display the status of CR Origin Sensor. ࠙>ࠚ

2 WasteTank ON / OFF Display the status of Waste Fluid Sensor. 㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸰㸸㹕㹟㹱㹲㹣㹒㹟㹬㹩ࠉࠉࠉ㹍㹬

3 Wiper ON / OFF Display the status of Wiper. 㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸱㸸㹕㹧㹮㹣㹰ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹍㹬

4 Cover ON / OFF Display the status of Front Cover. 㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸲㸸㹁㹭㹴㹣㹰ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹍㹮㹣㹬

5 M.Cover L Open / Display the status of Maintenance Cover L. 㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸳㸸㹋㸬㹁㹭㹴㹣㹰㹊ࠉࠉ㹍㹮㹣㹬

Close
㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸴㸸㹋㸬㹁㹭㹴㹣㹰㹐ࠉࠉ㹍㹮㹣㹬
6 M.Cover R Open / Display the status of Maintenance Cover R.
Close 㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸵㸸㹊㹣㹴㹣㹰ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹂㹭㹵㹬
7 Lever Up / Down Display the status of the Pressure Lever.
㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸶㸸㹃㹢㹥㹣㸿㹂ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸲
8 Edge AD 0 to 255 Display the sensitivity of Paper Edge Sensor.
（P_EDGE sensor） 㹑㹣㹬ࠉ㸷㸸㹐㹣㹟㹰㸿㹂ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸲

9 Rear AD 0 to 255 Display the sensitivity of Paper Rear Sensor. 㹑㹣㹬㸯㸮㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹅㹟㹮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵

（P_REAR Sensor）
㹑㹣㹬㸯㸯㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸳r㹁
10 Head Gap High/Low Display the Head height.
㹑㹣㹬㸯㸰㸸㹒㹰㹟㹬㹱㸬㸯ࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸳r㹁
11 Head ** ℃ Display the temperature of Head.
㹑㹣㹬㸯㸱㸸㹒㹰㹟㹬㹱㸬㸰ࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸳r㹁
12 Trans.1 ** ℃ Display the temperature of Head transistor
(MAIN Board). 㹑㹣㹬㸯㸲㸸㹇㸬㹌㹍㹒ࠉ㸯㸰㸱㸲㸳㸴㸵㸶
13 Trans.2 ** ℃
14 I. NOT 12345678 Display the presence of Ink Cartridges. 㹑㹣㹬㸯㸳㸸㹇㸬㹃㹌㹂ࠉ㸯㸰㸱㸲㸳㸴㸵㸶

15 I. END 12345678 Display the presence of Ink. 㹑㹣㹬㸯㸴㸸㹇㸬㹇㹂ࠉࠉ㸯㸰㸱㸲㸳㸴㸵㸶

࠙Enterࠚ
16 I.ID 12345678 Display the slot reading a smart chip card. 㹑㹣㹬㸯㸵㸸㹁㹳㹲㹑㹭㹪㹣㹬㹭㹧㹢 Cutter Solenoid Check
࠙CancelࠚMenu
17 CutSolenoid - Check the movement of Cutter Solenoid.

NOTE
For the following sensors, the sensor sensitivity is displayed in decimal number.
• P_EDGE sensor
• P_REAR sensor

5.5.4 Sensor Menu 294

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Cutter Solenoid Check

Check the up/down operations of Cutter solenoid.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸲㸸㹑㹣㹬㹱㹭㹰
[Enter]

㹑㹣㹬㸯㸵㸸㹁㹳㹲㹑㹭㹪㹣㹬㹭㹧㹢
[Enter]
㹑㹭㹪㹣㸬㹂㹭㹵㹬ࠉ㸫㸼ࠉ㹃㹬㹲㹣㹰
[Cancel] [Enter]

㹑㹭㹪㹣㸬㹓㹮ࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸼ࠉ㹁㹟㹬㹡㹣㹪

5.5.4 Sensor Menu 295

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.5 Encoder Menu

This menu is used to display the detected values from the following encoders:

• CR encoder
• PF encoder

NOTE
For the encoder-detected values, the encoder pulse numbers are displayed in
hexadecimal number.
• Encoder values are displayed as follows.
・ CR Encoder ： about 35.28μｍ
・ PF Encoder ： about 3.09μｍ

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞
[Enter]

=?
㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞㧦‫ޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜
= ?
㧱㨚㨏㨛㨐㨑㨞㧦‫ޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧜㧜㧜

5.5.5 Encoder Menu 296

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.6 Fan Menu

This menu is used to check if the following fans operate normally by turning them ON and
OFF:

• Vacuum FAN
• Cooling FAN (24V) Assy (for MAIN board)
• Exhaust Fan

NOTE
• The “Cooling fan” on the Panel indicates Cooling FAN (24V) Assy (for MAIN
board).
• While the power is on, Cooling FAN is always on.
• Depending on the type of FAN, the operation after the [Enter] key is pressed
differes as below.

Name While Power is After [Enter] is After [Cancel] is

ON pressed pressed
Vacuum Fan OFF ON OFF
Cooling FAN ON OFF ON
Exhaust Fan OFF ON OFF

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧢㧦㧲㨍㨚
[Enter]

=?
[Enter]
㧲㨍㨚㧝㧦㨂㨍㨏㨡㨡㨙‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 ‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
[Cancel]
= ? Adsorption Fan㧦ON
[Enter]
㧲㨍㨚㧞㧦㧯㨛㨛㨘㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 ‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
[Cancel]
Cooling FAN㧔24V㧕Assy
[Enter] 㧔For MAIN Board Assy㧕OFF
㧲㨍㨚㧟㧦㧱㨤㨔㨍㨡㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧲㨍㨚 [Cancel]
‫ޟ‬㧯㨍㨚㨏㨑㨘‫ޓޠ‬㧱㨚㨐
Exhaust FAN ON

5.5.6 Fan Menu 297

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.7 Record Menu

This menu is used to check the following record. In addition, it initializes serious error record.

• Maintenance record
• Serious error record
• Printing Information
• Operation Time
• S/C Log
• Initiallizing Record and S/C Log.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter]

=?
㧾㨑㨟㨛㨞㨐㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑 Maintenance Record

= ?
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧞㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞 Serious error Record

Initialization of the
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧟㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞‫ޓ‬㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚 serious communication

Confirmation of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧠㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Printing Information

Confirmation of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 Operation Time

Confirmation of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧢㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓 S/C Log.

Initialization of
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧣㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓㧵㨚㨕㨠 S/C Log

5.5.7 Record Menu 298

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Maintenance Record from left page to left page

࠙>ࠚ ࠙<ࠚ
㨀㧵㧼 Average amount of the discharged ink from
㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㸿㸸㸮 Row A (Unit: Mdots)
• The number of ink discharge is the average value of the total discharge number
divide by 180 per 1 nozzle. 㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹀㸸㸮
Average amount of the discharged ink from
Row B (Unit: Mdots)
• The ink discharge number is shown in the units of mega dot. Average amount of the discharged ink from
㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹁㸸㸮 Row C (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹂㸸㸮 Row D (Unit: Mdots)
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸯㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
࠙Enterࠚ Average amount of the discharged ink from
㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹃㸸㸮 Row E (Unit: Mdots)
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸵㸸㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢 Average amount of the discharged ink from
࠙Enterࠚ 㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹄㸸㸮 Row F (Unit: Mdots)
࠙Cancelࠚ
㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢㸯㸸㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㹬㹟㹬㹡㹣 Average amount of the discharged ink from
㹒㸬㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹅㸸㸮 Row G (Unit: Mdots)
࠙Enterࠚ
Average amount of the discharged ink from
࠙<ࠚ 㹒㸪㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹆㸸㸮 Row H (Unit: Mdots)
㹕㹧㹮㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Number of Wiping
Number of CR Motor activation
㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸ࠉࠉ㸮 Number of rotations of the pump wheel
࠙>ࠚ
(Unit㸸Operation count)
㹁㹐㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 (OriginЍOpposite side of Originࠊ 㹒㸬㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Total number of rotations of the pump wheel
Opposie side of OriginЍOrigin)
Opeation time of Circulation Pump 1
㹒㸬㹁㹐㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Total number of CR Motor activation 㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 (Unit: second)

Total opeation time of Circulation Pump 1

㹎㹄㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Number of PF Motor activation(Unit㸸10m) 㹒㸬㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 (Unit: second)

Opeation time of Circulation Pump 2

㹒㸬㹎㹄㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Total number of PF Motor activation 㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 (Unit: second)
Number of printing Total opeation time of Circulation Pump 2
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㹌㹳㹫㹠㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㸦Including internal pattern) 㹒㸬㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 (Unit: second)

Number of Cleaning
㹁㹪㹣㹟㹬㹧㹬㹥㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㹁㹳㹲ࠉ㹬㹳㹫㹠㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Number of Cutting

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㸿㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row A (Unit: Mdots) 㹁㹳㹲ࠉ㹑㹭㹪㹣㸬㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Number of Cutter Solenoid Downs

Average amount of the discharged ink from ࠙>ࠚ ࠙<ࠚ

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹀㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row B (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹁㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row C (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹂㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row D (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹃㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row E (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹄㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row F (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹅㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row G (Unit: Mdots)

Average amount of the discharged ink from

㹄㹧㹰㹣ࠉ㹆㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹋㹢㹭㹲 Row H (Unit: Mdots)

to right page from right page

5.5.7 Record Menu 299

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Serious Error Record (3) Error Initialization

This menu is used to display serious error record on Operation panel. This menu is used to initialize the serious error record.

NOTE 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
[Enter]
• The serious error record does not include CPU error.
• The serious error record menu indicates up to 64 history of items. 㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸵㸸㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢
[Enter]

㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢㸱㸸㹃㹰㹰㹭㹰ࠉ㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬
[Enter]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 [Cancel]
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹍㹉㸽
[Enter]
After Initializing [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]
[Cancel] After Displaying
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧞㧦㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞 㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫
[Enter]

=?
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧴㧱㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧯㧭㧮㧸㧱‫ޓ‬㧝
= ?
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧞㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾

㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧟㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧼㧲‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾

㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧯㨁㧾㧾㧱㧺㨀

=?
㧱㨞㨞㧢㧠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㧾‫ޓ‬㧹㧻㨀㧻㧾
= ?

5.5.7 Record Menu 300

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) Printing Information (4-a)Number

Check printing information (number of printed copies of each print mode, print area, and Check the number of printed copies of each print mode.
number of printed copies of each effect). The inner pattern will not be accumulated.
[Cancel]
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯㸸㹌㹳㹫
[Enter]
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲 [Enter]
[Enter] >@
Total Number
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸵㸸㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢 㹒㹭㹲㹟㹪ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉ㸮
(Not including inside pattern)
[Enter] >!@
[Cancel]
㹐㹣㹡㹭㹰㹢㸲㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 㹏㸯ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality1

[Enter]
㹏㸰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality2
>@
[Enter] 㹏㸱ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality3
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯㸸㹌㹳㹫 Number Menu
[Cancel]
>!@ 㹏㸲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality4

㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰㸸㸿㹰㹣㹟 Area Menu

㹅㸯ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics1

㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸱㸸㹃㹤㹤㹣㹡㹲 Effect Menu

㹅㸰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics2

㹅㸱ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics3

㹅㸲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics4

㹀㸯ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner1

㹀㸰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner2

㹀㸱ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner3

㹀㸲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 banner4

㹍㹲㹦㹣㹰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Other mode shown above

5.5.7 Record Menu 301

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(4-b)Area
Check the number of printed copies of each effect
[Cancel]
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰㸸㸿㹰㹣㹟
[Enter]
[Enter]

>@
㹒㹭㹲㹟㹪ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 䠰䡋䡐䠽䡈䚷䠄䟝䠅

>!@
㹏㸯ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality1䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹏㸰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality2䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹏㸱ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality3䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹏㸲ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Quality4䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹅㸯ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics1䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹅㸰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics2䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹅㸱ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics3䚷䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹅㸲ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Graphics4䚷䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹀㸯ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner1䚷䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹀㸰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner2䚷䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹀㸱ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner3䚷䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹀㸲ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Banner4䚷䚷䠄䟝䠅

㹍㹲㹦㹣㹰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Other mode shown above

5.5.7 Record Menu 302

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(4-c)Effect From left page To left page

Check the number of printed copies of each print effect.
[Cancel] 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠
[Enter] 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧠‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
[Enter]
=?
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧡‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
= ? 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧢‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧭㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 A-Super Fine&Wave
㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧮㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 B-Super Fine&Wave
㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

To right page from right page

5.5.7 Record Menu 303

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(5) Operation Time (7) Initialization of S/C Log

Check the accumulated operation time of each activation mode. Initialize the Smart chip log.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter] [Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐 㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter] [Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧣㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨓㧵㨚㨕㨠㧚
[Enter]
[Enter] [Cancel]
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧻㧷㧫
=?
[Enter]
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨚 All mode㧔Total㧕
㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
= ?
㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨚 User mode
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
㧰㨕㨍㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨙 Self Diagnosis mode

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨙 Maintenance mode2

(6) S/C Log

Check the Smart chip log.
It Displays up to error 24.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧾㨑㨏㨛㨞㨐㧢㧦㧿㧛㧯‫ޓ‬㧸㨛㨓
[Enter]

=?
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧝
= ?
㧱㨞㨞‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧟‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧞

=?
㧱㨞㨞㧞㧠㧦㧮㨞㨛㨗㨑㨚㧝㧞‫ޓ‬㧯㨍㨞㨠㧚㧠
= ?

5.5.7 Record Menu 304

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲

This menu is used to check the head-driving waveform. ࠙Cancelࠚ ࠙Enterࠚ

㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸶㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪
This is a function that is not normally used in maintenance work.
࠙Enterࠚ

࠙ࠚ ࠙ࠚ
NOTE
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸫㹊 ࠙+ࠚ࠙ࠚ
• Nozzles can be selected A~H, ALL. ࠙Enterࠚ

• The number of shots can be selected in a range from 1 to 655. 㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸫㹋

• Magnification can be selected from the×1,×100, ×10000, ×1000000. 㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸫㹑

• During DRIVE (waveform output), the [Cancel] key is invalid.
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱㸫㹊 㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿
• When the number of waveform output is larger than 65535 shots, waveform is
output in units of 65535 shots. (Temperature is corrected by waveform output ࠙Enterࠚ
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱㸫㹋
unit.) 㹑㹦㹭㹲ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱㸫㹑 ࠙Enterࠚ

㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲㸫㹊 㹑㹦㹭㹲㹐㹟㹲㹧㹭㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ™㸯㸮㸮
࠙Enterࠚ
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲㸫㹋
ࠉ㹂㹐㹇㹔㹃
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲㸫㹑

㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸㹎㹭㹵㹣㹰̿㹄㹊

㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹑㹧㹥㹬㹟㹪㸸㹌㹭㹰㹫㹟㹪㹄㹊

After shotting
࠙Cancelࠚ

5.5.8 Head Waveform Menu 305

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu

Check the connection of SPECTROVUE.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]

㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧿㧼㧱㧯㨀㧾㧻㨂㨁㧱
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧻㨜㨑㨚‫ޓ‬㧹㧚㧯㨛㨢㨑㨞㧾㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉 If Maintenance cover R is closed.

[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧰㨑㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㨠㨔㨑‫ޓ‬㨏㨍㨜㧚㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉
[Enter]
㧱㨄㧭㧹㧵㧺㧳

[Cancel]
㧰㨑㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫=ޓޓޓ‬㧻㧷? OK㧦UWEEGUUGF‫ޔ‬NG㧦HCKNGF
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞‫ޓޓ‬㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉
[Enter]
㧱㨄㧭㧹㧵㧺㧳

㧿㨑㨚㨟‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨗‫ޓ‬㧾㨑㨟㨡㨘㨠=㧻㧷? OK㧦UWEEGUUGF‫ޔ‬NG㧦HCKNGF
[Enter]/[Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㨠㨔㨑‫ޓ‬㨏㨍㨜㧚㨇㧱㨚㨠㨉
[Enter]
㧱㨄㧭㧹㧵㧺㧳

[Cancel]
㧭㨠㨠㨍㨏㨔‫ޓ‬㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫=ޓޓޓ‬㧻㧷? OK㧦UWEEGUUGF‫ޔ‬NG㧦HCKNGF
[Enter]

5.5.9 SPECTROVUE Menu 306

 5.5 Inspection Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.5.10 Time Check Menu

Check the date which is managed by RTC (Real Time Clock) on MAIN borad.
You can only check it in Self-diagnosis function. To setup, use Mutoh Service Assistance.

[Cancel]
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸰㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹒㹣㹱㹲ࠉ㸯㸮㸸㹒㹧㹫㹣ࠉ㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩
[Enter]
[Enter]

㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸰㸳ࠉ㸯㸶㸸㸰㸯

5.5.10 Time Check Menu 307

 5.6 Ink Charging Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.6 Ink Charging Menu

In the ink charging menu, you can execute the initial wash of Print head and ink charge.
The charging items of the ink charging menu are as follows:

Charging item Contents

Normal Initial INK charge
Little Economy INK charge

[Cancel]
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸱㸸㹇㹬㹩㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣
[Enter]
[<]

㹇㹬㹩㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣㸯㸸㹌㹭㹰㹫㹟㹪
[>]

㹇㹬㹩㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣㸰㸸㹊㹧㹲㹲㹩㹣

[Enter]

㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣 After finishing

5.5.10 Time Check Menu 308

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7 Adjustment Menu Item Contents Reference

This menu is used to align the printing position and correct the media feed operation. CountClear Clears various software counters. "5.7.10Software
When replacing Head, perform head wash (after this, turn off the power and replace Head), Counter Initialization Menu
head nozzle check,UniD adjustment、BiD adjustment、Side margin adjustment、Test SendPitch Checks whether there is an error in feed amount "5.7.11Feed Pitch
pattern printing.
per band from the printing results. Check Menu

FillPattern Performs solid nozzle print check (color election,

Item Contents Reference nozzle selection and print direction selection are
Rear/Edge Automatically adjusts the sensor sensitivity for "5.7.1Rear/ Edge available).
Sen. Media detection. Sensor Adjustment

NozzleChk Checks whether the ink is normally discharged "5.7.2Head Nozzle 㨀㧵㧼
from Head nozzles from the printing results. Check Menu • Printed at the heater temperatures set by User mode.
CheckSkew Performs media feed and detects the degree of "5.7.3Skew Check • Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.
skew in media feed by Sensor. Menu • Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing.
HeadSlant Checks Print head slant (horizontal and vertical "5.7.4Head Slant
direction) from the printing results. Mechanical Check Menu
adjustment must be performed as necessary.
Uni / Bi Low Adjust pattern is printed with the head height of "5.7.5Uni-D/Bi-D
Low and adjust the following: Adjustment Menu
Misalignment of nozzle lines (Uni-D)
Bidirectional printing position
Bi-D Copy The values are corrected to the adjusted values "5.7.6Bi-D Copy
of all Bi-D Low items and copied to the adjusted
values of Bi-D High and Mid.
Uni / Bi Mid Adjust pattern is printed with the head height of "5.7.5Uni-D/Bi-D
Mid and adjust the following: Adjustment Menu
Bidirectional printing position
Misalignment of nozzle lines (Uni-D)
Uni / Bi High Adjust pattern is printed with the head height of "5.7.5Uni-D/Bi-D
High and adjust the following: Adjustment Menu
Bidirectional printing position
Misalignment of nozzle lines (Uni-D)
Top & Adjusts Top, bottom, and side margins. "5.7.7Top & Bottom
Bottom adjustment Menu

TestPrint Prints out adjustment pattern ALL, adjustment "5.7.8Test Printing

parameters ALL, and serious error history. Menu

Longstore Cleans Ink tubes and Print heads using "5.7.9Longstore Menu
Cleaning liquid.

5.5.10 Time Check Menu 309

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

[Cancel]
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㸬
[Enter]
[Enter]

>@
[Enter]
Rear/Edge Sensor Check Menu
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸯㸸㹐㹣㹟㹰㸭㹃㹢㹥㹣㹑㹣㹬㸬
[Cancel]
>!@
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸰㸸㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣㹁㹦㹩 Head Nozzle Check Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸱㸸㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㹑㹩㹣㹵 Skew Check Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲 Head Slant Check Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Uni-D/Bi-D Low Adjustment Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸴㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㹁㹭㹮㹷 Bi-D Copy Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸵㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉࠉ㹋㹧㹢 Uni-D/Bi-D Mid Adjustment Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸶㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉ㹆㹧㹥㹦 Uni-D/Bi-D High Adjustment Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸷㸸㹒㹭㹮㸤㹀㹭㹲㹲㹭㹫 Top&Bottom Adjustment Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸮㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 Test Print Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸯㸸㹊㹭㹬㹥㹱㹲㹭㹰㹣 Longstore Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸰㸸㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㹁㹪㹣㹟㹰 Software Counter Initialization Menu

Feed Amount Check Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸱㸸㹑㹣㹬㹢㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦

Solid Print Check Menu

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸲㸸㹄㹧㹪㹪㹎㹟㹲㹲㹣㹰㹬

5.5.10 Time Check Menu 310

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment (1) Calibration

㨀㧵㧼 㨀㧵㧼

• Automatically Adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to • After adjusting AD values of P_REAR sensor and P_EDGE sensor to proper
proper values. values, panel displays results.
• After adjusting, measuring AD values when paper is not set. • When abnormal termination, panel displays the VR values that is final state of
Confirming threshold that is used to judge whether paper is set. adjusting process.
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen.
• Adjust the sensor using the recommended paper by MUTOH INDUSTRIES LTD.
㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
#HVGTUGVVKPIRCRGTRWUJ[Enter] key
#DPQTOCNVGTOKPCVKQP
"4.8P_Rear/P_Edge Sensor Adjustment
㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓 㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚‫ޓ‬㧱㨞㨞㨛㨞

[Enter]
[Cancel]
[Enter]
[Cancel] GAIN
=? Meaning iof displays
[Enter] VR㧦Sensor setting value
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸 AD㧦Sensor reflecting value
=? GAIN㧦Sensor gaining setting
[Enter] = ?
%CNKDTCVKQP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧯㨍㨘㨕㨎㨞㨍㨠㨑 /GPW 㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨂㧾‫ޓ‬㧞㧡㧡㧛㧭㧰‫ޓ‬㧝㧥㧜㧛㧸
[Cancel]
= ?
5GPUKPI2.CVGP
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨕㨚㨓 /GPW
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during ‫ޟ‬Edge VR‫ޠ‬display
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠 +PRWV/GPW

㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞

After removing paper, push [Enter] key

㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓
After measuring
=?
㧾㨑㨍㨞‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧤‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜 THR‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬OFF‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓ‬P_NOT
= ? THR‫ ޓ‬㧦threshold value to
judge a paper setting or not
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓޓ‬㧤㧞‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓޓ‬㧡‫ޓ‬㧛‫ޓޓ‬㧝㧜
‫ޓ‬OFF‫ ޓ‬㧦sensor reflecting value
when sensoe LED is OFF
Push [Enter] or [Cancel] during‫ޟ‬EdgeXXX㧛XXX㧛XXX‫ޠ‬display‫ޓ‬P_NOT㧦sensor reflecting value
when removing a paper
㧭㧰㧶‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚

5.7.1 Rear/ Edge Sensor Adjustment 311

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Measuring Platen reflecting value （Sensing Platen） (3) Input

㨀㧵㧼 NOTE
• Measuring AD values of Edge sensor at four positions of Platen. • Do not usually use this function.
• Measuring AD values at the four positions as shown below, and the AD values is • Use only in:
displayed on the panel. When any problems are occurred at paper recognition, while adjusting the sensor
at Calibration.
Origin side
When adjustment is needed for using environment (environment light , media type
㨄㨄㧠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 and so on) of user.
Platen • You can Set the sensor parameter manually which was adjusted automatically at
Calibration.
• Setting values are displayed immediately.
AD （Sensor reflecting value） ： 0~255
㧾㨑㨙㨛㨢㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After removing paper push [Enter] key
㧹㨑㨍㨟㨡㨞㨕㨚㨓 [Enter]
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍T㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
[Enter]
㧱㨐㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧠‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧟‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧞‫ޓ‬㨄㨄㧝 [Cancel]
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧦㧵㨚㨜㨡㨠
When saving setting values,
[Enter] or [Cancel] [Enter]
push [Enter] key while
=? displaying [Edge VR].
㧭㨐㨖㧚‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑㧿㨑㨚㧚
㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡
= ?

㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㧞㧡㧡

Setting by 㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧜㨪㧞㧡㧡
‫ޟ‬㧗‫ޠ‬/‫ޟ‬㧙‫ޠ‬Key 㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸㨪㧴

5.7 Adjustment Menu 312

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu

Printing direction
4 color
This menu is used to check if Head nozzles can discharge ink correctly from the printing Pattern մ
results.

Printing direction

Paper feed direction

Pattern ճ

㨀㧵㧼
Pattern ղ
• CW : It indicates the direction from origin to opposite side of the origin.
• CCW :It indicates the direction from opposite side of the origin to origin. Pattern ձ

To check Head nozzles, follow the procedure below.

origin side

1 Set media as necessary.

Printing direction
• After media is set, the machine prints out head nozzle check patterns in the
7 color White
following modes: Patternմ
• 1 pass, Uni-D,PF: 360 dpi,CR: 360 dpi,320cps, VSD3, Medium dot

Printing direction

Paper feed direction

2 Nozzle check pattern will be printed. Patternճ

Patternղ
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter] Patternձ

㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗
[Enter]
origin side
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Display during adjustment pattern

Printing direction
After printing 8 color
Patternմ
㨀㧵㧼

Printing direction

Paper feed direction

• The following pattern will be printed. Patternճ

• The letters and arrow will not be printed.

Patternղ
Printing direction

4 color
Patternձ
Pattern մ
Printing direction

Paper feed direction

Pattern ճ origin side

Pattern ղ

Pattern ձ

origin side

5.7 Adjustment Menu 313

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

3 Check the printed head nozzle check patterns for the following points: Pattern ③
• Ink nozzle discharge (missing dots, discontinuity, meandering) Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction (CW direction): Prints out the pattern in
the order of A to H from the paper origin side.
• Satellite
• Nozzle alignment in the vertical direction

3DSHUIHHGGLUHFWLRQ
• Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction 2ULJLQVLGH
printing direction
NOTE
Using the adjustment pattern of 4-color setting to explain.

Pattern ①
Prints out the following pattern in the order of A to H from the paper origin side.
㹆 㹅 㹄 㹃 㹂 㹁 㹀 㸿 1R]]OH

3DSHUIHHGGLUHFWLRQ
2ULJLQVLGH Pattern ④
printing direction Nozzle alignment in the horizontal direction (CCW direction): Prints out the pattern
in the order of A to H from the paper origin side.

3DSHUIHHGGLUHFWLRQ
printing direction 2ULJLQVLGH
㹆 㹅 㹄 㹃 㹂 㹁 㹀 㸿 1R]]OH

Pattern ②
Nozzle alignment in the vertical direction: Prints out the pattern in the order of A to H
from the paper origin side.

2ULJLQVLGH
3DSHUIHHGGLUHFWLRQ 㹆 㹅 㹄 㹃 㹂 㹁 㹀 㸿 1R]]OH
printing direction

㹆 㹅 㹄 㹃 㹂 㹁 㹀 㸿 1R]]OH

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu 314

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

4 If any abnormal conditions are found in the ink discharge status of Head nozzles, perform
cleaning.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧭㨐㨖‫ޓ‬㧞㧦㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
If paper is not set
Set Paper
㧭㨐㨖㨡㨟㨠㨙㨑㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Display during adjustment printing

= ?
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗㧚㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
=?
㧺㨛㨦㨦㨘㨑㧯㨔㨗㧚㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠

[Enter] When Cleaning

is selected
= ?
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠 After finishing cleaning,
adjustment pattern is printed
=?
automatically.
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

[Cancel] 㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓

[Enter]

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

5 After cleaning, print out head nozzle check patterns again.

5.7.2 Head Nozzle Check Menu 315

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.3 Skew Check Menu

Feed the paper to check the skew size using Sensor.

When you select this item from the Adjustment Menu, the printer feeds the loaded media
(specified amount) and checks difference of the media edge positions before and after the
media feed detected by Sensor.

NOTE
Before performing skew check, ensure that the media is set correctly.
The printer determines the media setting reference position during the first detection
of media left edge. Therefore, the media that is not set correctly may cause errors as
below:
• Media error occurs during skew check and printer operation stops.
• During media initial operation after power is turned on, "Undefined Paper" is
frequently displayed.
• When the skew result is beyond ±9.99mm, +9.99mm or -9.99mm is displayed.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㨀㨑㨟㨠
[Enter]
[Cancel] [Enter]
㨀㨑㨟㨠‫ޓ‬㧟㧦㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣
[Enter]
Set by [+]/[-] key
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧜㨙 0.1㨙 increments
[Enter] 0.1㨙 to 10.0㨙

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞 If paper is not set

Set Paper
㧱㨤㨏㧚㧿㨗㨑㨣
Paper edge detection finishes normally
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧿㨗㨑㨣㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧗㧜㧚㧜㧝㨙㨙

5.7.3 Skew Check Menu 316

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu 㨀㧵㧼

Check the Head slant {Horizontal direction, front/back direction (position between • The following pattern will be printed.
two Heads)} from the print result. • The letters will not be printed.
Perform mechanical adjustment as required.
According to the width of media,
Since there are eight nozzle lines per Head, adjustment has to be done so that each following adjustment pattern is printed on
Origin side

three places or less.

nozzle line's slope is even. 4 color

Paper feed direction

for checking for checking
Vertical slant Horizontal slant

㨀㧵㧼
20mm

• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.

• Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing.
• In this section clause explains panel changes and an adjustment pattern.
Refer to the following for a detailed adjustment procedure. 7 color
4.6.1 Head Alignment (Horizontal Height)
4.6.2 Head Alignment (Vertical Slant)

The items for head slant is as follows

Items Contents 7 color white

Head slant：slant1 Head slant check horizontal direction (left/right)
Head slant：slant2 Head slant check vertical direction

NOTE
• When printing "Head slant: Slant1" adjustment pattern, the pattern for Head slant 8 color
check vertical direction is also printed.
• Using the adjustment pattern of 4-color setting to explain.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu 317

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) “Head slant: slant 1”

(1-a)Confirming horizontal direction (left / right) (4-color setting)

Print Adjustment pattern According to the width of media,

following adjustment pattern is printed on Origin side
three places or less.

Paper feed direction

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter] for checking for checking
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲 Vertical slant Horizontal slant

[Enter]

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸸㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸯 20mm

[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
after printing

Check the Slant (Horizontal) at Connecting points (Refer to the following and an enlargement.)
Check Head Slant 1 (Horizontal)

㹒㹇㹎
1passࠉUni-D/Bi-D
PF:360dpiࠉCR:360dpi
Check the slant (Horizontal):
ࠉFor CW printing, the nozzles combination are, from the media
origin side, A/C, A/E, B/D, B/F, and B/H.
ࠉ320cps, VSD1, Small dot

BࠉࠉHࠉࠉBࠉࠉBࠉࠉFࠉࠉBࠉࠉBࠉࠉDࠉࠉBࠉࠉAࠉࠉGࠉࠉAࠉࠉAࠉࠉEࠉࠉAࠉࠉAࠉࠉCࠉࠉA Nozzle

Connecting point enlargement㸸Ex. Nozzle A,C

(1) Check th eposition of Black and each color.
ࠉIn ͆‫͇ۑ‬, No need for adjustments.
In ͆™͇, it adjust, respectively and be set to
͆‫͇ۑ‬. Refer to the
͆4.6.1ࠕHead Alignment (Horizontal Slant)͇

(2) Repeat printing and adjustment

until a result becomes ͆‫͇ۑ‬.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu 318

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1-b)Confirming vertical direction (4-color setting)

Print Adjustment pattern

According to the width of media, Origin side
following adjustment pattern is printed on

Paper feed direction

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲 three places or less.
[Enter]
for checking for checking
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲 Vertical slant Horizontal slant
[Enter]

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸸㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸯 20mm

[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
after printing

Check the Vertical Slant at Connecting points (Refer to the following and an enlargement.)
Check Head Slant (Vertical)

TIP
1passࠉUni-D/Bi-D
PF:360dpiࠉCR:360dpi
Check the slant (Vertical):
ࠉFor CW/CCW printing, the nozzles combination are, from the
media origin side, A, C, E, and G.
ࠉ320cps, VSD1, Small dot

Nozzle

connecting point enlargement㸸Ex. Nozzle A

(1) Check th eposition of 㹉 and each color.
ࠉIn ͆‫͇ۑ‬, No need for adjustments.
In ͆™͇, it adjust, respectively and be set to
͆‫͇ۑ‬. Refer to the
͆4.6.2ࠕHead Alignment (Vertical Height)͇

(2) Repeat printing and adjustment

until a result becomes ͆‫͇ۑ‬.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu 319

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Head slant ： slant 2

Confirm the vertical slant check of the print head from the printed result. Follow the procedures below to check the head slant.

Media feed direction

1.Print the head adjustment pattern (Vertical slant) connecting point 2
Origin
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲 PP side
[Enter] pattern 2
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸰㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲 PP
[Enter]

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸸㹑㹪㹟㹬㹲㸰
[Enter] pattern 1
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮
After the Head height is set to Low. CCW
after 㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
printing

TIP
1passࠉUni-D/Bi-D
PF:360dpiࠉCR:360dpi CW

pattern1:For printing. in the order of ABCDEFGH.

ࠉ320cps,VSD4,Large dot, CW/CCW
pattern2:For printing, in the order of ACEG.
ࠉ320cps,VSD1,Small dot, CW/CCW

2. Check the connecting point 1 of the pattern 1. ձ ղ ճ

ձࠉAdjustment is not required.
ղࠉMove the head base mounting plate down.
connecting point 1
ճࠉMove the head base mounting plate up.

For details of adjustment procedure

4.6.2 Head Adjustment (Vertical Slant)
‫ۑ‬ ™ ™
3. Check the connecting point 2 of the pattern 2. connecting point 2 ձ ղ ճ

ձࠉAdjustment is not required.

ղࠉMove the head base mounting plate down.
ճࠉMove the head base mounting plate up.

For details of adjustment procedure

4.6.2 Head Adjustment (Vertical Slant)
‫ۑ‬ ™ ™
4. After performing mechanical adjustment, the head adjustment (vertical slant) pattern is printed again.
5. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until the result of the connecting points becomes ͆‫͇ۑ‬.

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu 320

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

㨀㧵㧼
Printing Method for Head Slant Check Pattern 2
(The figure below describes the printing method as 4-color. CW/CCW printing
sequence is similar for 4-color/7-color/8-color.)

Nozzles in use
ࠉ 4 color/8 color:A,C,E,G
CW Print Origin side
ࠉ 6 color:A,C,E

media feed direction

1. Printed by the order of nozzle
A,C,E,G from the origin side.

G E C A
1/360inch

2. The media is fed (1/360inch).

CCW Print
3. Printed by the order of nozzle
G,E,C,A from the opposite side
of origin.
ࠉ (There is one dot overlapping
the first printed pattern.

(Enlarged image)

1/360
㻌㻌㻌㼕㼚㼏㼔 1/180
㻌㻌㻌㼕㼚㼏㼔

CCW CW

5.7.4 Head Slant Check Menu 321

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu Table 5-1 Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment items(Continued)

This menu is used to adjust the gap of the nozzle rows and perform the print position of the Panel Contents
bi-directional printing. Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD4

• For the gap of the nozzle rows, check the printing results of the Uni-D adjustment Bi-D ALL Batch adjustment of all Bi-D items
check patterns and adjust the gaps.
• For the print position of the bi-directional printing, check the printing results of the
Bi-D adjustment check patterns and adjust the positions. Item Contents
Set up Parameters setup for the items selected as shown on the left.
NOTE
Print Prints out the patterns of the items selected on the left, with
• The value inputted in the “Thickness: ***um” window is set up as an initial value (Only when Uni-D is the current parameters.
of the media thickness of User mode. selected)
• If the speed mode is "Low", 460 cps in the table below will be changed to 240 cps.
Print 1 Prints out the patterns of the items selected on the left, with
• Uni-D (Uni-Direction) indicates uni-directional printing.
(Only when Bi-D is the current parameters and the parameters with ±2, ±4, ±6,
• Bi-D (Bi-Direction) indicates bi-directional printing. selected) and ±8 (1 vertical line in turn, with each parameters). Check
• Because of the Print head specification, only one adjustment value corresponds the current amount of misalignment.
to all nozzle rows.
Print 2 Prints out the patterns of the items selected on the left, with
• The cps (Characters Per Second) is the unit of printing speed.
(Only when Bi-D is the current parameters.
selected)
Table 5-1 Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment items Print3 Prints all Bi-D pattern in current parameter.
(Only when Bi-D ALL is
Panel Contents
selected)
Uni-D 320 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD1
Uni-D 320 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD3
Uni-D 320 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD4
Uni-D 460 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD1
Uni-D 460 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD3
Uni-D 460 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD4
Uni-D ALL Batch printing and adjustment and of all Uni-D items
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD1
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD3
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment with 320cps, VSD4
Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD1
Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment with 460cps, VSD3

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 322

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸳㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵
NOTE
[Enter] Only when selecting Uni/Bi Lo, the media thickness entry
window is displayed.The value entered here is used as the
default for the media thickness in user mode.
㹋㹣㹢㹧㹟ࠉ㹒㹦㹩㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸵㸮㹳㹫
Press [+] or [-] key to change the adjustment values.
Adjustment range㸸80㹼2800ȣm
Entry unit㸸10ȣm
adjustment range㸸10ȣm
[Enter] Default : 170ȣm㸦media thickness used in the factory)
[>] [<]
[Enter]
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸯㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
[<]
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱 㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹑㹣㹲㹳㹮
[<]
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸮㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸮㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱 (3) Uni-D㸦Print) (7-a) Uni-D㸦Setup)

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸴㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸮㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲
[Enter]
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸵㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸶㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱
[<]
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸷㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹑㹣㹲㹳㹮
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸮㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸮㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 [>]

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸯㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸮㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸰㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸮㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

(7-b) Bi-D(Setup) (4) Bi-D(Print1) (5) Bi-D(Print2)

[Enter]
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸱㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸿㹊㹊
[<]

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸿㹊㹊㸸㹑㹣㹲㹳㹮
[>]

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸿㹊㹊㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸱

(7-c) Bi-D ALL (Setup) (6) Bi-D (Print3)

Fig. 5-3 Menu transition diagram

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 323

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Uni-D adjustment patterns （when Print is selected) 1 Prints out the pattern from the origin side, in the order of A to H. (Uni-D 320 VSD3）

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲 㨀㧵㧼
[Enter]
Dot diameter: Medium
㸿㹢㹨ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Select Low or Mid or High.
Nozzle: Print the pattern in the order of A to H from the origin side
[Enter]
standard line: 4-color:C-Cyan/7-color, 8-color: C-Magenta
㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫 refer to Fig.5-3 Print direction: CW, 1 Pass
[Enter]

㹊㹭㹵㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱 Select UniD䠄䠍~7䠅

[Enter]
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 Select from Print/Setup

㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰 If media is not set.

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮 When head height is wrong Uni-Lo

After switching
When the temperature is below 320cps D
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣ࠉࠉࠉ㸱㸶ࢎ㹁 the temperature set in the User mode,
press [Cancel] to start printing while VSD1
warming up the printer.
Finish b
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 print adjustment pattern.        
printing
H G F E D C B A

3ULQWVRXWWKHLWHPVH[HFXWHG

UniD320ࠉVSD1ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD1

UniD320ࠉVSD3ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD3
UniD320ࠉVSD4ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD4
UniD460ࠉVSD1ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD1
UniD460ࠉVSD3ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD3
UniD460ࠉVSD4ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD4
a: Media feed direction
b: Adjust the setting value so that these points match.
2 If connecting points above do not match, enter adjust values under “setup”.
"(5)Setup Menu

3 After entering the adjustment values, prints out adjustment pattern again and check.

4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 until connecting points match.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 324

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Bi-D Print1 (Bi-D 320 VSD1) 1 Prints out the pattern on the basis of Nozzle line C.(Bi-D 320 VSD1）

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
&:
䠷Enter䠹

media feed direction

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Select Low or Mid or High.
Bi-Lo
䠷Enter䠹 &&: 320cps
refer to Fig. 5-3
㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫
VSD1
䠷Enter䠹

㹊㹭㹵㸵㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 Select 7~12 &:

        
䠷Enter䠹
-8 -6 -4 -2 C +2 +4 +6 +8
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯 Select from Print1/Print2/Setup
䠷Cancel䠹 䠷Enter䠹
Check the set value
㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰 If media is not set. of the joint point that is matched.
䠷Cancel䠹 After media is set

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮 When head height is wrong Prints out the items executed.
After change the head height
When the temperature is below BiD320ࠉVSD1ࠉ:ࠉBi-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD1
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣ࠉࠉࠉ㸱㸶ࢎ㹁 the temperature set in the User mode, BiD320ࠉVSD3ࠉ:ࠉBi-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD3
press [Cancel] to start printing while BiD320ࠉVSD4ࠉ:ࠉBi-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD4
After warming up warming up the printer.
BiD460ࠉVSD1ࠉ:ࠉBi-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD1
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 print adjustment pattern. BiD460ࠉVSD3ࠉ:ࠉBi-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD3
After printing BiD460ࠉVSD4ࠉ:ࠉBi-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD4

2 After printing patterns, enter adjust values under “setup”.

"(5)Setup Menu

3 After entering adjustment values, print adjustment patterns, and check.

4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 until points match “C”.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 325

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Bi-D Print2 （Bi-D 320 VSD3） 1 Prints out the pattern from the origin side, in the order of Ａ to Ｈ.
（Bi-D 320 VSD1）
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
䠷Enter䠹
CW

media feed direction

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Select Low or Mid or High.
䠷Enter䠹
refer to Fig. 5-3
Bi-Lo
㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫
䠷Enter䠹 ࣭࣭࣭ CCW 320cps
VSD1
㹊㹭㹵㸵㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 Select 7~12

䠷Enter䠹

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰 Select from Print1/Print2/Setup         CW
䠷Cancel䠹 䠷Enter䠹
+ * ) ( ' & % $
㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰 If a media is not set.

䠷Cancel䠹 After a media is set

Check the set value
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮 When head height is wrong
of the joint point that is matched.
After chage the head height When the temperature is below
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣ࠉࠉ㸱㸶ࢎ㹁 the temperature set in the User mode,
press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer.
Prints out the items executed.
After warming up
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
print adjustment pattern.
BiD320ࠉVSD1ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD1
After printing
BiD320ࠉVSD3ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD3
BiD320ࠉVSD4ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 320cps VSD4
BiD460ࠉVSD1ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD1
BiD460ࠉVSD3ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD3
BiD460ࠉVSD4ࠉ:ࠉUni-Lo/Md/Hi 460cps VSD4

2 After printing patterns, enter adjust values under “setup”.

"(5)Setup Menu

3 After entering adjustment values under “setup”.

4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 until each connecting points matches.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 326

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) Bi-D Print3 Prints out all adjustment patterns (Bi-D Print2).
Printing items are as shown below.

㨀㧵㧼
When only Bi-D ALL is selected. Item Contents
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD1, and PG LOW/
Mid/HIGH value
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲 Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/
䠷Enter䠹
Mid/HIGH value
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 select from Low/Mid/High
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 320cps, VSD4, and PG LOW/
䠷Enter䠹
Mid/HIGH value
㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫 refer to Fig. 5-3

䠷Enter䠹 Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD1, and PG LOW/
Mid/HIGH value
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸱㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
䠷Enter䠹 Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD3, and PG LOW/
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸱 select from Print3/Setup Mid/HIGH value
䠷Cancel䠹 䠷Enter䠹 Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D Adjustment confirmation pattern of 460cps, VSD4, and PG LOW/
㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰 If a media is not set Mid/HIGH value
䠷Cancel䠹 After a media is set
About adjustment pattern, refer to "(2)Bi-D Print1 (Bi-D 320 VSD1).
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮 If Head height is not appropriate

After adjusting Head height When the temperature is below

the temperature set in the User mode,
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣ࠉ㸱㸶ࢎ㹁 press [Cancel] to start printing while
warming up the printer.
After warming up

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 print adjustment pattern.

After printing

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 327

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(5) Setup Menu (5-a)Uni-D Setup

Select the Setup menu for parameters, and then press [Enter] to renew the parameters.
㨀㧵㧼

㨀㧵㧼 The default values for Uni-D adjustment is set to all "0" regardless of
carriage speed and head height.
The default value is set to values that are suited for Mutoh ink.

Inputting Uni-D adjustment value (when Uni-D 320 VSD1 is selected)

Enter setting values from panel.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Select Low or Mid or High

[Enter]

㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫 refer to Fig.5-3

[Enter]

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 Select㸯to 6

[Enter]
[Enter]
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱㸸㹑㹣㹲㹳㹮 Select Print or Setup
[<]Key
[Enter]

㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㸿㸸ࠉࠉ㸮
͆C͇is not displayed
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㹀㸸ࠉࠉ㸮 ࠉbecause the position
is reffered as the basis
when adjusting.
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㹂㸸ࠉࠉ㸮

㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㹃㸸ࠉࠉ㸮 Press [Setting/Value+] or

[Setting/Value-] key
to change unit to pulse.ࠉ
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㹄㸸ࠉࠉ㸮 1 pulse = 1/720 inch
Pulse range: -100 WR100

㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㹅㸸ࠉࠉ㸮

㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸯ࠉ㸡㸯ࠉ㹆㸸ࠉࠉ㸮
Low㸸㸡㸯
Mid㸸㸡㸰
㹓㹬㹧㸫㹂ࠉ㹃㹌㹂 High㸸㸡㸱

[>]Key

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 328

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(5-b)Bi-D Setup

㨀㧵㧼
Bi-D default value

Item default Item default Item default

value value value
Low 320 VSD1 -59 Mid 320 VSD1 -101 High 320 VSD1 -163
320 VSD3 -45 320 VSD3 -63 320 VSD3 -141
320 VSD4 -37 320 VSD4 -79 320 VSD4 -114
460 VSD1 -85 460 VSD1 -144 460 VSD1 -239
460 VSD3 -69 460 VSD3 -119 460 VSD3 -197
460 VSD4 -57 460 VSD4 -97 460 VSD4 -144

Inputting Bi-D Adjustment value (Bi-D 320 VSD4）

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Select from Low/Mid/High

[Enter]
㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫 refer to Fig. 5-2
[Enter]

㹊㹭㹵㸵㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 Select from 7 to 12

[Enter]
[Enter]
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸㹑㹣㹲㹳㹮 Select from Print1/Print2/Setup

>!@ [Enter] Press [Setting/Value+] or [Setting/Value-] key

to change unit to pulse.ࠉ
1 pulse = 1/2880 inch
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 Pulse range: -400 to 400

Low:#1
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㹃㹬㹢 Mid:#2
High:#3
>@

• After entering adjustment values, print again adjustment patterns, and check.

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 329

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(5-c)Bi-D ALL Setup

Select the Setup menu for parameters, and then press [Enter] to renew the parameters.

NOTE
Bi-Ｄ ALL adjusts all setting values.

Enter setting values from panel.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Select Low or Mid or High

[Enter]

㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸶㸮㸮㹳㹫 refer to table 5-2

[Enter]
Select from Low/Mid/High
㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵
[Enter]
[Enter] Select from Print3/Setup
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸿㹊㹊㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹑㹣㹲㹳㹮
[Enter]
[>]

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉ㸫㸲㸰

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉ㸫㸰㸷 Press [Setting/Value+] or

[Setting/Value-] key
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉ㸫㸳㸮 to change unit to pulse.ࠉ
1 pulse = 1/2880 inch
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉ㸫㸲㸯 Pulse range: -400 WR400
㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉ㸫㸲㸯

㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲ࠉ㸡㸯㸸ࠉ㸫㸲㸰
䠨䡋䡓䠖䠀䠍
㹀㹧㸫㹂ࠉ㹃㹌㹂 Mid䠖䠀䠎
䠤䡅䡃䡄䠖䠀䠏
[<]

5.7.5 Uni-D/Bi-D Adjustment Menu 330

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.6 Bi-D Copy

Copy All adjustment values form Bi-D Low to Bi-D Mid and Bi-D High.

㨀㧵㧼
The values corrected based on Bi-D Low adjustment values are used as High
adjustment values.
(Uni-D adjustment values are not corrected.)

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬ࠉ㸴㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㹁㹭㹮㹷
[Enter]

㹁㹭㹮㹷ࠉ㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽
[Cancel]
[Enter] to copy

after completing

5.7.6 Bi-D Copy 331

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.7 Top & Bottom adjustment Menu 2 After media is set, the printer prints out band feed correction adjustment patterns in the
following modes.
After printing and cutting the media, enter the distances of between Front sensor and Head
• Black, 1 pass, Uni-D, 360 dpi, 320cps, VSD3, Medium dot
(Top margin), Cutter and Head (Bottom margin), and Media edge sensor and Head (print start
location), and adjust Top, Bottom, and Side margins. 3 Check the printed top & bottom adjustment patterns for the measurement.
1:Top margin（front sensor position）
2:Bottom margin（cutting position）
㨀㧵㧼 3:side margin（print start position）
Default values are as it is the following table. Measure each margins with a scale and so on.

Item default value

media feed direction

Bottom margin
TopMargin 40.0mm
Bottom Margin 5.0mm

Side margin
SideMargin 5.0mm

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]
㸿㹢㹨㸬㸷㸸㹒㹭㹮㸤㹀㹭㹲㹲㹭㹫
[Cancel]
[Enter]
㹕㹟㹧㹲ࠉ㹤㹭㹰ࠉ㹟ࠉ㹵㹦㹧㹪㹣 display while cutting or ditecting Top margin

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
after printing
㹕㹟㹧㹲ࠉ㹤㹭㹰ࠉ㹟ࠉ㹵㹦㹧㹪㹣 display while cutting or ditecting

>@NH\
4 Enter each measured value as the parameter.

㹒㹭㹮㹋㹟㹰㹥㹧㹬㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸲㸮㸬㸮㹫㹫 5 Print out the Top&Bottom adjustment pattern, and cut the media.
>!@NH\ 6 Measure the followings on the print result and check that the print margins are adjusted.
㹀㹭㹲㹲㹭㹫㹋㹟㹰㹥㹧㹬㸸ࠉࠉ㸳㸬㸮㹫㹫
Press down [Enter] 1:Top margin
㹑㹧㹢㹣㹋㹟㹰㹥㹧㹬㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸬㸮㹫㹫 at "SideMargin" to 2:Bottom margin
save the input value.
3:Side margin

Use the [㼼] key by 0.1mm to set

7 If the margins are not adjusted, repeat 2 to 6.
䠰䡋䡌䚷䡉䠽䡎䡃䡅䡊䚷35.0䡚45.0䡉䡉
䠞䡋䡐䡐䡋䡉䚷䡉䠽䡎䡃䡅䡊䚷0.0䡚10.0䡉䡉
䠯䡅䡀䡁䚷䡉䠽䡎䡃䡅䡊䚷0.0䡚10.0䡉䡉

1 Set media as necessary.

5.7.7 Top & Bottom adjustment Menu 332

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu 3 Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to start the selected test printing.

This menu is used to print out the following terms. 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲

[Cancel]
Finish printing
Item Contents 㸿㹢㹨㸯㸮㸸㹒㹣㹱㹲㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
[Enter]
[Enter]
Adjustn ALL Prints adjustment patterns.
>@
ParameterALL Prints each adjustment parameter setting value.
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㸿㹊㹊
Log Info. Prints the serious error history. >!@ If media is not set

㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸿㹊㹊 㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰
S/C Log info. Prints S/C Log history
Print Adjsutment parttern [Enter]
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸱㸸㹊㹭㹥ࠉ㹧㹬㹤㹭
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
NOTE 㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸲㸸㹑㸭㹁ࠉ㹊㹭㹥ࠉ㹧㹬㹤㹭
If you have not registered the serial number of the machine, you must enter the
number before you can start the parameter ALL printing.

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
[Enter]

㨀㧵㧼 㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲

This menu provides the same functions with"5.9Sample Printing Menu. after printing

1 Set media as necessary.

2 After media is set, the machine prints out the following test printings.
• Adjust ALL: Prints adjustment patterns.
• Parameter ALL: Prints adjustment parameters.
• Log info.: Prints the serious error history.
• S/C Log info.:Prints the S/C Log history.

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu 333

5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

• Sample printing (S/C Log info）

㨀㧵㧼
• Sample printing (parameter ALL print）
‫۝۞ۣۘېۜۡ۞ە۝ھؙۖ۞ہ‬
㹌㹭㸬㹆㹌㸴㹓㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨 ࠉࠉ㹂㹟㹲㹣㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸮㸷 㹁㹣㹪㹱㹧㹳㹱ࠉࠉ㸯㸷ࠉࠉ

㹌㹭㸬㹆㹌㸴㹓㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨 ࠉࠉ㹂㹟㹲㹣㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸮㸷 㹁㹣㹪㹱㹧㹳㹱ࠉࠉ㸯㸷 㹌㹟㹫㹣 㹔㹣㹰ࠉ㸯㸬㸮㸮 㹂㹧㹮㹱㹵ࠉ㸮㸱㹦

㹌㹟㹫㹣 㹔㹣㹰ࠉ㸯㸬㸮㸮 㹂㹧㹮㹱㹵ࠉ㸮㸱㹦

㹃㹰㹰㸯㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸯ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
ࠉ㹐㹣㹟㹰ࠉ㹔㹐ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸰㸴ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹅㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉ㹊
ࠉ㹃㹢㹥㹣ࠉ㹔㹐ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸵㸳ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹅㸿㹇㹌ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉ㹊 㹃㹰㹰㸰㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸰ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹐㹟㹬㹩ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸱㸶㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨
㹃㹰㹰㸱㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸱ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ>㸯@>㸰@ࠉࠉࠉ㹙㸱㹛ࠉࠉࠉ>㸲@
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㸿ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸯㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸫ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㹀ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸯㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㹃㹰㹰㸲㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸲ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㸿ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸰㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸫ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㹀ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸰㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㹃㹰㹰㸳㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸳ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㸿ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸱㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸫ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯ࠉ㹀ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸱㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㹃㹰㹰㸴㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸴ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸰ࠉ㸿ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸯㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸫ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸰ࠉ㹀ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸯㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㹃㹰㹰㸵㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸵ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮
㸨㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸰ࠉ㸿ࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸰㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸫ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹃㹰㹰㸶㸸ࠉ㹀㹰㹭㹩㹣㹬㸰ࠉࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㸶ࠉࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸲㸭㸯㸮㸭㸰㸰ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸㸮ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹧㹬㹥㸸㸮

㹃㹰㹰㸷㸸ࠉ㹌㹭ࠉ㹂㹟㹲㹟

㸨㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸰㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉ㸫㸷㸵ࠉ
㸨㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸫㸡㸱㸫ࠉ㸻ࠉࠉ㸫㸳㸳
㸨㹒㹭㹮ࠉ㹋㹟㹰㹥㹧㹬ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸲㸮㸬㸲㸮㹫㹫ࠉ
㸨㹀㹭㹲㹲㹭㹫ࠉ㹋㹟㹰㹥㹧㹬ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸳㸬㸮㸮㹫㹫
㸨㹑㹧㹢㹣ࠉ㹋㹟㹰㹥㹧㹬ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸱㸬㸳㸮㹫㹫
㸨㹁㹭㹫㹮㹟㹬㹷ࠉ㹁㹭㹢㹣ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸮㹶㸯
㸨㹎㹣㹰㹧㹭㹢㹧㹡ࠉ㹁㹪㹣㹟㹬ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸿㹳㹲㹭
㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹁㹵ࠉࠉࠉ㹥㹮ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸮㹶㸳㸮㸮㸮
㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹁㹵ࠉࠉࠉ㹥㹧ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸮㹶㸮㸮㸰㸮
㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹁㹵ࠉࠉࠉ㹥㹪㹮㹤ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸰㸰㸮
㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹁㹵ࠉࠉࠉ㹱㹡㹟㹪㹣ࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸯㸱
㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹁㹵ࠉࠉࠉ㹵㹡ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸲㸳

㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹁㹡㹵ࠉࠉ㹱㹡㹟㹪㹣ࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸯㸱
㸨㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹁㹡㹵ࠉࠉ㹵㹡ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸻ࠉ㸲㸳
ࠉ

When adjustment values are initial values, "*" is displayed at the head of the
adjustment variable.
• Sample printing (Log info)
‫۝۞ۣۘېۜۡ۞ە۝ھؙۖ۞ہ‬
㹌㹭㸬㹆㹌㸴㹓㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨㸨 ࠉࠉ㹂㹟㹲㹣㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸮㸷 㹁㹣㹪㹱㹧㹳㹱ࠉࠉ㸯㸷ࠉࠉ

㹌㹟㹫㹣 㹔㹣㹰ࠉ㸯㸬㸮㸮 㹂㹧㹮㹱㹵ࠉ㸮㸱㹦

ࠉ㹊㹭㹥㸮ࠉࠉ㸸ࠉ㹃㸯㸳㸲ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹁ࠉ㹔㹍㹊㹒㸬ࠉ㹊㹍㹕ࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸮㸷ࠉ㸯㸲㸸㸮㸮

ࠉ㹊㹭㹥㸯ࠉࠉ㸸ࠉ㹃㸷㸰ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹁㹐ࠉ㹍㹔㹃㹐ࠉ㹊㹍㸿㹂ࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸮㸷ࠉ㸮㸷㸸㸳㸵

ࠉ㹊㹭㹥㸰ࠉࠉ㸸ࠉ㹃㸯㸳㸳ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹀㹌㹍㹐㹋㸿㹊ࠉ㹃㹌㹂ࠉ㸰㸮㸯㸳㸭㸮㸱㸭㸮㸳ࠉ㸯㸳㸸㸲㸷

ࠉ㹊㹭㹥㸱ࠉࠉ㸸ࠉ㹌㹍ࠉ㹂㹟㹲㹟ࠉ

5.7.8 Test Printing Menu 334

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.9 Longstore Menu

This menu is used to clean the ink tube and print head with cleaning liquid.
Follow the procedures below when cleaning..

1 Press [Enter] key in the operation panel to determine the Longstore Menu.
2 Set the cleaning cartridge, then charge cleaning liquid.
3 After cleaning liquid is charged, remove the cleaning cartridges to discharge cleaning
liquid.
4 After cleaning fluid ink is discharged, install the cleaning cartridge to charge cleaning
liquid.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸯㸸㹊㹭㹬㹥㹱㹲㹭㹰㹣
[Enter]

㹐㹫㹭㹴㹣ࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㹱
Remove all cartridges

㹇㹬㹱㹣㹰㹲ࠉ㹁㹪㹣㹟㹬㹧㹬㹥㹁㹟㹰㹲㸬
Set the cleaning cartridge to charge cleaning liquid
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹁㹪㹣㹟㹬㹧㹬㹥
After cleaning liquid is charged

㹐㹣㹫㹭㹴㹣ࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣㹱
Remove the cleaning jig to discharge cleaning liquid
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹁㹪㹣㹟㹬㹧㹬㹥
After cleaning

5.7.9 Longstore Menu 335

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.10 Software Counter Initialization Menu

This menu is used to initialize various software counters.

NOTE
The counters are initialized before delivery. Do not initialize them during
maintenance.

The software counters that can be initialized through this menu are as follows.

Counters to be initialized Initial

value
Cumulative print timer 0
Ink consumption counter 0
(each cartridge)
Ink amount count in the cap 0
Waste ink count 0
User not-filled flag 0
Not-filled flag 1
User First Start up flag 1
Plug replacement count of 1L adapter 0
Debug Bit 0
Dot control OFF
Pressing [Enter] key on Operation panel in the “Counter Reset ?” screen performs the
software counter initialization.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
㹙Enter㹛
㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸰㸸㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㹁㹪㹣㹟㹰
㹙Enter㹛

㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹐㹣㹱㹣㹲㸽
㹙Enter㹛
㹕㹟㹧㹲ࠉ㹊㹧㹲㹲㹪㹣ࠉ㹒㹧㹫㹣
After Initializing

5.7.10 Software Counter Initialization Menu 336

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.11 Feed Pitch Check Menu

This menu is used to check whether there is an error in the media feed amount for one band Feed amount
by reviewing a sample printing. There are no adjustment items. for 1 band

Paper feed direction

To check the feed pitch, follow the procedure below.

1 Set media as necessary.

2 Select "Adj 13: SendPitch".
3 Select the feed pitch.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲
㹙Enter㹛

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸱㸸㹑㹣㹬㹢㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦

㹙Enter㹛 [<]

㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦㸯㸸ࠉ㸰㸱㸬㸷㸶㸷㹫㹫 㹙Enter㹛
[>]

㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦㸰㸸ࠉ㸯㸯㸬㸷㸷㸲㹫㹫

㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦㸱㸸ࠉࠉ㸳㸬㸷㸷㸵㹫㹫

㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦㸲㸸ࠉࠉ㸰㸬㸷㸷㸷㹫㹫

㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦㸳㸸㹅㹰㹧㹢ࠉ㹊㹣㹬㹥㹲㹦

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
Finish printing (*1) or [Cancel]

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸲㸸㹑㹣㹬㹢ࠉ㹎㹧㹲㹡㹦
(*1) Printing finishes after printing about 1m.

4 Print out with 320cps, VSD4, and Medium dots.

5.7.11 Feed Pitch Check Menu 337

 5.7 Adjustment Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.7.12 Solid Print Menu • A printed pattern is as follows.

(320cps, VSD3, Medium dot)
This menu is used to perform solid nozzle print check (color selection, nozzle selection and
print direction selection are available). 100% Printing
5mm

Paper feed direction

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸲㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲 20mm
Specified color nozzles of both series A and B
[Enter]

㸿㹢㹨㸬㸯㸲㸸㹄㹧㹪㹪㹎㹟㹲㹲㹣㹰㹬 Nozzles for series B only

[Enter]
Nozzles for series A only
>@

㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰㸸㹉 Press [>] or [<] key to select

color to check 5mm
>!@
㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰㸸㹁

㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰㸸㹗

㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰㸸㹋

[Enter]

>@

㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣㸸㸿㹊㹊 Press [>] or [<] key to select

color to check
>!@ ALL: All nozzles
ODD: Odd numbered nozzles
㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣㸸㹍㹂㹂 EVEN: Even numbered nozzles

㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣㸸㹃㹔㹃㹌

[Enter]

>@

㹂㹧㹰㸸㹁㹕 Press [>] or [<] key to select

color to check
>!@ CW: Eject ink when CW scanning
CCW: Eject ink when CCW scanning
㹂㹧㹰㸸㹁㹁㹕

5.7.12 Solid Print Menu 338

 5.8 Cleaning Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.8 Cleaning Menu

This menu is used to clean Print heads.
The cleaning menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents

Short Performs economy cleaning
Normal Performs normal cleaning
Long Performs strong cleaning

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧡㧦㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓
[Enter] =?
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧝㧦㧿㨔㨛㨞㨠
= ?
㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧞㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㧟㧦㧸㨛㨚㨓
[Enter]

㧯㨘㨑㨍㨚㨕㨚㨓

5.7.12 Solid Print Menu 339

 5.9 Sample Printing Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.9 Sample Printing Menu [Cancel]

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸴㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
This menu is used to print out a sample printing. [Enter]
>@

Diagnosis item Contents 㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㸿㹊㹊

>!@
AdjustALL Prints adjustment patterns. 㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸿㹊㹊
Parameter ALL Prints out the set values of various adjustment parameters.
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸱㸸㹊㹭㹤ࠉ㹇㹬㹤㹭㸬
Log info. Prints the serious error history and smart chip log.
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸲㸸㹑㸭㹁ࠉ㹊㹭㹥ࠉ㹇㹬㹤㹭㸬 㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰
S/C Log info. Prints the smart chip Log
After setting the media
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
NOTE
㹑㹣㹲ࠉ㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰 㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
If you have not registered the serial number of the machine, you must enter the
number before you can start the Parameter All printing.
If Head height is not Low
㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮㸫㸼㹊㹭㹵
㸦Set Head height to Low㸧
Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣㸯ࠉࠉ㸱㸶ࢎ㹁 warming up and start printing.
㨀㧵㧼 [Cancel] 㸦After warming up is complete㸧

This is the same function as the "5.7.8Test Printing Menu. 㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲

For the screen and sample print of each item, refer to "5.7.8Test Printing Menu. 㸦After Printing㸧

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮㸫㸼㹋㹧㹢 If Head height is not Mid.

㸦Set Head height to Mid㸧

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣㸯ࠉࠉ㸲㸯ࢎ㹁 warming up and start printing.
[Cancel] 㸦After warming up is complete㸧

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
㸦After Printing㸧

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲ࠉ㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹅㹟㹮㸫㸼ࠉ㹆㹧 If Head height is not High.

㸦Set Head height to High㸧

Press [Cancel] to cancel the wait control for
㹕㹟㹰㹫㹧㹬㹥㹓㹮㸸㹎㹰㹣㸯ࠉࠉ㸲㸯ࢎ㹁 warming up and start printing.
[Cancel] 㸦After warming up is complete㸧

㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㹫㹣㹬㹲ࠉ㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲
㸦After Printing㸧

㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯㸸㸿㹢㹨㹳㹱㹲㸿㹊㹊

5.7.12 Solid Print Menu 340

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.10 Parameter Menu

This menu is used to set the adjustment parameter and perform initialization.
The parameter menu includes the following items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Initialize Initializes the adjustment parameters. "5.10.1Parameter
Initialization Menu

Update Updates the adjustment parameters. "5.10.2Parameter

Update Menu

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter] =?
[Enter]
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧝㧦㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨑 Parameter Initialization Menu
[Cancel]
= ?
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 Parameter Update Menu

NOTE
To backup the parameter or recover the backup parameter, start up the printer with
“Board Manager Mode” and use the printer with Mutoh Service Assistance installed
on, via LAN cable.
"4.3Working with MUTOH Service Assistance Software

5.7.12 Solid Print Menu 341

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu

This menu is used to initialize the adjustment parameters. The parameters that can
be initialized through this menu are as follows.
• Uni-D/ Bi-D Parameter, Mechanical parameter, Servo, Printhead, Wiper, CR
motor, PF motor, Pump, Cutter
• Initialization of all items

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Cancel] [Enter]
After Initializing
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸯㸸㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣
[Enter]

>@
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸯㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵 Shifts to the Initialization menu of Uni-D and Bi-D

>!@
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹋㹧㹢

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹆㹧㹥㹦

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹋㹣㹡㹦㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫 㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹍㹉㸽

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭 [Enter]

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸴㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢 㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸵㸸㹕㹧㹮㹣㹰
[Cancel]

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸶㸸㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰 㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸷㸸㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸮㸸㹎㹳㹫㹮 㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸯㸸㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣
Returns without initialization
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸯㸸㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯
Servo initialization menu
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸰㸸㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸱㸸㹁㹳㹲㹲㹣㹰

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸲㸸㸿㹊㹊

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu 342

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Uni-D/Bi-D Initialization menu 㨀㧵㧼

This menu is used to initialize Uni-D/Bi-D adjustment parameters If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps.
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸯㸸㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣
[>]
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹋㹧㹢

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉࠉ㹆㹧㹥㹦
[<]
[Cancel] [Enter]
[<]
Low / 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸯㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
Mid / [>]
High 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸴㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸵㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸶㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸷㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸶㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸮㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸯㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸰㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸿㹊㹊

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸲㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸿㹊㹊

㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹍㹉㸽
[Enter]
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu 343

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Servo initialization Menu

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸯㸸㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹟㹲㹧㹭㹬
[Enter]

㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭

[Cancel] [Enter] [<]

㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸯㸸㸿㹊㹊
[>]
㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸰㸸㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉࠉ㹁㹕

㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸱㸸㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹁㹕

㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸲㸸㸲㸴㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉࠉ㹁㹕

㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸳㸸㸲㸴㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹁㹕

[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹍㹉㸽
[Enter]
after initilizing
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

㨀㧵㧼
If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps.

5.10.1 Parameter Initialization Menu 344

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu (1) Rear/Edge Sensor

This menu is used to update the adjustment parameters. The parameters that can be updated Enter the set values of Rear/Edge sensors
through this menu are as follows.
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧝㧦㧾㨑㨍㨞㧛㧱㨐㨓㨑
NOTE [Enter]

The updated parameters will not be stored in the flash memory unless the system =?
power is turned OFF. 㧾㨑㨍㨞㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄 5GVD[= ?=?MG[
= ? 84㨪
)#+0㧦.*
㧾㨑㨍㨞㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄
㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter] 㧱㨐㨓㨑㨂㧾‫ޓޓ‬㧦㧞㧡㧡‫ޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄
[Cancel]
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
㧱㨐㨓㨑㧳㧭㧵㧺㧦㧸‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧭㧰㧦㨄㨄㨄
[Enter] >@
[Enter] [Enter]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸯㸸㹐㹣㹟㹰㸭㹃㹢㹥㹣 (1)Rear/Edge sensor
[Cancel] When Parameter is changed
>!@
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸰㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹐㹟㹬㹩 (2)Head Rank
[Enter]
After updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵 (3)Uni-D/Bi-D 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉ㹋㹧㹢 (3)Uni-D/Bi-D

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹆㹧㹥㹦 (3)Uni-D/Bi-D

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸴㸸㹋㹣㹡㹦㹟㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫 (4)Mechanical Parameter

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸵㸸㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣ࠉ㹄㹪㹥 (5)Ink filled flag

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸶㸸㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲 (6)Debug Bit Update

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸷㸸㹂㹭㹲㹁㹲㹰㹪 (7)DotCtrl.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸮㸸㹆㹣㹟㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹄㹪㹥 (8)Heater Flag Update

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸯㸸㹇㹬㹩㹒㹷㹮㹣 (9)InkType

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸰㸸㹎㹣㹰㹧㹭㹢㹧㹡ࠉ㹁㹊 (10)PeriodicCL

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸱㸸㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬 (11)Ink Config.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹎㹲㹬 (12)Uni/Bi Ptn

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲 (13)Uni/Bi Dot

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸴㸸㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱 (14) Thickness

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 345

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Head Rank NOTE

This menu is used to update the head rank parameters. • When entering the head rank, once the eight-digit number is entered, it will
The head rank is used to determine Print head driving voltage and correct the head proceed to the next screen.
temperature. • The sticker of head rank information is attached to the part shown below.
After head rank is entered, the system shifts to the Ink Charge Menu.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸰㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹐㹟㹬㹩
[Enter]
[Cancel] >@ [Enter]
㹇㹂㸫㸯㸭㸱㸸㸯㸵㹃㸵㸨㸨㸨㸨
>!@ input by [+]/[-] key
Shift the cursor by [Enter] key
㹇㹂㸫㸰㸭㸱㸸㸷㸶㸶㸶㸨㸨㸨㸨 Change page by [<]/[>] key

㹇㹂㸫㸱㸭㸱㸸㸯㸷㸮㸷㸨㸨㸨㸨

[Enter]
㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹇㹂ࠉ㹇㹬㹮㹳㹲ࠉ㹃㹰㹰㹭㹰㸟
When input value is right
Error will occur if input value is wrong.
[Cancel]
Error will be displayed fro 3 seconds.
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸽
[Enter]

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
After Upadating Initial Ink charge will
㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣ࠉࠝ㹃㹬㹲㹣㹰ࠞ not be executed.
[Cancel] Head ID will be updated.
[Enter]
㹙㸿㹊㹊㹛㹌㹭ࠉ㹁㹟㹰㹲㹰㹧㹢㹥㹣 When ink cartridges are not inserted
䠝fter inserting the ink cartridges
㹙㸿㹊㹊㹛㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹃㹫㹮㹲㹷 When there is no ink
䠝fter changing the ink cartridges
㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣
After charging
㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 346

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Uni-D/Bi-D 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

This menu is used to update the Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment parameters. [Enter]
The setting items for update menu for Uni-D/Bi-D/CCW adjustment parameters are as follows 㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[>]
㨀㧵㧼 㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵
Each head height (Low, Mid, or High) can be updated.
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹋㹧㹢
If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps.
Depending on the ink type setting, there is a limit to the printing and menu. 㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧㹆㹧㹥㹦
[<]
[Cancel] [Enter]
[<]
Item Contents [Enter]
Low/ 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸯㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 To when Uni-D is selected
Uni-D 320 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD1 Mid/ [>]
Uni-D 320 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD3 High 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱
Uni-D 320 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD4
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲
Uni-D 460 VSD1 Uni-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD1
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
Uni-D 460 VSD3 Uni-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD3
Uni-D 460 VSD4 Uni-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD4 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸳㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱
Bi-D 320 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD1 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸴㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲
Bi-D 320 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD3 [Enter]
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸵㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯 To when Bi-D is selected
Bi-D 320 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment for 320cps, VSD4
Bi-D 460 VSD1 Bi-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD1 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸶㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

Bi-D 460 VSD3 Bi-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD3 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸷㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

Bi-D 460 VSD4 Bi-D adjustment for 460cps, VSD4 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸶㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
㹊㹭㹵㸯㸮㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸯㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹊㹭㹵㸯㸰㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 347

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

When Uni-D is selected（If Uni-D320 Low VSD3 is selected） When Bi-D is selected（If Bi-D 320 Low VSD4 is selected）

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter] 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣 [Enter]

[Enter] 㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵 [Enter]

[Enter] 㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸱㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹊㹭㹵
㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸰㸸㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱 [Enter]

[Cancel] [Enter] 㹊㹭㹵ࠉ㸷㸸㹀㹧㹂ࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

[<]
[Cancel] [Enter] * Press [Setting/Value +]
㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱ࠉ‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㸿㸸ࠉࠉ㸮 or [Setting/Value -] key
[>] 㹀㹧㹂ࠉ㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲ࠉ‫ݡ‬㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 to change the set value.
1count 1/ 2880inch:about8.8ȣP
㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㹀㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Range: -400 to 400
“C” is not displayed [Enter] #1㸻Head Gap Low
㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㹂㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 because the value is the basis. #2㸻Head Gap Mid
#3㸻Head Gap High
㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㹃㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 [Cancel]
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸽 When parameter is changed.

㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㹄㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 [Enter]
Press [+] or [-] key
After Updating
to change the set value. 㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㹅㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 1count 1/ 720inch:35ȣP
Range: -100 to 100
㹓㹬㹧㹂㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㸱‫ݡ‬㸯ࠉࠉ㹆㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮 㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫
#1㸻Head Gap Low
㹓㹬㹧㹂ࠉ㹃㹌㹂 #2㸻Head Gap Mid
#3㸻Head Gap High
[Enter]
[Cancel] When Values are changing,
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸽
display confirming message
[Enter]
After updating
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 348

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) Mechanical Parameter (5) Ink filled flag

Update the machine position parameters. This menu is used to update the ink parameters. The setting items are as follows.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 Item Initial wash Initial Charge

[Enter] User/Init:Not Charge × (default value) × (default value)
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
User/ : Charge ○ ×
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧢㧦㧹㨑㨏㨔㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 User/Init: Charge ○ ○

[Cancel] [Enter] [<] 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㨀㨛㨜㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㧚㧜㨙㨙 [Enter]
Use the [㫧] key by 0.1mm to set
[>] 䌔䌯䌰䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭35.0䌾45.0䌭䌭 㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
㧮㨛㨠㨠㨛㨙㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙 䌂䌯䌴䌴䌯䌭䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
[Enter]
䌓䌩䌤䌥䇭䌭䌡䌲䌧䌩䌮䇭0.0䌾10.0䌭䌭
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸵㸸㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣ࠉ㹄㹪㹥
㧿㨕㨐㨑㧹㨍㨞㨓㨕㨚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧚㧜㨙㨙
[Cancel] [Enter] * Press [+]/[-] key
[Enter] to change the settings
[Cancel] When parameter
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫 㹓㹱㹣㹰㸭㹇㹬㹧㹲㸸㹌㹭㹲ࠉ㹁㹦㹟㹰㹥㹣 VJ-1638X VJ-1638WX
is changed. ͆User/ : Charge͇ ͆Init:Not Charge͇
[Enter] ͆User/Init:Not Charge͇ ͆Init: Charge͇
After updating [Enter] ͆User/Init: Charge͇
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 [Cancel]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽 When parameter is changed
[Enter]
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙 After updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

NOTE
Before selecting "Reset", make sure that Ink cartridges are installed.

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 349

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(6) Debug Bit Update

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
This menu is used to update the debug bit. [Enter]
The debug bit is used for testing.
㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]
NOTE 㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㸶㸸㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲
This menu is not used for maintenance operation. [Cancel] [Enter] [<]

㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸨㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮
[>]
㨀㧵㧼 㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸨㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮 Enter a single binary value (0 or 1).
Set value can be changed by the [+]/[-] key.
Shift the cursor by the [Enter] key.
The debug bit is displayed in binary digits. The setting values and initial values at the
㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸮㸨㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮
time of shipping are as follows:
• At the time of shipping: 00000000 㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸮㸮㸨㸮㸮㸮㸮
• Initial value : 00000000
㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸮㸮㸮㸨㸮㸮㸮

㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸨㸮㸮

㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸨㸮

㹂㹣㹠㹳㹥㹀㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸮㸨

[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽 When the parameters are changed.
[Enter]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

After Updating
㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 350

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(7) DotCtrl. From left page To left page from left page

Setup the waveform and dot size when printing.

When OFF is set, they are determined automatically to match printing. 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
NOTE
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
This menu is not used for maintenance operation.
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
㨀㧵㧼
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹
• Ｌ ： Large
• M ： Middle 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
• S ： Small
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧟㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂
• V ： Variable
• If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps. 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿
[Enter]

㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂
[Enter]
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸‫ޓ‬
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘
[Enter] 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹
㨇㧙㨉
[Enter]
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧲㧲 㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿
㨇㧗㨉
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧠㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧸

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧹
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㧿 㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫 When the parameters are changed.
[Enter]
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧟㧞㧜㧙㨂 After Updating
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧸
㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙
㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧹

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㧿 㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘

㧰㨛㨠㧯㨠㨞㨘㧚㧦‫ޓ‬㨂㧿㧰㧝㧙㧠㧢㧜㧙㨂
To right page from right page To right page

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 351

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(8) Heater Flag Update

This menu is used to update the heater flag.

NOTE
• When setting the “Heater flg: Off”, heater warmup is not performed during
adjustment printing or waiting.
• Since the setting of the heater flag is not saved, the setting returns to "HeaterFlg:
On" every time the power is turned off.

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧣㧦㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]

㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㧞㧦㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑
[Enter]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧝㧜㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧲㨘㨓

[Enter] [<]

㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧲㨘㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧺
[>]
㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞㧲㨘㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧻㧲㧲

[Enter]
When parameter is not changed.
When parameter is changed.

㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑㧫
[Cancel]
[Enter]
After Updating
㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 352

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(9) Ink Type

Display the ink kind which is being used at present.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸰㸸㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹒㹷㹮㹣
[Enter]
[Cancel]
㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹒㹷㹮㹣㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㹔㹈㸫㹋㹑㹇㹌㹉

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 353

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(10)PeriodicCL(Periodic Cleaning)
Setting Auto cleaning function to valid or invalid.

Setting Content
Auto (default value) Auto cleaning function is valid.
Off Auto cleaning function is invalid.

㨀㧵㧼
Panel menu setting of the user modes is unrelated setting.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸰㸸㹎㹣㹰㹧㹭㹢㹧㹡㹁㹊

[Enter] [<]

㹎㹣㹰㹧㹭㹢㹧㹡㹁㹊㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸿㹓㹒㹍
[>]
㹎㹣㹰㹧㹭㹢㹧㹡㹁㹊㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹍㹤㹤

[Enter]
When parameter is not changed.
When parameter is changed.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽
[Cancel]
[Enter]
after updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 354

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(11)Ink Config.
Set the ink combination of a printer.

NOTE
A reboot is needed after setting change.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸱㸸㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬

[Enter] [-]ࠉ

㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬㸸ࠉ㹓㹬㹩㹬㹭㹵㹬 this message is displayed

only when not filling
[+]ࠉ

㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬㸸ࠉࠉ㸲㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰

㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬㸸ࠉࠉ㸵㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰

㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬㸸㹕ࠉ㸵㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰

㹇㹬㹩ࠉ㹁㹭㹬㹤㹧㹥㸬㸸㹕ࠉ㸶㹁㹭㹪㹭㹰

[Enter]
When parameter is not changed.

When parameter is changed.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽
[Cancel@
[Enter]
after updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

㹐㹣㹠㹭㹭㹲ࠉ㹟ࠉ㹮㹰㹧㹬㹲㹣㹰

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 355

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(12)Uni/Bi Ptn
Set the pattern of the Uni / Bi / CCW to be printed in the self-diagnosis function.

㨀㧵㧼
Type A：Line pattern（Initial value）
Type B：Line pattern ＋ Block pattern

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸲㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹎㹲㹬

[Enter] [<]ࠉ

㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹎㹲㹬㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㹒㹷㹮㹣ࠉ㸿
[>]ࠉ

㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹎㹲㹬㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㹒㹷㹮㹣ࠉ㹀

[Enter]
When parameter is not changed.
When parameter is changed.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽
[Cancel@ [Enter]
after updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 356

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(13)Uni/Bi Dot 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

In User mode and Self-diagnostic function, the dot size used when printing the pattern of Uni/ [Enter]
Bi is set up. 㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
(Uni is reflected only in a self-diagnostic function.) [Enter]
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸴㸸㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲
㨀㧵㧼
[Enter] [<]ࠉ
• Each speed and each waveform can be set.
㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲㸸㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯
• Default value: Medium
[>]ࠉ
• If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps.
㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲㸸㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲㸸㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲

㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲㸸㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯

㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲㸸㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸱

㹓㹬㹧㸭㹀㹧ࠉ㹂㹭㹲㸸㸲㸴㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸲
[Enter]
[<]ࠉ
㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹊㹟㹰㹥㹣
[>]ࠉ
㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹋㹣㹢㹧㹳㹫

㸱㸰㸮ࠉ㹔㹑㹂㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹑㹫㹟㹪㹪

When parameter is not changed. [Enter]

When parameter is changed.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽
[Cancel] [Enter]
after updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 357

 5.10 Parameter Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(14)Thickness
Setting the criteria of media thickness.

㨀㧵㧼
• set the setting values by[+]key /[-]key.
• range: 80 ～ 2800μm
• unit: 10μm
• default value: 170μｍ

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸵㸸㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㸰㸸㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣
[Enter]

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸯㸴㸸㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱

[Enter] [<]ࠉ

㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹊㹭㹵
[>]ࠉ

㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹋㹧㹢

㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹆㹧㹥㹦

[Enter]

㹒㹦㹧㹡㹩㹬㹣㹱㹱㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸵㸮㹳㹫
[Enter]
When parameter is not changed.
When parameter is changed.

㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰㸽
[Cancel@ [Enter]
after updating
㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹧㹬㹥ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 358

 5.11 Servo Setting Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.11 Servo Setting Menu 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸶㸸㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭

[Enter] [<]
NOTE
㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸯㸸㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹁㹕
• Because this is a menu for evaluating problems of the printer (noise, vibration) [>]
and improving the image quality (measures for vertical unevenness), basically do
not change these parameters. 㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸰㸸㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹁㹁㹕

• If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps. 㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸱㸸㸲㸴㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹁㹕

㹑㹣㹰㹴㹭㸲㸸㸲㸴㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹁㹁㹕
The menu items for servo setting are as follows.
[Enter]
㸦When selecting 320cps CW 㸧
Servo setting items [<]
Items Contents
㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹕㸸㹅㹎
320cps CW Servo setting of CR CW direction, 320cps [>]
320cps CCW Servo setting of CR CCW direction, 320cps 㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹕㸸㹅㹇
460cps CW Servo setting of CR CW direction, 460cps
㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹕㸸㹅㹊㹎㹄
460cps CCW Servo setting of CR CCW direction, 460cps
240cps CW Servo setting of CR CW direction, 240cps 㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹕㸸㹎㹕㹋ࠉ㹑㹡㹟㹪㹣
240cps CCW Servo setting of CR CCW direction, 240cps
㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱ࠉ㹁㹕㸸㹵㹁
Servo setting items [Enter]
Items Contents (When selecting GP)
Change the value (unit to count)
GP Proportional gain setting 㹅㹎㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮㹶㸴㸮㸮㸮 by pressing
[setting/value+] or [setting/value-] key.
GI Integral gain setting [Cancel]
[Enter]

㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰ࠉ㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣㸽 When parameter has been changed.

GLPF Low path filter setting
PWM scale PWM scale setting [Enter]
After updating
ωC ωC setting 㹓㹮㹢㹟㹲㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

Initial values of Servo setting Items 㹓㹬㹲㹭㹳㹡㹦㹣㹢ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫

Item GP Gi GLPF PWM ωC
320cps CW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45 The minimum / maximum / count value for each item is shown below.
320cps CCW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45 Values of Setting Items
460cps CW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45 Items Min. Max. Count
460cps CCW 0x5000 0x0020 220 13 45 GP（Proportional gain） 0x2000 0x7800 0x200
GI（Integral gain） 0x0002 0x0800 1
GLPF（Low-pass filter） 0 255 1
PWM（PWM scale） 10 15 1
ωC（ｗC） 30 60 5

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 359

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12 Endurance Running Menu 㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹃㹬㹢㹳㹰㹟㹬㹡㹣

This menu is used to perform endurance running of printer mechanicals. [Enter]

The endurance running menu includes the following items. [<]

[Enter]
㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸯㸸㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰 CR Motor Endurance Menu
[Cancel]
Diagnosis item Contents Reference [>]

CR Motor Performs carriage stroke to perform the "5.12.1CR Motor 㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸰㸸㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰 PF Motor Endurance Menu

endurance running of CR Motor. Endurance Menu

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸱㸸㹁㹳㹲㹲㹣㹰 Cutter Endurande Menu

PF Motor Performs media feeding operation to "5.12.2PF Motor

perform the endurance running of PF Endurance Menu 㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸲㸸㹎㹳㹫㹮 Pump Endurance Menu

Motor. Circulation Pump

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸳㸸㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮 Endurance Menu
Cutter Performs cutter driving endurance "5.12.3Cutter
Endurance Menu 㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸴㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹊㹭㹡㹩 Head Lock Menu

Print Head Endurance

Pump Performs endurance running of Pump "5.12.4Pump 㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸵㸸㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣 (Nozzle Print) Menu
Motor. Endurance Menu
㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸶㸸㹒㹭㹲㹟㹪ࠉ㹊㹧㹤㹣 General Endurance Menu
CPump Performs endurance running of "5.12.5Circulation
Endurance Running
Circulatoin Pump Motor. Pump Endurance Menu 㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸷㸸㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩 Check Menu

Head Lock Performs endurance running of Head "5.12.6Head Lock Menu

Lock.
Nozzle Performs sequential printing to perform "5.12.7Print Head
the endurance running of Print Head. Endurance (Nozzle Print)
Menu

Total Life Performs endurance running on CR axis "5.12.8General

(CR Motor, Bearing, Tube, etc) and PF Endurance Menu
axis (PF Motor, etc) simultaneously.
Check Confirms the number of endurance "5.12.9Endurance
running cycles. Running Check Menu

5.10.2 Parameter Update Menu 360

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹊㹧㹤㹣
ࢩࣥࢱࢍࣥ㸷㸸ࢱ࢖࢟ࣗ࢘
This menu is used to perform carriage stroke to perform the endurance running of CR motor [Enter]
Assy. 㹊㹧㹤㹣㸯㸸㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰
The available settings are shown below. Change the value (unit to count)
by pressing [+] or [-] key.
[Enter]

㹑㹮㹣㹣㹢ࠉ㹁㹕㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱 CW-speed
Item Contents Values Remark [Enter]/ [Enter]
[Cancel] 㹑㹮㹣㹣㹢ࠉ㹁㹁㹕㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸱㸰㸮㹡㹮㹱
Speed Set Carriage running speed (CW 310, 320, 460, Unit：cps CCW-speed
(CW, CCW) direction, CCW direction). 600 [Enter]
travel distance
㹕㹧㹢㹲㹦㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸶㸲㸶㹫㹫 800mm~1848mm
Width Travel distance of Carriage 800 to 1848 mm
[Enter]

LifeCount Set the number of endurance running -1, 0 to 10000 - 㹊㹧㹤㹣㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 Endurance Count
cycles. [Enter]

㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ Performing endurance

Completing Endurance or [Cancel]
CAUTION
㹃㹬㹢㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮
When performing the CR motor Assy endurance running, install Ink cartridges.
If the CR motor Assy endurance running is performed without ink cartridges, ink
inside the tube may leak through the ink holder during Carriage movement.

㨀㧵㧼
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage continuously
repeats endurance running until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.
• If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240cps.

5.12.1 CR Motor Endurance Menu 361

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹊㹧㹤㹣
This menu is used to perform media feeding operation to perform the endurance running of [Enter]
PF motor . 㹊㹧㹤㹣㸰㸸㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰
Change the value (unit to count)
by pressing [+] or [-] key.
The available settings are shown below.
[Enter]
Enter a media feed amount
㹄㹣㹣㹢ࠉ㸿㹫㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉ㸮㸬㸯㹫㹫
by using [+]/[-] key
Set item Contents Set value Remark [Enter] Range : 0.1mm to 100.0 mm
[Enter]/
[Cancel]
Feed Amount Set the media feed 0.1 to 100 Unit: mm 㹊㹧㹤㹣㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 Endurance Count
amount per endurance [Enter]
running cycle. 㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ Performing endurance

LifeCount Set the number of -1, 0 to 10000 - After completing endurance or [Cancel]
endurance running 㹃㹬㹢㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮
cycles.

㨀㧵㧼
• The following table shows the motor transfer parameters to media feed amount.

Speed 35cps
Acceleration 0.05G
Deceleration 0.05G
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, the PF motor Assy
continuously repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation
panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

5.12.2 PF Motor Endurance Menu 362

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧸㨕㨒㨑

Performs media cutting by the designated cut method for the designated number of times. [Enter]
㧸㨕㨒㨑㧟㧦㧯㨡㨠㨠㨑㨞
[Enter]

Set item Contents Set value Remark =?

Cut Set the cutting method Single cut 2 steps - 㧯㨡㨠㧦㧿㨕㨚㨓㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠㧙㧞㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟

Single cut 3 steps = ?
Double cut 2 steps 㧯㨡㨠㧦㧿㨕㨚㨓㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠㧙㧟㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
Double cut 2 steps
㧯㨡㨠㧦㧰㨛㨡㨎㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠㧙㧞㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟
Cut Pressure Low 50 to 3000 Unit: mm
High 㧯㨡㨠㧦㧰㨛㨡㨎㨘㨑㧯㨡㨠㧙㧟㨟㨠㨑㨜㨟

Page size Set the pressure of High/Low - [Enter]

cutting
= ?
Life Count Set the number of -1, 0 to 10000 - 㧯㨡㨠㧼㨞㨑㨟㨟㨡㨞㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧸㨛㨣
endurance running
=?
cycles.
㧯㨡㨠㧼㨞㨑㨟㨟㨡㨞㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧴㨕㨓㨔

Change the value (unit to count)

㨀㧵㧼 [Enter] by pressing [+]/[-] key

• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Cutter continuously repeats 㧼㨍㨓㨑‫ޓ‬㧿㨕㨦㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜㨙㨙 50mm~3000mm
endurance running until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8- 㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance Count
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999. 㨀㨕㨙㨑‫ޓ‬㨃㨍㨕㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧠㧜㨟 Confirming Waiting time

[Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ ޓ‬Performing endurance

or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㨚㨐㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

5.12.3 Cutter Endurance Menu 363

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu 1 Pump Motor endurance running starts.

This menu is used to perform endurance running for Pump Motor.

2 Rotates at the specified suction speed. This rotation is counted as one cycle.
Step 2 above is repeated the number of times specified as follows:
You can drive Pump Motor according to your desired settings.
The available settings are shown below. Super high:: 4000steps
High : 3000steps
Normal: : 2000steps
Set item Contents Set value
Low: : 1000steps
Pump Set the running speed of Pump Super high / High / Normal / 3 The number of endurance is counted +1.
Motor. Low
4 Pump Motor endurance running ends.
LifeCount Set the number of endurance 0, -1 to 10000
running cycles.

㨀㧵㧼
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Pump Motor continuously
repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹃㹬㹢㹳㹰㹟㹬㹡㹣
[Enter]

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸲㸸㹎㹳㹫㹮
[Enter]

>@

㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸㹑㹳㹮㹣㹰㹆㹧㹥㹦
>!@

㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸㹆㹧㹥㹦

㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸㹌㹭㹰㹫㹟㹪

㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸㹊㹭㹵

Change the value (unit to count)

[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.

㹊㹧㹤㹣㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 Endurance Count

[Enter] 㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ Performing endurance

or
[Cancel] Completing endurance or [Cancel]

㹃㹬㹢㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮

Pump motor Assy endurance running sequence is as follows.

5.12.4 Pump Endurance Menu 364

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.5 Circulation Pump Endurance Menu

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹃㹬㹢㹳㹰㹟㹬㹡㹣
This menu is used to perform endurance running for Circulation Pump Motor. [Enter]
You can drive Circulation Pump Motor according to your desired settings. 㹊㹧㹤㹣㸳㸸㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮
The available settings are shown below. [Enter]
>!@ >@

Set item Contents Set value 㹒㹷㹮㹣㸸㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯

Type Choose the circulation pump to Pump1/Pump2/ALL
㹒㹷㹮㹣㸸㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰
perform endurance.
Duty Set the operating speed of the SuperHigh/High 㹒㹷㹮㹣㸸㸿㹊㹊
pump.
LifeCount Set the number of endurance -1, 0 to 10000 [Enter]
>@
running cycles.
㹂㹳㹲㹷㸸㹑㹳㹮㹣㹰㹆㹧㹥㹦
>!@
㨀㧵㧼 㹂㹳㹲㹷㸸㹆㹧㹥㹦
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Pump Motor continuously
repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel. [Enter] +/- key

• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8- 㹊㹧㹤㹣㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 endurance count
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter [Enter]
displays 99999999. 㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ performing endurance
[Enter]/
[Cancel]
Completing endurance or [Cancel]

㹃㹬㹢㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮

Circulation Pump Motor endurance running sequence is as follows.

1 Circulation Pump Motor endurance running starts.

2 Rotates at the specified suction speed. This rotation is counted as one cycle.

Super high : 3.0 sec

High : 3.0 sec

3 The number of endurance is counted +1.

4 Circulation Pump endurance running ends.

5.12.5 Circulation Pump Endurance Menu 365

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.6 Head Lock Menu

This menu is used to perform endurance running of Carriage lock.
Head is locked/unlocked by the number of times set.
The available settings are shown below.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Life Count Set the number of endurance 0, -1 to 10000 -
running cycles.

㨀㧵㧼
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Head lock continuously
repeats endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹃㹬㹢㹳㹰㹟㹬㹡㹣
[Enter]

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸳㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹊㹭㹡㹩
Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 Endurance Count

[Enter]

㹒㹧㹫㹣ࠉ㹕㹟㹧㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸲㸮㹱 Confirming Waiting time

[Enter]

[Enter] 㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ Performing endurance

or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㹃㹬㹢㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮

5.12.6 Head Lock Menu 366

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu

This menu is used to perform sequential printing to perform the endurance running of Print
head.
The available settings are shown below.

Set item Contents Set value Remark

Life Count Set the number of endurance -1, 0 to 10000 -
running cycles.

㨀㧵㧼
If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Wiper continuously repeats
endurance running until cancel input is given from Operation panel.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩ࠉ㸷㸸㹃㹬㹢㹳㹰㹟㹬㹡㹣
[Enter]

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸵㸸㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣
Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 Endurance Count

[Enter]

㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮ࠉ Performing endurance

[Enter]
or
Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㹃㹌㹂㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮

5.12.7 Print Head Endurance (Nozzle Print) Menu 367

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.8 General Endurance Menu

㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗‫ޓ‬㧥㧦㧱㨚㨐㨡㨞㨍㨚㨏㨑
This menu is used to perform endurance running on the CR line (CR motor Assy , Bearing, [Enter]
Tube, etc) and PF line (PR motor Assy , etc) simultaneously.
㧸㨕㨒㨑‫ޓ‬㧤㧦㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘
The available settings are shown below. Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] by pressing[+] /[-] key.
㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜㧯㧼㧿 CW-speed(320/460)
Set item Contents Set value Remark [Enter]
Speed CW Set Carriage running 310, 320, 460, Unit：cps 㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧯㧯㨃㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧟㧞㧜㧯㧼㧿 CCW-speed(320/460)
Speed CCW speed (CW direction, 600 [Enter]
CCW direction).
㨃㨕㨐㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧤㧠㧤㨙㨙 CR travel distance(800㨪1848mm)
Width Set the travel distance of 800 to 1848 Unit：mm [Enter]
Carriage. 㧲㨑㨑㨐㧭㨙㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㧚㧝㨙㨙 Media feed amount
Feed Amount Set the media feed 0.1 to 100 Unit：mm [Enter]
amount per endurance 㧸㨕㨒㨑㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜 Endurance count
running cycle. [Enter]

Life Count Set the number of -1, 0 to 10000 - [Enter] 㧯㨛㨡㨚㨠㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧜‫ޓ‬Performing endurance running
endurance running cycles. or Completing endurance or [Cancel]
[Cancel]
㧱㧺㧰㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧡㧜

㨀㧵㧼
• In the general endurance menu, the following operations are performed as one
cycle of endurance running:
The counter indicates above-mentioned set number, and the count number
counts the same value as the only CR motor assemby endurance, etc.
• Carriage stroking: 1 stroke
• Media feed: 1 cycle
• If the number of endurance running cycles is set to -1, Carriage and PF Motor
continuously repeat stroking until it is canceled from Operation panel.
• The maximum counter value for endurance running cycles is 99999999 (up to 8-
digit number). If the number of cycles exceeds the maximum value, the counter
displays 99999999.
• If the speed mode is "Low", 460cps in the table below will be changed to 240 cps.

5.12.8 General Endurance Menu 368

 5.12 Endurance Running Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu

This menu is used to confirm the number of endurance running cycles.
The number of endurance running cycles is stored in NVRAM in the system. Therefore, even
if a serious error occurs during endurance running, you can confirm the number of the
performed cycles just before the occurrence of the serious error.

㹊㹧㹤㹣ࠉ㸷㸸㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩
[Enter]

[<]

[Enter] 㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮
or
[>]
[Cancel]
㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹁㹳㹲㹲㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸯㸮㸮

㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹆㹣㹟㹢ࠉ㹊㹭㹡㹩㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹌㹭㹸㹸㹪㹣㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹒㹭㹲㹟㹪㹊㹧㹤㹣㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸳㸮 general endurance count

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu 369

 5.13 Paper Feed Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.13 Paper Feed Menu

This menu is used to feed media into the printer frontward or backward.
The mechanical initialization should be done if it is not performed yet.
The media is fed continuously when the [+]/[-] key is pressed down.
Hold down a[Enter] key for two second to cut media.

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧜㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐
[Enter]

㧲㨑㨑㨐㧦࡯㧛㧗‫ޓޓ‬㧯㨡㨠㧦㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 [-]key㧦Front Feed

[+]key㧦Back Feed
Hold down [Enter] key
for two second to cut.

㨀㧵㧼
This is the same function as the "6.3.4Paper Feed Menu

5.12.9 Endurance Running Check Menu 370

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.14 ExControl Menu 5.14.1 Version Menu

This menu is used to diagnose the following items on HEATER CONT board. This menu is used to check the firmware version of the controller side, and the revision of
Controller board. The firmware version (AP version) is displayed as “XX.XX”. The controller
board version is displayed in hex format (2 digits).
Items Contents Items
Version Firm、Board Rev. 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
Sensors Pre-Heater thermistor, Platen Heater thermistor1/2、 [Enter]
After Heater Thermistor 1/2 [Cancel]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧝㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚

Heater Pre-Heater,Platen Heater,After Heater,ALL [Enter]

=?
[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘 㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚㧦㧭㧼‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧝㧚㧝㧜
[Enter] = ?

=? 㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚㧦㧼㧯㧮‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜˜㧜㧜
[Enter]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧝㧦㨂㨑㨞㨟㨕㨛㨚 Version Menu
[Cancel]
= ?

㧯㨠㨞㨘㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞 Sensor Menu

㧯㨠㨞㨘㧟㧦㧴㨑㨍㨠㨑㨞 Heater Menu

5.14.1 Version Menu 371

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.14.2 Sensor Menu

This menu is used to display the status of the following sensors on Controller board.

[Enter] 㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧝㧦㧱㨤㧯㨛㨚㨠㨞㨛㨘
or
[Cancel]
㧯㨠㨞㨘㧞㧦㧿㨑㨚㨟㨛㨞
[Enter]

[<]

㧝㧦㧼㨞㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡
[>]
㧞㧦㧼㨞㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧟㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧝‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧠㧦㧼㨘㨍㨠㨑㨚㧞‫ޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧡㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧝‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

㧢㧦㧭㨒㨠㨑㨞㧞‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧞㧡ࠑ㧯‫ޓ‬㧞㧟㧡

5.14.2 Sensor Menu 372

 5.14 ExControl Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.14.3 Heater Menu

This menu is used to check if Pre heater, Platen heater, and Drier (After heater) correctly
operate.
When selecting Pre, Platen, After, or ALL (Pre, Platen, and Driers are controlled
simultaneously), the heater temperature is controlled with the target temperature of 50°C.
When the temperature reaches the target, the temperature will be maintained.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㸯㸯㸸㹃㹶㹁㹭㹬㹲㹰㹭㹪
[Enter]

㹁㹲㹰㹪㸱㸸㹆㹣㹟㹲㹣㹰

[Enter] [<]

㹆㹣㹟㹲㹣㹰㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㸸㹎㹰㹣
[>]

㹆㹣㹟㹲㹣㹰㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㸸㹎㹪㹟㹲㹣㹬

㹆㹣㹟㹲㹣㹰㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㸸㸿㹤㹲㹣㹰

㹆㹣㹟㹲㹣㹰㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㸸㸿㹊㹊

[Enter]

[<]

㹁㹦㹩㸸㹎㹰㹣㸯ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸳ࢎ㹁ࠉ㸰㸱㸳
[>]

㹁㹦㹩㸸㹎㹰㹣㸰ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸳ࢎ㹁ࠉ㸰㸱㸳

㹁㹦㹩㸸㹎㹪㹟㹲㹣㹬㸯ࠉ㸰㸳ࢎ㹁ࠉ㸰㸱㸳

㹁㹦㹩㸸㹎㹪㹟㹲㹣㹬㸰ࠉ㸰㸳ࢎ㹁ࠉ㸰㸱㸳

㹁㹦㹩㸸㸿㹤㹲㹣㹰㸯ࠉࠉ㸰㸳ࢎ㹁ࠉ㸰㸱㸳

㹁㹦㹩㸸㸿㹤㹲㹣㹰㸰ࠉࠉ㸰㸳ࢎ㹁ࠉ㸰㸱㸳

5.14.3 Heater Menu 373

 5.15 Paper Initial Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.15 Paper Initial Menu

This menu is used to set the media detection.
The default value is the same as that of the normal operation mode (chart mode).

Select either Top & Width, Width, or Off. When Off is selected, you can set the media width
in the media width setting menu.

The available settings are shown below.

Items Contents
Top & Width Detects media. (Media width and media edge)
Width Detects media width.
Off Does not detect media.

㹁㹦㹣㹡㹩㸯㸰㸸㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪

[Enter] [+]

㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㸸㹒㹭㹮㸤㹕㹧㹢㹲㹦
[-]
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㸸㹕㹧㹢㹲㹦

㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㸸㹍㹤㹤

When setting ࠕOFFࠖ

Input media width
Change the value (unit to count)
[Enter] 㹕㹧㹢㹲㹦㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸰㸯㸮㹫㹫 by pressing [+] / [-] key.
or 210mm to 1625mm
[Cancel]

5.14.3 Heater Menu 374

 5.16 SpeedMode Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

5.16 SpeedMode Menu

Setting the printing speed in User mode.

Items Contents
Normal 320cps/460cps
Low 320cps/240cps

[Cancel]
㧯㨔㨑㨏㨗㧝㧟㧦㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐㧹㨛㨐㨑
[Enter]

[<]
㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐㧹㨛㨐㨑㧝㧦㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘
[>]
㧿㨜㨑㨑㨐㧹㨛㨐㨑㧞㧦㧸㨛㨣

[Enter]
When the parameter is changed.
[Cancel]
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞㧫
[Enter]
After updating
㨁㨜㨐㨍㨠㨕㨚㨓‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙㨑㨠㨑㨞

㨁㨚㨠㨛㨡㨏㨔㨑㨐‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨞㨍㨙

NOTE
The case of "Low" setting :
• Print speed will change in the following menu of User Type -Type * - Adjust Print-
Custom.
• Fine Pattern, Rough Pattern, Fine Pattern ALL. are printed in 320cps / 240cps.
• Fine Pattern D ~ F are printed in 240 cps, and adjust.
• Print speed will change in the following menu of Test Print - HeadAdjust - Custom.
• Fine Pattern ALL. are printed in 320cps / 240cps and adjust.
• Fine Pattern D ~ F are printed in 240 cps, and adjust.

5.14.3 Heater Menu 375

 VJ1628XE-M-00

6 Maintenance Mode 2
6.1 Introduction ...................................................................377

6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 .............................378

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2...................378

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2...........................379

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu...........................................380

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu ......................................381

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu...................................390

6.3.3 Counter Print Menu ..............................................391

6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu ................................................392

376
 6.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

6.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information on the maintenance mode 2.

The maintenance mode 2 provides the user with functions of displaying and initializing the life
counters. It is used in the manufacturing process, adjustment, and maintenance.
The maintenance mode 2 is implemented in the system firmware. All functions are available
from the operation panel.

"8.2.3 Operation Panel"

㨀㧵㧼
This manual is created based on firmware Ver.1.00.

377
 6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 VJ1628XE-M-00

6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2

This section explains how to start up and operate the maintenance mode 2 as well as
provides the list of available diagnosis items.

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2

Before using the maintenance mode 2, make sure that the maintenance menu is displayed
on Operation panel.
To run the maintenance menu, switch the display to the normal operation status or setup
menu display status.

1 If the system is in the operation mode or

the setup menu mode, press the [Power]
key to turn the power off.
2 While holding down [<] key, [Setting/Value-
] key and [>] key on Operation panel
simultaneously, press [Power] key.
The operation panel displays the
maintenance mode 2 menu.

6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2 378

 6.2 Operations in Maintenance Mode 2 VJ1628XE-M-00

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 3 To save the changed setting, press [Enter] key on
Operation panel.
Before using the maintenance mode 2, make sure that the maintenance menu is displayed *The setting is saved and the next diagnosis item is
on Operation panel. displayed.
To run the maintenance menu, switch the display to the normal operation status or setup
menu display status.
NOTE

㨀㧵㧼 If you press [Cancel] key, or, [+] key or [-] key,
instead of [Enter] key, the modification is not
For details of operating procedure, refer to the flow chart of each diagnosis item. stored.

1 Press either [<] or [>] of Operation panel to select the

item to be diagnosed, and press [Enter] key.
• Determine the diagnosis item
4 To quit diagnosis, press [Cancel] key on Operation
• When the diagnosis item has a submenu, shift panel.
to the next hierarchy of menus. *The system returns to an upper hierarchy of the
diagnosis menu.

2 If the set value is displayed on the LCD of Operation

panel, the value can be changed.
Press either [+] or [-] to change the value.
5 When quitting Self-diagnosis menu, press [Power]
key.

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 379

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu

The maintenance mode 2 menu includes the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Indication Displays the life counter. "6.3.1 Counter
Indication Menu"

Init Counter Initializes the life counter. "6.3.2 Counter

Initialization Menu"

Print Prints the life counter. "6.3.3 Counter Print

Menu"

PaperFeed Feeds media into the printer frontward "6.3.4 Paper Feed
or backward.Cut media. Menu"

>@
[Enter]
㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㸬㸯㸸㹇㹬㹢㹧㹡㹟㹲㹧㹭㹬 Counter Indication Menu
[Cancel]
>!@
㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㸬㸰㸸㹇㹬㹧㹲ࠉ㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㹣㹰 Counter Initialization Menu

㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㸬㸱㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲 Counter Print Menu

㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㸬㸲㸸㹎㹟㹮㹣㹰㹄㹣㹣㹢 Paper Feed Menu

6.2.2 Operating Maintenance Mode 2 380

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu

This menu is used to display the life counters.
It consists of the following diagnosis items.

Diagnosis item Contents Reference

Mainte. Total number of copies printed "6.3.1 Counter
CR Motor counter Indication Menu"
Total CR Motor counter
PF Motor counter
Total PF Motor counter
Pump counter
Total Pump counter
Circulation Pump 1counter
Total Circulation Pump 1counter
Circulation Pump 2counter
Total Circulation Pump 2counter
Head discharge counter
Total Head discharge counter
Cleaning number
Number of Wiper use
Number of cutting
Number of solenoid downs
Unlock position
Print Number of copies printed per mode "6.3.2 Counter
Printed area per mode Initialization Menu"
Number of copies printed by effect
Ope.Time Operating time per running mode "6.3.3 Counter Print
Menu"

=?
[Enter]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧝㧦㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㧚 Maintenance Menu
[Cancel]
= ?
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠 Print Menu

㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧟㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑 Ope.Time Menu

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 381

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(1) Maintenance Menu

This menu is used to display the life counters.

Diagnosis item Contents Unit

PrintNumber Displays the total number of printed copies. copy

CR Motor Displays the life counter of CR Motor. scanning count

T.CR Motor Displays the total life counter of CR Motor. scanning count

PF Motor Displays the life counter of PF Motor. 10m

T.PF Motor Displays the total life counter of PF Motor. 10m

Pump Displays the life counter of Pump unit. sec

T.Pump Displays the total life counter of Pump unit. sec

CPump1 Displays the life counter of Circulation Pump unit1. sec

T.CPump1 Displays the total life counter of Circulation Pump sec

unit.
CPump2 Displays the life counter of Circulation Pump unit2. sec

T.CPump2 Displays the total life counter of Circulation Pump sec

unit2.

Head A~H Displays the life counter of each nozzle. Mega dot

T.Head A~H Displays the total life counter of each nozzle. Mega dot

Cleaening Displays the life counter of Cleaning unit. Number of

cleanings

Wiper Displays the life counter of Wiper. Number of

wiping
CutNumber Displays the life counter of Cutter. Number of
cutting

CutterSol. Displays the life counter of Solenoid. Number of

Solenoid
downing
UnlockPos. Displays the unlock position. 0.001ｍｍ

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 382

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

[Cancel] from left page to left page

㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㸬㸯㸸㹇㹬㹢㹧㹡㹟㹲㹧㹭㹬 @> >@
[Enter] 㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹁㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
>@
㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹂㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㹌㹳㹫㹠㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
>!@ 㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹃㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹄㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹅㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹆㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹁㹪㹣㹟㹬㹧㹬㹥㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹕㹧㹮㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹎㹳㹫㹮㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹁㹳㹲㹌㹳㹫㹠㹣㹰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹁㹳㹲㹲㹣㹰㹑㹭㹪㸬㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
㹒㸬㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Unadjusted㸸x.xxxmm
㹓㹬㹪㹭㹡㹩㹎㹭㹱㸬㸸ࠉࠉ㹖㸬㹖㹖㹖㹫㹫 Other than unadjusted㸸99.999mm㹼
㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ-99.999mm

㹒㸬㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 NOTE
• Cleaning count does not rely on the cleaning type. (Including ink charge and
㹆㹣㹟㹢㸿㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
economy ink charge)
㹆㹣㹟㹢㹀㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 • CR Motor is counted every time the print head moves sideways (left to right, right
to left).
㹆㹣㹟㹢㹁㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮 • Number of Pump wheel rotations: The conversion of the number of Pump wheel
rotations from the number of Wiper Motor driving steps is as follows:
㹆㹣㹟㹢㹂㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
1 rotation of Pump wheel = 330 steps (2-phase excitation conversion)
㹆㹣㹟㹢㹃㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹄㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹅㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹆㹣㹟㹢㹆㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㸿㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹒㸬㹆㹣㹟㹢㹀㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

to right page from right page

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 383

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2) Print Menu

Confirming printing information.

Diagnosis item Contents

Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed copies per mode

Area Displays the counter value of the print area per mode

Effect Number of the printed copies per effect

[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧞㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[Enter]

=?
[Enter]
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧝㧦㧺㨡㨙 Num Menu
[Cancel]
= ?
㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧞㧦㧭㨞㨑㨍 Area Menu

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠 Effect Menu

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 384

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2-a)Num [Cancel]
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸯㸸㹌㹳㹫
[Enter]
Check the number of printed copies per print mode. (Excluding the inner patterns.)
[Enter]

>@
㨀㧵㧼 㹒㹭㹲㹟㹪ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Displayed as a decimal. >!@
Maximum value : 99999999 㹏㸯ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999
㹏㸰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹏㸱ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Diagnosis item Contents Unit
㹏㸲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Total Num Displays the counter value of the total number of Copies
printed copies of all modes 㹅㸯ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

QX Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies 㹅㸰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
copies of Quality 1 to 4
㹅㸱ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
GX Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies
copies of Graphics1 to 4 㹅㸲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
BX Num Displays the counter value of the number of printed Copies
㹀㸯ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
copies of Banner 1 to 4
㹀㸰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Other Num Displays other counter values of the number of Copies
printed copies 㹀㸱ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹀㸲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹍㹲㹦㹣㹰ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 385

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2-b)Area [Cancel]
㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㸰㸸㸿㹰㹣㹟
Check the print area per print mode. (Excluding the inner patterns.) [Enter]
[Enter]

>@
㨀㧵㧼
㹒㹭㹲㹟㹪ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Displayed as a decimal. >!@
Maximum value : 99999999 㹏㸯ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999
㹏㸰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹏㸱ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Diagnosis item Contents Unit
㹏㸲ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Total area Displays the counter value of the total print area of ㎡
all modes 㹅㸯ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
QX area Displays the counter value of the print area of ㎡ 㹅㸰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
Quality 1 to 4

GX area Displays the counter value of the print area of 㹅㸱ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㎡
Graphics 1 to 4
㹅㸲ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮
BX area Displays the counter value of the print area of ㎡
Banner 1 to 4 㹀㸯ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

Other area Displays other counter values of the print area ㎡ 㹀㸰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹀㸱ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹀㸲ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

㹍㹲㹦㹣㹰ࠉ㸿㹰㹣㹟㸸ࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ㸮

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 386

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(2-c)Effect Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Check the number of the printed copies per effect. (Excluding the inner patterns.)
Fine&Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz3 copies
㨀㧵㧼
Fine&Fuzz4 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz4
Displayed as a decimal.
Maximum value : 99999999 Fine&Fuzz5 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz5
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999 Fine&Fuzz6 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz6

Fine&Fog1 Number of printings in Fine&Fog1

Diagnosis item Contents Unit Fine&Fog2 Number of printings in Fine&Fog2

None 1 Number of printings in None1 copies Fine&Fog3 Number of printings in Fine&Fog3

None2 Number of printings in None2 A-S.F&W Number of printings in A-S.F&W

None3 Number of printings in None3 B-S.F&W Number of printings in B-S.F&W

Wave1 Number of printings in Wave1

Wave2 Number of printings in Wave2

Wave3 Number of printings in Wave3

Fog1 Number of printings in Fog1

Fog2 Number of printings in Fog2

Fog3 Number of printings in Fog3

Fuzz1 Number of printings in Fuzz1

Fuzz2 Number of printings in Fuzz2

Fuzz3 Number of printings in Fuzz3

Wow1 Number of printings in Wow1

Wow2 Number of printings in Wow2

Wow3 Number of printings in Wow3

Fine&Wave1 Number of printings in Fine&Wave1

Fine&Wave2 Number of printings in Fine&Wave2

Fine&Wave3 Number of printings in Fine&Wave3

Fine&Fuzz1 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz1

Fine&Fuzz2 Number of printings in Fine&Fuzz2

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 387

6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

[Cancel] From left page To left page

㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠㧟㧦㧱㨒㨒㨑㨏㨠
[Enter]
[Enter]
=? 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧠‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜
= ?
㧺㨛㨚㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧡‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧺㨛㨚㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧢‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨛㨓㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧭㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 A-Super Fine&Wave

㧲㨛㨓㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 㧮㧙㧿㧚㧲㧒㨃‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜 B-Super Fine&Wave

㧲㨛㨓㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨡㨦㨦㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧝‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧞‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㨃㨛㨣㧟‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧝‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧞‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㨃㨍㨢㨑㧟‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧝‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

㧲㨕㨚㨑㧒㧲㨡㨦㨦㧞‫ޓ‬㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜

To right page from right page

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 388

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

(3) Ope.Time
Confirming Operation time.

㨀㧵㧼
Displayed as a decimal.
Maximum value : 99999999
When the count goes over the max. value: 99999999

Diagnosis item Contents Unit

Total Operation time of All modes. minutes

Normal Operation time of User mode.

Diag. Operation time of Self Diagnostic mode.

Mainte. Operation time of Maintenance mode 2.

[Cancel]
㧵㨚㨐㨕㨏㨍㨠㨕㨛㨚㧡㧦㧻㨜㨑㧚㨀㨕㨙㨑
[Enter]

=?
㨀㨛㨠㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨚
= ?
㧺㨛㨞㨙㨍㨘㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨚

㧰㨕㨍㨓㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨙

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧜㨙㨕㨙

6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu 389

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu [Cancel]

㹋㹟㹧㹬㹲㹣㸬㸰㸸㹇㹬㹧㹲㹁㹭㹳㹬㹲㹣㹰
This menu is used to initialize the life counters.
[Enter]
The parameters that can be initialized in this menu are as follows.
>@
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸯㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲ࠉ㹌㹳㹫㸬
Diagnosis item Contents
>!@
Print Num Initializes the total print counter. 㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸰㸸㹎㹰㹧㹬㹲㹇㹬㹤㹭㸬
PrintInfo. Initializes the number of printed copies per mode, print area per
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸱㸸㸿㹊㹊
mode, and the number of printed copies per effect
ALL Initialize Timer,Life counter,Mechanical counter,Mechanical 㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸲㸸㹒㹧㹫㹣㹰
adjustment values,Head ID.
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸳㸸㹁㹐ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰
Timer Initialize the Timer.
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸴㸸㹎㹄ࠉ㹋㹭㹲㹭㹰
CR Motor Initializes the CR Motor life counter.
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸵㸸㹆㹣㹟㹢㹓㹬㹧㹲
PF Motor Initializes the PF Motor life counter.
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸶㸸㹕㹧㹮㹣㹰
Head Unit Initializes the head nozzle life counter.
Wiper Initializes the Wiper life counter. 㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬ࠉ㸷㸸㹎㹳㹫㹮

Pump Initializes the Pump life counter. 㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸮㸸㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸯

CPump1 Initializes the Circulation Pump1 life counter. 㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸯㸸㹁㹎㹳㹫㹮㸰

CPump2 Initializes the Circulation Pump2 life counter. 㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸰㸸㹁㹳㹲㹲㹣㹰
Cutter Initializes the Cutter life counter.
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸱㸸㹓㹬㹪㹭㹡㹩ࠉ㹎㹭㹱㸬
Unlock Pos. Initializes the position of unlocking Head lock.
㹇㹬㹧㹲㸬㸯㸲㸸㹑㹦㹧㹮㹮㹧㹬㹥
Shipping Batch initializing only before shipping
[Enter]
>@
[Cancel]
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹍㹉㸽ࠉࠉࠉࠉ㹌㹭
>!@
㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹍㹉㸽ࠉࠉࠉ㹗㹣㹱 [Enter]

㹇㹬㹧㹲㹧㹟㹪㹧㹸㹣ࠉ㹎㹟㹰㹟㹫㹣㹲㹣㹰

6.3.2 Counter Initialization Menu 390

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

6.3.3 Counter Print Menu

This menu is used to print the life counter values.

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧟㧦㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠
[Enter]
㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠‫ޓ‬㧿㨠㨍㨞㨠
[Enter]

㧿㨑㨠‫ޓ‬㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞
After media is set
㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㨚㨍㨚㨏㨑‫ޓ‬㧼㨞㨕㨚㨠

6.3.3 Counter Print Menu 391

 6.3 Maintenance Mode 2 Menu VJ1628XE-M-00

6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu

This menu is used to feed media into the printer frontward or backward.
To cut media, press down the [Enter] key for more than two seconds.
The mechanical initialization should be performed, if it is not performed yet.

㧹㨍㨕㨚㨠㨑㧚‫ޓ‬㧠㧦㧼㨍㨜㨑㨞㧲㨑㨑㨐 [–] key: Feeds frontward

[Cancel] [Enter] [+] key: Feeds backward
Press down the [Enter] key
㧲㨑㨑㨐㧦࡯㧛㧗‫ޓ‬㧯㨡㨠㧦㧱㨚㨠㨑㨞 for more than two seconds
to cut the media

㨀㧵㧼
This is the same function as the "5.13 Paper Feed Menu"

6.3.4 Paper Feed Menu 392

 VJ1628XE-M-00

7 Maintenance
7.1 Introduction .................................................................. 393

7.2 Periodical Services ...................................................... 394

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts.................................394

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement.....395

7.3 Part Life Information .................................................... 396

7.4 Jigs and Tools .............................................................. 397

7.4.1 Required Tools.....................................................397

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding .................................................... 398

7.6 Transportation of Product ........................................... 399

393
 7.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

7.1 Introduction
This chapter provides information about the periodical services, part life, lubrication/bonding,
and transport.

WARNING

Before starting any maintenance work, always perform the following operations.
• Turn the printer power OFF.
• Remove Power cable from Power outlet.
Not doing so may cause electric shock or damage to the electric circuit.
• Unplug the cables connected to the printer.
Failure to do so could result in damage to the printer.

CAUTION
• Make sure there is sufficient space around the printer when performing
maintenance work.
• When servicing the machinery inside with some covers removed, pay special
attention not to be injured by the driving mechanisms.
• Maintenance must be done by two or more persons for the following work.
• When disassembling or reassembling the printer and Dedicated stand
• When packing the printer for transportation

394
 7.2 Periodical Services VJ1628XE-M-00

7.2 Periodical Services

This section describes the periodical services required for this printer.
The periodical services ensures stable plotting quality of the printer.
Perform periodical inspections according to “Periodic Replacement Parts “ and perform
cleaning and part replacement as necessary.

㨀㧵㧼
Refer to the Operation manual or Exploded View.

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts

The parts in the following table require replacement once per year.

Table 7-1

Maintenance part name Maintenan Remark

ce part
numbers

VJ-1628X Period-Maintenance DG-45561 Exploded View Other

Kit

7.2.1 Periodic Replacement Parts 395

 7.2 Periodical Services VJ1628XE-M-00

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement

Table 7-2 Periodical Inspection Part List

Part Timing Check point Action

Platen front surface Several Media dust accumulation Clean it.
times per Foreign objects
year Damages If ink deposits are
present, remove
them with a
dampened cloth and
wipe the area with a
clean dry cloth.

Timing fence Several Media dust accumulation Clean it.

(CR encoder times per Foreign objects
detection slit plate) year Damages If any damage is
found, replace the
part.
Paper rear sensor Several Media dust accumulation Clean it.
front surface times per Foreign objects
year
Daily maintenance Several Ink deposits If the stain is left, tell
check point by the times per Foreign objects the user to clean it
user year Damages periodically
(Platen, pressure according to the
roller, wiper, outer Daily cleaning explanation of the
surface of the print User’s Manual.
head) (Parts should be
replaced more often
if stain is left.)
Pressure roller Several Ink deposits Clean it.
times per Foreign objects
year Damages Refer to "7.5
Lubrication Lubrication/Bonding"
for lubrication if
necessary.

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement 396

 7.3 Part Life Information VJ1628XE-M-00

7.3 Part Life Information Table 7-3

This section shows how to check the life of the service parts. Part Life Warning How to Replacement 参照
To know the life of the service parts, check the maintenance counter from the counter display expectanc display restore parts
menu in the maintenance mode. y

Cap 172,900 Check Life Counter Replace as "3.8.5

㨀㧵㧼 Pump steps [Pump] clear necessary Replacing Pump
Unit cap Assembly"
"6.3.1 Counter Indication Menu"
Circulati 285 hours Check Life Counter Replace as "3.9.3
on [CPump1] clear necessary Replacing
Part life information of this printer is shown in the table below. Pump Check Life Circulation Pump"
[CPump2]
Table 7-3

Part Life Warning How to Replacement 参照

expectanc display restore parts
y

CR 4,370,000 Check Life Counter At the first "3.6.2

motor passes [CR motor] clear warning: Replacing CR
CR motor motor"
CR following "3.6.5 Replacing T
movment belt Fence"
pulley "3.6.10 Replacing
(Check Ink tube Ink tube"
as well.) "3.6.9 Replacing
At the next CR_FFC"
warning:
Replace CR
cable after
above parts is
replaced.

PF 21Km Check Life Counter Replace as "3.5.4

motor [PF motor] clear necessary Replacing PF
Motor Assy"

Print 6 × 109 Check Life Counter Replace as "3.7.12

head (6 [Head] clear necessary Replacing Print
thousand Head"
million)
dots

7.2.2 Parts Which Require Inspection/Replacement 397

 7.4 Jigs and Tools VJ1628XE-M-00

7.4 Jigs and Tools Table 7-4

This section provides lists of jigs and tools required for service operations. No. Name Part number Remarks
7.4.1 Required Tools 16 Loupe Generic product For confirming adjustment pattern
(1) Tools for Part Replacement 17 C Ring pliers Generic product -

Table 7-4 (2) Tools for Adjustment

No. Name Part number Remarks
Table 7-5
1 Phillips screw Generic product More than 250 mm shaft length is
driver No.2 recommended. No. Name Part number Remarks

2 Phillips screw Generic product Less than 50 mm shaft length is 1 Personal Generic product Network interface connector (RJ-45)　
driver No.2 recommended. computer should be equipped.(10M/100M/1000M
Ethernet I/F)
3 Phillips screw Generic product -
driver No.1 2 Network Generic product Cross-type cable
interface cable * Use stratight-type cable to connect HUB.
4 Flat-head Generic product For replacing E rings
driver 3 Dedicated - MUTOH Service Assistance
network
5 Box driver Generic product For replacing CR board assemblies software

6 Ratchet Generic product - 4 Tension gauge Generic product Max. 40 N (4,080gf) for measurement
Manufacturer: Ohba Keiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.
7 Long-nose Generic product -
pliers 5 Tension gauge Generic product Max. 2N (204gf) for measurement
Manufacturer: Ohba Keiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.
8 Tweezers Generic product -
6 Dedicated - For Paper edge sensor, for print accuracy
9 Hex wrench Generic product - paper adjustment
(1.5 to 6 mm)
7 Head Height DG-43196 For Print head height adjustment
10 Hex wrench Generic product For screws retaining Head base, with shaft length Adjusting Jig (1.3mm/1.4mm)
(2.5mm） of 150mm or longer and not L-shaped
8 Steel belt DG-43197 For adjusting Steel belt tension
11 E ring holder Generic product Name: JIS E-2.5 tension
(E-2.5) Manufacturer: Iwata Denko Co., Ltd attachment

12 E ring holder Generic product Name: JIS E-56 9 Level Generic product For confirming installation environment.
(E-6) Manufacturer: Iwata Denko Co., Ltd
10 Cutter DG-43194 For adjusting Cutter holder.
13 Penlight Generic product - Adjusting Jig

14 Tube cutter Generic product For replacing solenoid heads and ink tubes 11 Colorimeter DG-43195 For mounting Colorimeter Bracket
Bracket
15 Measure Generic product For replacing Steel belt, longer than 3m Adjusting Jig

7.4.1 Required Tools 398

 7.5 Lubrication/Bonding VJ1628XE-M-00

7.5 Lubrication/Bonding Table 7-6

This section covers the lubrication/bonding information. Parts name Location Manufacturer Model name
After disassembling/assembling this printer, always perform necessary lubrication/bonding Cursor Head U/D collar Apply to head U/D Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R)
referring the following table. section collar. Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L
GREASE
CAUTION
Cursor Head U/D cam Apply to head U/D Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R)
• Only use specified lubricants to the printer. The use of unauthorized lubricants section cam. Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L
may damage the components and shorten the printer life. GREASE
• Pay attension not to lubricate too much on a part.
Rack Apply to Gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R)
Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L
GREASE
Table 7-6
Head Head mouting Apply to the Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R)
Parts name Location Manufacturer Model name base plate position of the Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L
section screw hole GREASE
PF drive Up/down gear Apply to gear. Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R) securing shoulder
section on pressure Toray Co., Ltd. EM60L screw.
lever GREASE
Head base Apply to the part Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R)
CR drive Y rail machining Apply to the hole Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R) pressing screw contacting with the Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L
section diagram securing Y drive Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L CR cursor. GREASE
base. GREASE
PF drive Set screw Apply screw- Three Bond Co., 1401
Apply to the hole Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R) section locking agent to Ltd.
securing the return Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L the coupling set
pulley bracket. GREASE screw.
Y rail and Roller While inserting Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R) CR drive CR Following After adjusting Three Bond Co., 1401
guide Roller guide, apply Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L section Movement Belt Steel belt, apply Ltd.
to the downside of GREASE pulley adjusting screw-locking
Roller guide. screw agent.
Pressure level Apply to the Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R) Others Screw Apply to the area Three Bond Co., 1401
adjustment contact surface of Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L screw-locking Ltd.
gear Pressure level GREASE agent is applied.
adjustment rack on
Y rail. The areas Attach acetate Not specified -
sharpened tapes to the tape
Pressure cam Apply to cam part. Dow Corning SUPERMULPA edge is likely to wires or harnesses
Toray Co., Ltd. SS32（Super emerge where sharpened
multi dia tetrat） edge is likely to
emerge.
Roller guide Apply to the front Dow Corning MOLYKOTE(R)
surface of Roller Toray Co., Ltd. EM-60L
guide. GREASE

7.4.1 Required Tools 399

 7.6 Transportation of Product VJ1628XE-M-00

7.6 Transportation of Product

This section describes how to transport the product.
Before transporting the product, you must package it in the same manner as it was delivered
using protective materials and packaging materials so that the product will not be subject to
excessive impact and vibrations during the transportation.
Refer to the INSTALLATION MANUAL.

7.4.1 Required Tools 400

 VJ1628XE-M-00

8 Product Overview
8.1 Introduction ...................................................................402

8.2 Part Names and Functions ...........................................403

8.2.1 Front Section........................................................403

8.2.2 Rear Section ........................................................404

8.2.3 Operation Panel ...................................................405

8.3 Printer Status.................................................................407

8.3.1 Operating Status Type .........................................407

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status..................................408

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language ...................................410

401
 8.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

8.1 Introduction
This chapter explains the features, part names and functions of this printer.

402
 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1628XE-M-00

8.2 Part Names and Functions No. Name Function

5 Media guide Feeds the media smoothly when printing and/or setting the
Part names and functions are explained below. media.
The heater (Dryer) for drying ink is installed inside.
8.2.1 Front Section 6 Platen Installed inside the front cover.
The heater (platen heater) for drying ink is installed.
7 3 11 2 7 Pressure roller Installed inside the front cover.
Presses the media from above and holds it when printing.
6
8 Media cut groove Installed inside of the front cover.
11 Used to cut printed media straight.
9 9 Maintenance cover Protects users from the mechanical parts inside the printer in
the following cases:
9
8 - Cleaning the cleaning wiper
5
- Cleaning around the print head
This cover must usually be closed.
10 Adjuster Used to keep the printer level.
1
11 Media holding plate Installed inside of the front cover.
12 Connector Used to install spectrophotometer (SPECTROVUE VM-10).
13 13 Waste fluid Tank Used for collecting waste ink discharged from the printer.

4 10 12 10 4

No. Name Function

1 Media set lever Fixes or releases the media.
Lower the lever to fix the media.
Raise the lever to release the media.
2 Operation panel Used for setting operational conditions, the status of the printer,
and other functions.
3 Front cover Keeps the operator safe from the drive parts of the printer while
it is operating.
Opened and closed when media is set or jammed.
It is normally closed.
4 Dedicated stand Used to set the printer on the level surface of the floor.

8.2.1 Front Section 403

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1628XE-M-00

8.2.2 Rear Section

2 4

5 6

No. Name Function

1 Roll media holders Holds the roll media.
Includes flanges where roll media is attached, and the levers
that fixes the roll media holders.
2 Media feed slot Insert media from here when feeding media.
3 Ink cartridge slot Install the ink cartridges.
4 Media guide Used for feeding media smoothly when the media is set or
printed.
The heater (Pre-heater) to warm media is installed.
5 AC inlet Connector to connect a Network Interface connector.
6 Networa interface Not used for this printer.
connector
7 Waste fluid valve Open and close when discharging the waste fluid from the
waste fluid tank.
It is normally closed.

8.2.2 Rear Section 404

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1628XE-M-00

8.2.3 Operation Panel (1) Operation Keys

Operation panel is used to set operational conditions, display the status of the printer, and set
other functions. 㨀㧵㧼
The names and functions of the operation keys and status lamps are explained below. • Some keys have multiple functions and names depending on the printer status
(normal or setup menu display). See "8.3 Printer Status" for more details.
㨀㧵㧼
• The symbol means “standby”. Even when the power button is not turned on,
Operation manual the printer consumes a tiny amount of power so long as the power cable is
connected. This state is referred to as the power being “off” in this Manual.

8,9 10 No. Name Normal Setup menu display

1 Changes LCD monitor display to Changes the setup menu display
[Menu] key
setup menu status. status to normal status.
2 [Enter] key Restarts printing when it is pressed - Selects the menu to be set and
while the printer pauses printing. shifts to the next hierarchy.
- Determines and saves the
17 parameter value.
13 [Cleaning] Hold down the key for over 2 -
14 15 key seconds to start cleaning the printer
16 head.
11
12
6 3 [Pause] Pauses printing. —
key
1 [Cancel] .When printing: Returns to the previous menu
5 key When pressed for more than two hierarchy.
seconds, forcefully terminates Changes made in the setting are
printing and deletes one file of the discarded.
remaining data. .Shifts from Setup menu display
.When receiving or analyzing data: to Normal.
When pressed for more than two
seconds, deletes the data already
received and analyzed.
4 [<]Key — －
[Nozzle Press and hold this key for two —
3 4 7 2
Check]Ke seconds or more to perform Nozzle
y Check printing.
5 [>]Key Sets Cleaning Mode. Down the menu level in the
.The lamp of Cleaning Mode that directory tree.
you set lights up in green.
[Cleaning] When pressed for more than two —
Key seconds, cleaning starts.

8.2.3 Operation Panel 405

 8.2 Part Names and Functions VJ1628XE-M-00

No. Name Normal Setup menu display No. Name Color Statu Function
6 [Backward Media is fed in the reverse direction. — s
↑]Key 12 Lowlam Gree Lamp The head height is set to Low.
[+]Key — Changes to the previous item in p n ON
the displayed menu. Lamp The head height is set to High.
.The setting is changed to the OFF
reverse direction. 13 Take Gree Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Take-up".
.The numeric value is increased Uplamp n ON
during numerical input.
Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Off" or "Auto cut".
7 [Forward↓ Media is fed in the forward direction. — OFF
]Key
14 Auto Gree Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Auto cut".
[–]Key ― .Changes to the previous item in Cutlamp n ON
the displayed setting.
.The setting is changed to the Lamp Media ejection mode is set to "Off" or "Take-up".
forward direction. OFF
.The numeric value is decreased 15 Longlam Gree Lamp Cleaning mode is set to Long.
during numerical input. p n ON When the Normal lamp is also on, Cleaning mode is set
8 [Power]Ke Turns the printer ON and OFF. Turns the printer ON and OFF. to Short.
y Lamp Cleaning Mode is set to Normal.
OFF
(2) LCD Monitor and Status Lamps 16 Normall Gree Lamp .Cleaning Mode is set to Normal.
amp n ON When the Long lamp is also on, Cleaning mode is set to
No. Name Color Statu Function Short.
s Lamp Cleaning Mode is set to Strong.
9 Powerla Blue On The printer is switched on. OFF
mp Blinki An error has occurred. The contents will be displayed on 17 LCD — — Displays operation status of the printer or an error
ng LCD monitor. display message.
section
Off The printer is switched off.
10 Errorlam Oran On - The printer is analyzing received data.
p ge - The printer is printing data.
Blinki The printer is receiving data.
ng
Off The printer is not receiving, analyzing or printing data.
11 Highlam Gree Lamp The head height is set to High.
p n ON
Lamp The head height is set to Low.
OFF

8.2.3 Operation Panel 406

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1628XE-M-00

8.3 Printer Status (4) Maintenance Mode 2

Indicates that each setup concerning to the life counter on this printer can be
The status of the printer is explained below. operated by using Operation panel. Names and functions of Operation panel keys
are the same as those of setup menu display.
8.3.1 Operating Status Type
㨀㧵㧼
(1) Normal "6.2.1 Starting Up the Maintenance Mode 2"
Indicates that the printer can print when media is loaded.
Each setup concerning printing can be operated by using Operation panel.

㨀㧵㧼
『Operation manual

(2) Setup Menu

Each setup concerning printing can be operated by using Operation panel.
The settings required for normal printing are usually made on the printer driver or
application, but can also be made using Operation panel.

㨀㧵㧼

『Operation manual

(3) Self-Diagnosis Function

Indicates that each settings concerning printing using Operation panel. Names and
functions of Operation panel keys are the same as those of setup menu display.

㨀㧵㧼
"5.3 Operations in Self-Diagnosis Mode"

8.3.1 Operating Status Type 407

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1628XE-M-00

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status (3) Self-Diagnosis Function

Follow the steps below to switch the operation conditions. Display the self-diagnosis menu on Operation panel to use the self-diagnosis function.
The self-diagnosis menu is completely independent from the normal operation mode or setup
menu display mode. Switch to the self-diagnosis menu display mode, following the steps
(1) Normal Status →　Setup menu display below:
Press the [Menu] key of Operation panel when the printer is in a normal status.
1. When the printer is in the operation mode
• [Menu 1: Setting>] is displayed on Operation panel and transits to a setup menu or in the self-diagnosis menu mode, press
status. the [Power] key to turn off the printer.
2. While holding down the [Setting value - ],
㨀㧵㧼 [Setting value + ], and [>] keys on
Operation panel simultaneously, press the
Operation manual [Power] key.

The system will transit to the self-

diagnosis menu display mode.
(2) Setup Menu display → Normal Status
When the setup menu is displayed, operate either of the following. Operation panel transits
to the normal status display.

• Press [Cancel] key on Operation panel.

• When in the setup menu status, leave the printer without any key operations for
3 minutes.

Normal Status

[Menu] [Cancel]
or no key response for 3 minutes

Setting menu will be displayed.

㨀㧵㧼
Despite of the operation described as above, while displaying the CR maintenance
menu, Operation panel does not go back to the normal status.
Operation manual

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status 408

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1628XE-M-00

(4) Maintenance Mode 2 Display status

Display the maintenance mode 2 menu on Operation panel to use the maintenance mode.
The maintenance mode 2 is completely independent from the normal operation mode and
setup menu display mode. Switch to the maintenance mode menu display mode, following
the steps below.

1 When the printer is in the operation

mode or in the setup menu mode, press
the [Power] key to turn off the printer.
2 While holding down the [>], [ -], and [<]
keys on Operation panel
simultaneously, press the [Power] key.

The system will transit to the

maintenance mode 2 menu display
mode.

8.3.2 Switching Operating Status 409

 8.3 Printer Status VJ1628XE-M-00

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language 2 Select the language either from English or Japanese then press [Enter] to determine.

This section explains how to select the language displayed on Operation panel. 3 Select the temperature either from Celsius or Fahrenheit then press [Enter] to determine.
Follow the steps below to select the language. 4 Select the length either from mm or inch then press [Enter] to determine.

㨀㧵㧼 = ?
㧸㨍㨚㨓㨡㨍㨓㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓޓ‬㧱㨚㨓㨘㨕㨟㨔
For this printer, you can choose the following: Choose the language
=? = ? to be displayed
• Language: Japanese or English
㧸㨍㨚㨓㨡㨍㨓㨑㧦‫ޓޓޓ‬㧶㨍㨜㨍㨚㨑㨟㨑 with the [+] key[ - ] key.
• Temperature: Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F).
• Length: mm or inch =?
• The select screen is displayed only at the initial startup.It changes by the following [Enter]
operations after a setup. = ?
㨀㨑㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓ‬㧯㨑㨘㨟㨕㨡㨟㨇ࠑ㧯㨉
Choose the temprature
=? = ? to be displayed
㨀㨑㨙㨜㧦‫ޓޓ‬㧲㨍㨔㨞㨑㨚㨔㨑㨕㨠㨇ࠑ㧲㨉 with the [+] key/[ - ] key.
1 Press [Power] key on Operation panel
while pressing [Cancel] key. =?
[Enter]
= ?
㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨙㨙
Choose the length
=? = ? to be displayed
㧸㨑㨚㨓㨠㨔㧦‫ޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓޓ‬㨕㨚㨏㨔 with the [+] key/[ - ] key.

=?
[Enter]

㧵㨚㨕㨠㨕㨍㨘㨕㨦㨕㨚㨓 Printer starts initial operation.

5 The printer starts initial operation.

8.3.3 Selecting Panel Language 410

 VJ1628XE-M-00

9 Specifications
9.1 Introduction .................................................................. 412

9.2 Product Specifications ................................................ 413

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications ......................................413

9.3 Interface Specifications ............................................... 414

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications..........................414

9.4 Options/Supplies List .................................................. 415

9.4.1 Supplies ...............................................................415

9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer................................ 416

411
 9.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

9.1 Introduction
This chapter explains the specifications of the product, optional parts, supplies, and user
support.

412
 9.2 Product Specifications VJ1628XE-M-00

9.2 Product Specifications Item Specifications

Ink Supply method Supplied through tubes from independent color
cartridges
9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications
Cartridges Black, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow: 220ml ± 5ml or
Item Specifications 440ml ± 5ml each
(1000ml ± 5ml when the optional High-capacity
Model name VJ-1628X ink pack adapter is used) Light Cyan, Light
printing method On-demand piezo drive Magenta: 220ml ± 5ml or 440ml ± 5ml each
Motor driving method Firmware servo / DC motor drive Metallic color, White: 220ml ± 5ml each
Light Black: 440ml ± 5ml
Media feeding method Multi-point pressure grid roller method
Environmental Operation Temperatures: 20 °C to 32 °C
Media fixing method Pressurization roller manual-down method conditions environment Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
Media feed and ejection Rear feed / front ejection
Roll media outer diameter 150 mm or less Printing accuracy Temperatures: 22 °C to 30 °C
warranty range Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation
Roll media Weight 30 kg or less
Max. width 1625 mm
Rate of change Temperature: within 2°C per hour
Min.media width 900mm Humidity: within 5 % per hour
Max. thickness 0.3mm(when the head height is Low） Archiving condition Temperature: -20 °C to 60 °C
1.3ｍｍ(when the head height is Middle） (Ink not filled) Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
2.8ｍｍ(when the head height is High） Storage life: six months
Max. print length 1615mm Archiving condition Temperature: -10 °C to 40 °C
Printing margins Top: 5 mm (15 mm after media initialization or (Ink filled) Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
after winding the media manually, 40 mm when Storage life: four days (32 °C or higher)
media initialization front edge detection is ON or Power Power Voltage AC 100 V to 120 V / AC 200 V to AC 240 V
after cutting the media), Bottom: 5 mm (102 mm
Frequency 50Hz / 60Hz ± 1Hz
at the roll media end), Left: 5 mm to 25 mm,
Right: 5 mm to 25 mm. Power consumption Printing MAIN:1150W
HEATER:1200W
Media cut method Horizontal automatic cut system/manual cut
system Standby 42W
Head height adjustment Three-level adjustment of Low, Mid, and High Sleep mode 22W
CPU 64Bit RISC CPU Outer dimensions Height 1261mm（Including the stands）
Menory 256MB Width 2698mm
Command MH-RTL（RTL-PASS） Depth 885mm
Interface Ethernet (10/100BASE-TX) Weight Printer:131kg
（Including dedicated Stand） Stand:34kg

9.2.1 Main Unit Specifications 413

 9.3 Interface Specifications VJ1628XE-M-00

9.3 Interface Specifications

This section explains the specification of the interfaces Supported for this printer.

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications

Item Specifications
Network type Ethernet IEEE802.3

Network I/F 10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T Auto-switching

(RJ-45 connector twist pair cable)
MDI / MDI-X Auto-switching

Corresponding protocol TCP/IP

9.3.1 Network Interface Specifications 414

 9.4 Options/Supplies List VJ1628XE-M-00

9.4 Options/Supplies List

9.4.1 Supplies

(1) Ink Cartridges

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOH dealer.Refer to Operation Manual.
• For problems resulting from using a non-genuine ink will exempt the warranty.

(2) Roll Media

NOTE
• For more information about the options and the supply items, contact your local
MUTOH dealer.Refer to Operation Manual.
• For problems resulting from using a non-suggested media will exempt the
warranty.

(3) Other

NOTE
For more information about the other supply items, contact your local MUTOH
dealer.Refer to Operation Manual.

9.4.1 Supplies 415

 9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer VJ1628XE-M-00

9.5 Choosing a Place for the Printer NOTE

• Avoid the following temperature and humidity conditions. Otherwise, printed
WARNING images may appear different from what you expectation.
• Places where sudden changes in temperature and humidity are expected,
• Do not place the printer in a location under the following conditions. Doing so may even though the condition is within the range specified
cause the product to fall, become damaged, or cause injury. • Places where direct sunlight or excessive lighting are expected
• Unstable surfaces • Places where air conditioners blow directly
• Slanted areas
• MUTOH recommends that the printer should be installed where air conditioning
• Locations that are subject to vibration from other product
can be adjusted easily.
Confirm the horizontal with a level when installation environment might inclined, and
set up the printer in horizontal place.
• Do not stand on the printer or place any heavy objects on it.
Doing so may cause it to fall over, become damaged, or cause injury. (2) Required Space
• Do not cover the ventilation hole of the printer with cloth, such as a blanket or table
cloth. Doing so could prevent the printer from ventilating and cause fire. Install the printer on a flat surface that fulfills the following conditions.
• Keep the printer away from humid and dusty areas. Failure to do so may result in
• The place to install printer with the dedicated stand should have enough loading
electrical shock or fire.
capacity.

NOTE
(1) Installation Environment Requirements For the printer and the dedicated stand, refer to"9.2 Product Specifications" .
Choose a place for printer installation following the requirements of the table below.

a= 600 mm
Floor loading capability 2940Pa (300kgf/m2) or over b=1000 mm
c=1000 mm
Electrical Voltage AC198V ～ 264V d=1000 mm
e=1550 mm
specificati
ons Frequency 50/60Hz ± 1Hz

Environm Operation Temperatures: 20 °C to 32 °C e

ental environment Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation a
d
conditions
Printing accuracy Temperatures: 22 °C to 30 °C b c
warranty range Humidity: 40 % to 60 %, No condensation

Rate of change Temperature: within 2°C per hour NOTE

Humidity: within 5 % per hour
Do not use the printer without dedicated stand.
Storage Temperature: -10 °C to 40 °C
environment Humidity: 20 % to 80 %, No condensation
(when ink is filled) Storage life: four days (32 °C or higher)

9.4.1 Supplies 416

 VJ1628XE-M-00

10 Appendix
10.1 Introduction ...................................................................436

10.2 Maintenance Part List ...................................................436

417
 10.1 Introduction VJ1628XE-M-00

10.1 Introduction
Table 10-2 X Rail
This chapter provides referential information such as service data.
name No. Exploded Remarks
View
10.2 Maintenance Part List Lever Sensor Cable Assy DG-43026 A-259 -
The following table lists the maintenance parts per unit (as of 4 March, 2015) CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 A-255 Lever Sensor
The part number below is identical to that of the exploded view.
Flushing Sponge DG-40318 A-282 -

Table 10-1 Board BOX

Table 10-3 PF Motor
name No. Exploded Remarks
View name No. Exploded Remarks
View
AC Inlet Assy DG-43177 A-293 -
PF-ENC Scale DG-40320 A-65 -
AC Inlet (Main side)-Fuse Box Cable DG-43039 A-305 -
PF Speed Reduction Pulley Assy DG-42991 A-64 -
Assy
X Speed Reduction Belt DF-43883 A-90 -
Fuse (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy DG-43040 A-195 -
PF Encoder Assy DG-43011 A-98 -
Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy DG-43025 A-320 -
PF Motor Relay Assy DG-43042 A-79 -
Fuse DF-49683 A-303 -
PF Motor Assy DF-49020 A-81 -
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy DG-43029 A-190 -

Terminal Block - Power Cable Assy DG-43030 A-323 -

Table 10-4 Platen
Power Board Assy DG-43172 A-321 -
name No. Exploded Remarks
CR_FFC Assy DG-42992 B-119 1pcs.per set View

Panel FFCAssy DG-42994 H-58 - Platen Non reflective tape DG-45353 A-141 2 pcs. per set
Media Holder 2 Assy DG-43181 A-157 1pce. per set
MAIN DC Cable Assy DG-43178 A-319 -

MAIN-CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 A-192 -

Cooling Fan Assy DG-45354 A-313 - Table 10-5 Paper Guide F

MAIN Board Assy DG-45355 A-316 - name No. Exploded Remarks

View
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019 A-213 -
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018 A-212 -
AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43017 A-209 -

418
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-5 Paper Guide F

Table 10-7 Paper Guide R
name No. Exploded Remarks
View name No. Exploded Remarks
Thermistor Assy DG-43001 A-210 2-piece set View

A-217 P_REAR Sensor Assy DG-43010 A-170 -

VJ16 After Heater Assy DG-40350 A-208 3-piece set PRE_H1 Relay Assy DG-43020 A-234 -

A-214 PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 A-237 -

A-222 VJ16 Pre Heater Assy DG-40351 A-233 3-piece set

A-240
A-241
Table 10-6 Relay/Controller Board
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 A-235 -
name No. Exploded Remarks
View PRE T2 Relay Assy DG-43023 A-238 -

Fuse (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy DG-43040 A-195 - Thermistor Assy DG-43001 A-236 2-piece set

Cooling Fan 24V Assy DF-49022 A-200 - A-239

HEATER RELAY3 Board Assy DG-43169 A-193 -

PRE_T2 Relay Assy DG-43023 A-238 -
PRE_T1 Relay Assy DG-43022 A-237 -
AFT_T1 Relay Assy DG-43018 A-212 -
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-43019 A-213 -
CNT-relay FFC1 (VJ26) DG-40321 A-196 -
HEATER CONT Board 2 Assy DG-41105 A-188 -
MAIN -CNT Cable Assy DF-49672 A-192 -
AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43017 A-209 -
PRE_H2 Cable Assy DG-43021 A-235 -
PRE_H1 Relay Assy DG-43020 A-234 -
CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC DG-43041 A-197 -
Cable Assy
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy DG-43029 A-190 -
CNT_PS Cable Assy DG-43035 A-191 -

419
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-8 Roll Media Holder

Table 10-8 Roll Media Holder
name No. Exploded Remarks
name No. Exploded Remarks View
View Variable Media Holder L(38X)Assy DG-44283 G-13 -
Variable Media Holder R (38X)Assy DG-44282 G-1 - (continued)
G-14
G-2 G-15
G-4 G-18
G-5 G-19
G-6 G-20
G-8 G-21
G-9
G-12
G-13
G-14
G-15
G-18
G-19
G-20
G-21
Variable Media Holder L(38X)Assy DG-44283 G-1 -
G-2
G-3
G-4
G-5
G-6
G-8
G-9
G-12

420
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-9 Y Rail Table 10-10 CR Motor

name No. Exploded Remarks name No. Exploded Remarks

View View
CR Return Pulley Assy DF-43868 B-86 - CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 B-43 CR Origin Sensor
B-87 T Fence (64) DF-43901 B-39 -
B-88 CR Motor (Direct Pulley) Assy DG-43182 B-69 -
B-89 B-71
B-90 B-76
B-93 B-77
VJ1624 CR Belt Assy DG-43002 B-97 - CR Motor Cable Assy DG-43337 B-75 -
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 B-43 CR Origin Sensor
CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43004 B-45 -
Table 10-11 Media Holder
T Fence (64) DF-43901 B-39 -
name No. Exploded Remarks
View
Pressure Roller DF-46666 B-26 -

Table 10-12 Cable Guide

name No. Exploded Remarks

View
Steel Bare Assy (VJ-1618) DG-41919 B-118 -
CR_FFCAssy DG-42992 B-119 1 pce. per set

Inktube JUNRON 3-4(3ｍ) DG-45498 B-148 diameter:3φ

B-150 length:3ｍ
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(2ｍ) DG-45566 B-150 diameter:3φ
length:2ｍ
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1ｍ) DG-45497 E-147 diameter:3φ
length:1ｍ

421
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-13 CursorAssy1 Table 10-14 Cursor Assy2

name No. Explod Remarks name No. Explod Remarks

ed ed
View View

VJ1628X Cursor Assy DG-45356 C-*** - Connector Valve Head Assy DG-41915 C-107 2-piece set

VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy DG-40326 C-21 4-piece set C-108

C-22 O Ring M6 DF-46671 C-108 100 pcs. per set

C-23 Valve Head Assy DG-41543 C-104 4-piece set

C-24 C-107

CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 C-33 PG Origin C-108

Sensor C-109
PG Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43012 C-34 - Head Assy DG-42987 C-100 -
C-101
C-102
C-105
C-106
Head FFC(VJ-1608H) DG-42385 C-112 1 pce. per set
VJ1628X Cursor Assy DG-45356 C-*** -

422
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-15 Cursor Assy 3 Table 10-17 Maintenance

name No. Exploded Remarks name No. Explod Remarks

View ed
View
CR Encoder Assy DG-42947 C-163 -
VJ16 Flushing Box Assy DG-40355 E-25 -
CR Board Assy DG-42959 C-177 -
E-26 -
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor DF-49471 C-159 PG2 Origin Sensor
E-27 -
PG2 Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43467 C-24 -
E-28 -
E-61 -
Table 10-16 Cursor Assy4
E-64 -
name No. Exploded Remarks VJ16 Wiper Assy DG-41001 E-2 -
View
Cap Head Assy DG-41179 E-51 -
Cutter Cap Assy DG-43498 C-136 -
Pump Cap Assy(1624W) DG-43468 E-1 -
Strong Solenoid Spring Assy DG-43292 C-129 -
E-51 -
Cutter Solenoid Assy DF-42234 C-127 PG2 Origin Sensor
E-52 -
P_EDGE Sensor Assy DG-42946 C-140 -
E-53 -
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy DG-43024 C-130 -
E-54 -
Photometer Junction Board Assy DG-43038 C-146 -
(VJ1624) Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy DG-43027 E-3 -
C-147 -
Pump Motor Cable Assy DG-43036 E-55 -
C-148 -
C-149 -
C-150 -
C-151 -
C-152 -
C-153 -
Cutter Spring DG-43484 C-134 -

423
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-18 Cartridge R and L

Table 10-18 Cartridge R and L
name No. Exploded Remarks
name No. Exploded Remarks View
View continued D-24 for 4
(D-124) (for 5)
Cartridge HolderAssy1 DG-45357 D-8 common parts
(D-108) D-25 common parts
Cartridge HolderAssy2 DG-45358 D-9 (D-125)
(D-109) D-26
Cartridge HolderAssy3 DG-45359 D-10 (D-126)
(D-110) D-27
Cartridge HolderAssy4 DG-45360 D-11 (D-127)
(D-111) D-28
Cartridge HolderAssy5 DG-45361 D-12 (D-128)
(D-112) D-29
Cartridge HolderAssy6 DG-45362 D-13 (D-129)
(D-113) D-30
Cartridge HolderAssy7 DG-45363 D-14 (D-130)
(D-114) D-31
Cartridge HolderAssy8 DG-45364 D-15 (D-131)
(D-115) D-32
D-16 (D-132)
(D-116) D-90
D-17 for 1 (D-190)
(D-117) (for 8)
D-91
D-18 for 2 (D-191)
(D-118) (for 7)
Ink ID Board Assy DF-43968 D-9 2-piece set
D-19 for 3 (D-109)
(D-119) (for 6)
D-10
D-20 for 4 (D-110)
(D-120) (for 5)
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1ｍ) DG-45497 D-90 1 pce. per set
D-21 for 1 (D-190)
(D-121) (for 8)

D-22 for 2
(D-122) (for 7)

D-23 for 3
(D-123) (for 6)

424
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-19 Cartridge R (Lower) Table 10-21 Cover (Front)

name No. Exploded Remarks name No. Exploded Remarks

View View
JUNC FFC Assy DG-43037 D-95 - Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-186 2-piece set
H-203
JUNCTION 2 Board DG-43396 D-84 -
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 H-215 -
JUNC ID Cable Assy DG-45365 D-96 -
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 H-214 -
Exhaust Fan Cable Assy DG-43032 B-123 -
Table 10-20 Circulation Pump
Vacuum Fan Assy DG-40311 H-72 -
name No. Exploded Remarks
View
CR FFC Assy DG-42965 D-204 - Table 10-22 Cover (R)

JUNCTION 2 Board DG-43396 D-184 - name No. Exploded Remarks

View
JUNC ID Cable 2 Assy DG-45366 D-205 -
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-102 1 pce. per set
Circulation Pump Relay Cable DG-45367 D-206 -
Panel FFC Assy DG-42994 H-58 -
Diaphragm Pump Assy DG-43907 D-178 -
Panel Unit Assy DG-42984 I-17 -
H-57 -
Cover R Cable Assy DG-43034 H-215 -

Table 10-23 Cover (L)

name No. Exploded Remarks

View
Cover Switch Assy DG-42956 H-138 1 pce. per set
Cover L Cable Assy DG-43033 H-214 -

425
10.2 Maintenance Part List VJ1628XE-M-00

Table 10-24 Stand/Accessory

name No. Exploded Remarks

View
WasteFluid Sensor Cable Assy DG-43031 A-340 1 pce. per set
Waste Fluid Level Switch 2 Assy DG-43469 L-29 -

Waste Fluid Bottle A_Blow mold　 DG-43501 L-28 -

Assy
Caster Assy DG-42207 F-11 50 pcs. per set

Table 10-25 Other

name No. Exploded Remarks

View
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(3m) DG-45498 - diameter:3φ
length:3ｍ
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(2m) DG-45566 - diameter:3φ
length:2ｍ
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m) DG-45497 - diameter:3φ
length:1ｍ
Valve Head Washing Kit DG-41787 - -
(VJ Ink)
Cutter Adjusting Jig DG-43194 - -
Colorimeter Bracket Adjusting Jig DG-43195 - -
Head Height Adjusting Jig DG-43196 - -
Steel Belt Tension Attachment DG-43197 - -
VJ-1628X Period-Maintenance Kit DG-45561 - -

426
　 Self Diagnosis Function Diagram1,2 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Self Diagnosis Function Diagram1,2

Self Diagnosis Function Diagram (1/3) Self Diagnosis Function Diagram (2/3)
V.1.00
Check1：Adj.Platen Check1：Adj.Platen
Check2：Test Self Diagnois Function Diagram (1/3)
Check2：Test Test1：Ram Capacity Check3：Ink Charge
Test2：Version Ver：Firm Check4：Adjustment Adj.1：Rear/Edge
Ver：Parameter
Ver：DipSW Adj.2：NozzleChk 1：Cleaning
Ver：Board Rev. 2：Print
Ver：Company Code 0×01 Adj.3：CheckSkew
Ver：Seri. Adj.4：HeadSlant 1：Slant1
2：Slant2
Test3：Panel Panel1：Key
Panel2：LCD
Panel3：LED Adj.5：Uni/Bi Low 1：Uni-D 320 VSD1
Adj.6：Uni/Bi Copy 2：Uni-D 320 VSD3
Test4：Sensor Sen.1：CR Origin Adj.7：Uni/Bi Mid 3：Uni-D 320 VSD4
Sen.2：WasteTank Adj.8：Uni/Bi High 4：Uni-D 460 VSD1
Sen.3：Wiper 5：Uni-D 460 VSD3
Sen.4：Cover 6：Uni-D 460 VSD4
Sen.5：M.Cover L 7：Bi-D 320 VSD1
Sen.6：M.Cover R 8：Bi-D 320 VSD3
Sen.7：Lever 10：Bi-D 320 VSD4
Sen.8：Edge AD 11：Bi-D 460 VSD1
Sen.9：Rear AD 12：Bi-D 460 VSD3
Sen.10：HeadGap 13：Bi-D 460 VSD4
Sen.11：Head 14：Bi-D ALL
Sen.12：Trans.1
Sen.13：Trans.2
Sen.14：I.NOT
Sen.15：I.END
Sen.16：I.ID
Sen.17：CutSolenoid

Adj.9：Top＆Bottom 1：TopMargin
2：BottomMargin
3：SideMargin

Adj.10：TestPrint 1：Adj.ALL
Test5：Encoder Encoder：CR Adj.11：Longstore 2：ParameterALL
Encoder：PF Adj.12：CountClear 3：Log Info.
Adj.13：SendPitch 4：S/C Log Info.
Test6：Fan Fan1：Vacuum Fan Adj.14：FillPattern
Fan2：Cooling Fan
Fan3：Exhaust Fan
Check5：Cleaning Cleaning1：Short
Test7：Record Record1：Maintenance Cleaning2：Normal
Record2：Error Cleaning3：Long
Record3：Error Init.
Record4：Print Check6：Print Print1：Adj.ALL
Record5：Ope.Time Print2：Parameter
Record6：S/C Log Print3：Log Info.
Test8：Head Signal Record7：S/C LogInit. Print4：S/C Log Info.
Test9：SPECTROVUE
Test10：Time Check Check 7：Parameter Param1：Initialize Init.1：Uni/Bi Low
Init.2：Uni/Bi Mid
Init.3：Uni/Bi High
Init.4：MechaParam
Init.5：Servo
Init.6：Head
Init.7：Wiper
Init.8：CR Motor
Init.9：PF Motor
Init.10：Pump
Init.11：CPump1
Init.12：CPump2
Init.13：Cutter
Init.14：ALL

Param2：Update Update1：Rear/Edge
Update2：HeadRank
Update3：Uni/Bi Low
Update4：Uni/Bi Mid
Check3：Ink Charge InkCharge1：Normal Update5：Uni/Bi High
Update6：MechaParam
InkCharge2：Little Update7：Charge Flg
Update8：DebugBit
Check4：Adjustment Update9：DotCtrl
Check5：Cleaning Self-Diagnosis Function Diagram (2/3) Check8：Servo Update10：Heater Flg
Check6：Print Check9：Endurance Self-Diagnosis Function Diagram(3/3) Update11：InkType
Check7：Pararmeter Check10：PaperFeed Update12：Periodic CL
Check8：Servo Check11：ExControl Update13：Ink Config.
Check9：Endurance Self-Diagnosis Function Diagram (3/3) Check12：PaperInitial Update14：Uni/Bi Ptn
Check10：PaperFeed Check13：SpeeedMode Update15：Uni/Bi Dot
Check11：ExControl Update16：Thickness
Check12：PaperFeed
Check13：SpeedMode

427P.11-427
　 Self Diagnosis Function Diagram3 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Self Diagnosis Function Diagram3

Self-Diagnosis Function Diagram (3/3) Maintenance Mode 2 Diagram

Check1㸸Adj.Platen Mainte. 1 : Indication Indication1㸸Mainte. Printnumber V.1.00
Check2㸸Test Self-Diagnosis Function Diagram(1/ 3) CR Motor
Check3㸸InkCharge T.CR Motor
Check4㸸Adjustment PF Motor
Check5㸸Cleaning T.PF Motor
Check6㸸TestPrint Self-Diagnosis Function Diagram(2/3) Pump
Check7㸸Parameter T.Pump
CPump1
T.CPump1
CPump2
Check8㸸Servo Servo1㸸320 cpsࠉCW 1㸸GP T.CPump2
Servo2㸸320 cpsࠉCCW 2㸸GI HeadA
Servo3㸸460cpsࠉ CW 3㸸GLPF HeadB
Servo4㸸460cpsࠉ CCW 4㸸PWM Scale HeadC
5㸸ȰC HeadD
HeadE
Check9㸸Endurance Life1㸸CR Motor HeadF
Life2㸸PF Motorࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉࠉ HeadG
Life3㸸Cutter HeadH
Life4㸸Pump T.HeadA
Life5㸸C Pump T.HeadB
Life6㸸Head Lock T.HeadC
Life7㸸Nozzle T.HeadD
Life8㸸Total Life T.HeadE
Life9㸸Check T.HeadF
Check10㸸PaperFeed T.HeadG
Check11㸸ExControl Ctrl1㸸Version T.HeadH
Ctrl2㸸Sensor Cleaning
Ctrl3㸸Heater Wiper
CutNumber
Check12㸸PaperInitial Initial㸸Top&Width CutterSol.
Initial㸸Width UnlockPos.
Initial㸸Off

Check13㸸SpeedMode SpeedMode1㸸Normal
SpeedMode2㸸Low

Indication2㸸Print Print1㸸Num
Print2㸸Area
Print3㸸Effect

Indication3㸸Ope.Time Total
Normal
Diag.
Mainte.
Mainte.2 : intCounter 1 : Print Num.
2㸸PrintInfo.
3㸸ALL
4㸸Timer
5㸸CR Motor
6㸸PF Motor
Mainte.3 : Print 7㸸HeadUnit
Mainte.4㸸PaperFeed 8㸸Wiper
9㸸Pump
10㸸CPump1
11㸸CPump2
12㸸Cutter
13㸸Unlock Pos.
14㸸Shipping

428P.11-428
　 Electric Wiring Diagram 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Electric Wiring Diagram
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻝㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻼㼍㼚㼑㼘㻌㻲㻲㻯㻭㼟㼟㼥 J6 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻟㻤㻡 F-CN3 J8 127
㻼㻻㼃㻱㻾㻌㻿㼃
(QG
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑 Ink
&RQQHFWHG J7
-㸯 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻥㻥㻠 J23 㻯㻾㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻟㻤㻡 F-CN4 Slot1
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
㻼㼍㼚㼑㼘㻌㼡㼚㼕㼠 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻥㻡㻥 㻴㼑㼍㼐㻌 J16
㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻝㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻢 J8 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻟㻤㻡 R-CN4
Pump1 J18 J4
127&RQQHFWHG 㻼㼡㼙㼜㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌䠝䡏䡏䡕 㻲㻭㻺㻝 J13 J9 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻟㻤㻡 R-CN3
㼃㼕㼜㼑㻌㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐 J29 㻲㻭㻺㻞 J10 㻴㼑㼍㼐㻌㻲㻲㻯䠄㼂㻶㻙㻝㻢㻜㻤㻴㻕 㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻞㻭㼟㼟㼥
J9 127
J2
㼂㼍㼘㼢㼑㻌㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐 J31
㻯㻾㼋㻲㻲㻯㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 (QG
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑 Ink
1270RXQWHG &/.'9-7$* J7 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻥㻥㻞 J1 㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑 Slot2
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻠 J17 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
㻯㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J13 㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻞㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻯㻻㼂㻱㻾㼋㻾 㻯㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㻾㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 J4 J8 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻝㻟 J2 J17 㻯㻾㻌㻱㼚㼏㼛㼐㼑㼞㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J5
AC 㹂㹁 㻯㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 6\V ',)SJD J9 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻝㻟 J3 㻶㼁㻺㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺
㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀㻱㼋㻾 &RQILJ&1 J11
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻟
㻼㼋㻱㻰㻳㻱㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㻌㻞㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕
㹌 㸩㸳㹔 㻯㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J14 J10 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻝㻟 J4 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻝㻞 㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻟㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻯㻻㼂㻱㻾㼋㻸
㻯㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㻸㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕
J12 㻼㻳㻌㼛㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻥㻢 J10 127
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑
㹊 J11 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻝㻟 J5 㻼㻳㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 (QG Ink
㸩㸯㸰㹔 㻯㼛㼢㼑㼞㻌㻿㼣㼕㼠㼏㼔㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
Slot3
㻹㻭㻵㻺㼀㻱㼋㻸 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻠㻢㻣 J18 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
J12 㻼㻳㻞㻌㼛㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞 㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻟㻭㼟㼟㼥
AC_HEATER 㸩㸰㸲㹔 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻝㻜 㻼㻳㻞㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
J26 J6
㻼㼋㻾㻱㻭㻾㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻠
㸩㸲㸰㹔 J22
/㹌
㻯㼛㼛㼘㼕㼚㼓㻲㻭㻺㻝䠄㻞㻠㼂㻕 J35 㻯㼡㼠㼠㼑㼞㻌㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻯㼡㼠㼠㼑㼞㻌㻿㼛㼘㼑㼚㼛㼕㼐㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻠㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻯㻻㻻㻸㻵㻺㻳㻌㻲㻭㻺㻞䠄㻞㻠㼂㻕 J32 J11 127
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑
Ink
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻡㻟㻢㻣 㻿㻱㻺㻿 J16 (QG
Slot4
㻯㼕㼞㼏㼡㼘㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻼㼡㼙㼜㻝 0 J14 㻼㼔㼜㼠㼛㼙㼑㼠㼑㼞㻌㻶㼡㼚㼏㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
㻼㼡㼙㼜㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J18 J19
㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻠㻭㼟㼟㼥
㼛㼜㼠㼕㼛㼚㼍㼘
㻯㼕㼞㼏㼡㼘㼍㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻼㼡㼙㼜㻞 0 㻯㼛㼘㼛㼞㼕㼙㼑㼠㼑㼞 J7
㻯㻾㻙㻶㼁㻺㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺㻌㼞㼑㼘㼍㼥㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻿㻱㻺㻿 J25 J3 J2
J38 J3
㻯㻭㻾㻰㻝㻙㻞
㻴㻱㻭㼀㻙㼀㻴㻝 J39
㻭㻯㻌㻵㼚㼘㼑㼠㻌㻔㻹㼍㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻕
㻯㻾㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻙㻲㼡㼟㼑㻌㻮㼛㼤㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㻲㼡㼟㼑㻙㼀㼑㼞㼙㼕㼚㼍㼘㻌㻮㼘㼛㼏㼗㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J14
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻥 㻴㻱㻭㼀㻙㼀㻴㻞 J40 J19 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻣 㻶㼁㻺㻯㼋㻲㻲㻯㻭㼟㼟㼥 J1 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻜㻠
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻡 㼃㼕㼜㼑㼞㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㼆㻩㻱㻺㻯 J41 㻹㻭㻵㻺㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 J21 J20
J13
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻣
㻲㼡㼟㼑 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻡㻟㻢㻡 㻶㼁㻺㻯㼋㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㻸㼑㼢㼑㼞㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻲㻟㻔㻝㻡㻭㻕 㻸㼀㻙㻰 J42 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻡㻟㻡㻡 J15 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻢
㻭㻯㻌㻵㼚㼘㼑㼠 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻠㻞 㻼㻲㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻾㼑㼘㼍㼥㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㼃㼍㼟㼠㼑㻌㻲㼘㼡㼕㼐㻌㻿㼑㼚㼟㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
J12 0 㻼㻲㼋㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞 J12
㻲㻠㻔㻝㻡㻭㻕 㻸㼀㻙㻸 J43 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻝
㻌㻌㻲㻳㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 㻼㻲㻌㻱㼚㼏㼛㼐㼑㼞㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㻱㼤㼔㼍㼡㼟㼠㻌㻲㼍㼚㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㼁㼂㻌㻯㻺㼀 J44 J24 J2 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻞
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻟㻣 㻯㻾㻌㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻾㻯 J45 J17 0 㻯㻾㼋㻹㼛㼠㼛㼞
FG 㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻤㻭㼟㼟㼥
J11 127
㻿㼃㼋㻼㻺㻸 J46
J28
㻭㼐㼟㼛㼞㼜㼠㼕㼛㼚㻌㻲㼍㼚㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌䢕㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑 Ink
㼂㼍㼏㼡㼡㼙㼋㻲㻭㻺䠍㻔㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻕 (QG
Slot5
J19 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
J27 㼂㼍㼏㼡㼡㼙㼋㻲㻭㻺㻞 㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻤㻭㼟㼟㼥
㼀㼑㼞㼙㼕㼚㼍㼘㻌㻮㼘㼛㼏㼗㻙㻼㼛㼣㼑㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌䠝䡏䡏䡕 㻾㻱㼂㼋㻲㻭㻺
㻸㻭㻺 J3 J7
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻥 㼂㼍㼏㼡㼡㼙㼋㻲㻭㻺㻟
㼀㼑㼞㼙㼕㼚㼍㼘㻌㻮㼘㼛㼏㼗㻙㻼㼛㼣㼑㼞㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻜 㼁㻿㻮 J4
㼂㼍㼏㼡㼡㼙㼋㻲㻭㻺㻠䠄㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼛㼒㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚䠅
㻭㻯㻌㻵㼚㼘㼑㼠㻌㻔㻹㼍㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻕 㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻣㻭㼟㼟㼥
J10 127
㻼㼛㼣㼑㼞㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 Ink
㻙㻲㼡㼟㼑㻌㻮㼛㼤㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 CN001 CN301 J35 (QG
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻝㻣㻞
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻥 J20 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻞㻥㻢㻡 㻯㻾㼋㻲㻲㻯㻭㼟㼟㼥㻌㻌㻌㻌㻔㻶㼁㻺㻯㼋㻲㻲㻯㻌㻞㻕 J1 Slot6
㻲㼡㼟㼑 㻹㻭㻵㻺㼋䠠䠟㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌䠝䡏䡏䡕 J18 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
㻲㻝㻔㻝㻡㻭㻕 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻝㻣㻤 㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻣㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻭㻯㻌㻵㼚㼘㼑㼠
J22 J20
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻡㻟㻢㻢 㻶㼁㻺㻯㼋㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻞㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J6
㻲㻞㻔㻝㻡㻭㻕 㻲㼡㼟㼑㻔㻴㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻕㻙㻾㻸㼅㻌㻭㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 'HEXJ /9'6 32:
㻌㻌㻲㻳㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻠㻜
J5 J6 J34
㹄㹅
Platen Heater R Extension Cable 㺷Assy 㻹㻭㻵㻺㻙㻯㻺㼀㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑 J9
㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻢㻭㼟㼟㼥
127
J6 J4 J1
Plt_Heat
㻰㻲㻙㻠㻥㻢㻣㻞 㻯㻺㼀㼋㻼㻿㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 㻌㼛㼒㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚 (QG
㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑 Ink
㻰䠣㻙㻠㻟㻜㻟㻡
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑
Plt_Heat㸰 J2 Slot7
PLT_H1 Cable Assy J17 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰
㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻢㻭㼟㼟㼥
J21 J10 㻶㼁㻺㻯㼀㻵㻻㻺
㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑 Plt_Heat Platen Heater L Extension Cable Assy J5
㼛㼒㻌㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚 J5 32:21 㻌㻞㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕
Plt_Heat㸰
PLT_H2 Cable Assy㸦VJ16) 㻴㻱㻭㼀㻱㻾㻌㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅 J22 $&,1 J8 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻟㻥㻢
PRE_H1 Cable Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻜
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑
㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼛㼒 Pre_Heat
J7 㻌㻌㻟㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 㻯㼀㻸㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻙㻴㼑㼍㼠㼑㼞㻌㻾㼑㼘㼍㼥 J9 㻵㻛㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻡㻭㼟㼟㼥
127 Ink
㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻭㻯㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻭㼟㼟㼥 J8
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚 PRE_H2 Cable Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻝 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻯㼍㼞㼠㼞㼕㼐㼓㼑
J8 Slot8
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑
㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻝㻢㻥 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻠㻝䚷䚷 (QG

J23 (;7$&287 '&,1 J19 J16 㻵㻺㻷㼋㻵㻰

㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼛㼒 Aft_Heat J9 㻵㻺㻷㻌㻵㻰㻌㻯㼍㼎㼘㼑㻌㻡㻭㼟㼟㼥
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚 AFT_H Relay Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻝㻣
J4

㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑 Platen_䡐䡄䡎䡉 J12 J6 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻜㻟㻞㻝 J6 5(/$<ࠉ$ J20 㻭㻯㻙㻻㼁㼀

PLT_T1 Cable Assy J3
㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼛㼒 Platen_䡐䡄䡎䡉 㻯㻺㼀㻙㼞㼑㼘㼍㼥㻌㻲㻲㻯㻝䠄㼂㻶㻞㻢㻕
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚 J13 㻾㻱㻸㻭㼅㻌㻮
PLT_T2 Relay Assy 㻾㻿㼂㻵㻺㻝
J7
J13 J14
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑 J15 㻲㻱㻱㻰㻙㻹
Pre_䡐䡄䡎䡉 J2
PRE_T1 Relay Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻞 㻾㻿㼂㻻㼁㼀㻝 J14 㻴㻱㻭㼀㻱㻾㻌㻯㻻㻺㼀 J13
㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼛㼒 Pre_䡐䡄䡎䡉 J16 J3 㻲㻱㻱㻰㻙㻿
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚 PRE_T2 Relay Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻞㻟 J11 㻾㻿㼂㻵㻺㻞 J16 㻌㻌㻌㻮㼛㼍㼞㼐㻌㻞㻌㻭䡏䡏䡕 㼃㻵㻺㻰㻙㻹
J15
J4
J17 J19
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑 After_䡐䡄䡎䡉
AFT_T1 Relay Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻝㻤 㻾㻿㼂㻻㼁㼀㻞 J15 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻝㻝㻜㻡 J5 㼃㻵㻺㻰㻙㻿
J12

J18
㼛㼜㼜㼛㼟㼕㼠㼑㻌㼟㼕㼐㼑㻌㼛㼒 After_䡐䡄䡎䡉 AFT_T2 Relay Assy 㻰㻳㻙㻠㻟㻜㻝㻥 J20 㻱㼄㻌㼀㻴㻾㻹㻝 J17 -
- J12 㻿㻹㻭㻾㼀㻌㻯㻭㻾㻰
㻻㼞㼕㼓㼕㼚
㻯㼛㼛㼘㼕㼚㼓㻲㻭㻺 J10 J14 㻱㼄㻌㼀㻴㻾㻹㻞 J18 &RQILJ&1
J11 㻰㼑㼎㼡㼓
Electric Wiring Diagram
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
429P.11-429
　 Exploded View 　 Board Box 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Board Box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
refer to Electric diagram for details of cables CR_FFC Assy
B-119 DG-42992
(1 pce. per set)
A-6
A-5 A-5
Power Board Assy H-58
DG-43172 Panel FFC Assy
A-322 DG-42994
A-321
A-290
A-291
MAIN DC Cable Assy
DG-43178 A-6

A-319

A-192

MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

DF-49672
Terminal Block-Power Cable Assy
DG-43030 A-290
A-317
A-323

to P/S CN001
MAIN Board Assy A-162
A-314 A-291
A-310A-331 DG-45355
A-316
to H_CONT
A-190
A-163
Cooling Fan Assy A-1
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy A-313 DG-45354
DG-43029 A-311 A-315
A-309
to Fuse Holder A-333
A-320 F1/F2
A-331
A-292
A-288
A-332
A-333 A-325

A-329
A-324
A-326

A-300

A-353 A-294
A-330
A-303

Fuse A-299
AC Inlet Assy
DF-49683 A-304
DG-43177 AC Inlet Assy
DG-43177
Fuse Holder
F3/F4 A-301
Fuse-Terminal Block Cable Assy
DG-43025 A-297
to A-309 A-293
A-320

to Fuse Holder
A-298 F3/F4
to H_Relay Fuse Holder
F1/F2 A-305 to Fuse Holder
Fuse (H side) -RLY AC Cable Assy A-295 F1/F2 A-305 AC Inlet (Maint side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy
DG-43040 A-306
A-307 DG-43039
A-195 A-308 A-306 Board BOX
AC Inlet (Maint side)-Fuse Box Cable Assy
DG-43039 2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
430P.11-430
　 Exploded View 　 XRail 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 XRail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-349

A-348

A-280
A-281 A-347

A-279
A-21 A-346
A-278
Flushing Sponge
DG-40318 A-20

A-282 A-18
A-277 Lever Sensor Cable Assy
DG-43026
A-283 A-21
J-38 A-352
A-255 A-271
A-17 A-259 A-272

A-258
A-247 A-253 A-261
B-30

A-2 A-19 A-262

CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor A-263

A-4
DF-49471
A-253 A-264

A-248 A-254

A-268 A-260 A-265

A-272 A-266

A-267

A-7 A-256
A-269
A-270
A-335 A-8
F-18
F-19 A-9
A-336
A-11

A-3

A-15 A-1

A-16
T

X Rail
N
O
R
F

A-10
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
431P.11-431
　 Exploded View 　 Grid Roller 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Grid Roller
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-101

A-54

refer to PF Motor

A-53

B-4

A-28
A-30 B-11
A-29
B-10
A-36
B-9
A-27
A-29

A-26 A-35

B-5

B-6
A-48

B-4

B-11 B-10
A-29
A-48 A-29
A-30
A-45
A-28
A-46 A-27
B-5 B-9

A-46 A-26
A-43
A-42 B-6

A-41

A-44

Grid Roller
T
N
O

A-25
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
432P.11-432
　 Exploded View 　 PFMotor 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 PFMotor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A-97 To MAIN J17

A-101

A-58 A-93
A-91
PF Speed Reduction Pulley Assy
A-66 DG-42991
A-65 PF-ENC scale
DG-40320
A-100 A-92
A-98
A-59
A-64
PF Encoder Assy
A-57 DG-43011
A-56
A-94
A-84
A-67
A-73
A-83

PF Motor Relay Assy

A-55 A-90 A-72 DG-43042
To MAIN J17

X Speed Reduction Belt

DF-43883 A-79

A-76

A-75
A-99
A-74

A-54
A-81
A-82
A-53

PF Motor Assy
DF-49020

A-19

PF Motor
T
N
O
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
433P.11-433
　 Exploded View 　 Platen 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Platen
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
E
A-141

R
Platen Non reflecting tape
DG-45353
A-157 (2pcs. per set)

Media Holder 2 Assy

DG-43181
A-140
(1pce. per set)
A-19

A-146 A-155
A-133
A-154
A-142
A-160
A-148
A-135 A-147
A-149
A-134
A-161
A-158 A-157
A-131 A-143
A-159
A-117
A-128

A-129
Media Holder 2 Assy A-114
DG-43181
A-122
A-130 (1pce. per set) A-115
A-136
A-118
A-144
A-145
A-137
A-156

A-350 A-124
A-123
A-135
A-132
A-350
A-153
A-134
A-125
A-121
A-120

A-151

A-152
A-116
A-150
Platen
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
434P.11-434
　 Exploded View 　 Paper GuideF 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Paper GuideF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
E
R
A-207

AFT_T2 Relay Assy

DG-43019
A-179
Thermistor Assy
DG-43001

A-217 A-223
A-211
A-215 Thermistor Assy
A-213 DG-43001
A-210
AFT_T1 Relay Assy A-1
A-211 DG-43018
A-212
A-210
A-217

A-209
AFT_H Relay Assy
DG-43017
A-208

A-178 VJ16 After Heater Assy

A-219 DG-40350 A-179
A-222
A-181
A-177
A-198
A-220
A-214

A-180 A-176

A-181
A-198 A-178
A-221 A-198

A-219
Details of Board section refer to Relay board Controller board. A-186

A-218
A-187

A-216
A-221
Paper Guide F
2014.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
435P.11-435
　 Exploded View 　 Relay / Controller 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Relay / Controller
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PRE_H2 Cable Assy
A-201 AFT_H Relay Assy DG-43021 To PRE_H2
A-202
DG-43017 To PRE_H1
To AFT_H A-235 PRE_H1 Relay Assy
Fuse (H side)-RLY AC Cable Assy DG-43020
DG-43040 A-209
To Fuse A-234
To PLT_H2

Cooling Fan 24V Assy

DF-49022 A-199 A-151
A-200 A-195
To PLT_H1

HEATER RELAY3 Board Assy

DG-43169 CTL Board-Heater Relay Board AC Cable Assy
A-193 DG-43041
A-150
PRE_T2 Relay Assy
DG-43023 To PRE_T2 A-194
A-238
PRE_T1 Relay Assy A-197
DG-43022 To PRE_T1
To MAIN J40
To Terminal
A-237
To PLT_T2

A-153
A-190

A-191
To AFT_T2
A-196
To PLT_T1
To AFT_T1
A-189 CNT_PS Cable Assy
Terminal Block-CNT Cable Assy DG-43035
A-213 DG-43029
A-212
A-152
A-188

CNT-relay FFC1(VJ26)
AFT_T2 Relay Assy DG-40321
DG-43019
To MAIN

A-192

AFT_T1 Relay Assy MAIN-CNT Cable Assy

DG-43018 DF-49672
HEATER CONT Board 2Assy
DG-41105

A-186

Relay/Controller Board
T
N
O
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
436P.11-436
　 Exploded View 　 Paper GuideR 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Paper GuideR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

P REAR Sensor Assy

DG-43010

䠝-171
䠝-231

䠝-170

Thermistor Assy
DG-43001
To MAIN J35

䠝-169
䠝-168
䠝-243
PRE T2 Relay Assy
DG-43023

PRE H2 Cable Assy

DG-43021
To RELAY J16
䠝-236 䠝-238
To RELAY J8 䠝-235
䠝-228
䠝-233
䠝-239
A-229

䠝-236 To RELAY J15 䠝-241

䠝-230
䠝-237 䠝-240

䠝-232 䠝-239

F-79 䠝-242

PRE T1 Relay Assy

DG-43022
Thermistor Assy
DG-43001 To RELAY J7

䠝-234
VJ16 Pre Heater Assy
DG-40351

PRE H1 Relay Assy

DG-43020
䠝-233

RE
AR
䠝-241

䠝-240 Paper Guide R

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
437P.11-437
　 Exploded View 　 Roll Media Holder 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Roll Media Holder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

G-2

G-5
G-3
G-6
G-21

G-19

G-20
G-8

G-15

G-12
G-14
A-230
G-1

G-4

G-9

G-13

G-18 G-15

G-2
Variable Media Holder L(38X)Assy
G-15 DG- 44283
G-5
G-4
G-6 G-14
G-18

G-8

G-1 G-13

G-20 G-12
G-15
G-19
G-4

G-9 Variable Media Holder R(38X)Assy

G-21 DG- 44282 Roll Media Holder
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
438P.11-438
　 Exploded View 　 YRail 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 YRail
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-59
B-58 B-60
B-82
B-81

B-57

B-56
B-55

B-85 B-39
B-48
T Fence (64)
B-83 DF-43901
B-50 B-47
B-92
B-84
B-49

B-87
CR Origin Sensor Cable Assy
B-46 DG-43004
B-91 B-5

B-45 B-4
B-2
to Main J24

B-89

B-42
B-90
B-86 B-93 B-1 B-40
B-43
B-41 B-3

B-2
CR Return Pulley Assy
B-88 DF-43868
B-13
B-12 B-8 B-97 CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor
DF-49471
B-14
VJ1624 CR Belt Assy
DG-43002

to A-25(X Rail)

B-13

B-5

B-4
C-167

B-8 B-3

B-14 B-2

B-12
C-46 Y Rail
T
N
O

A-25(X࣮ࣞࣝ)࡟᥋⥆
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
439P.11-439
　 Exploded View 　 CR Motor 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 CR Motor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B-43

to Main J24
T Fence (64)
B-39 DF-43901
B-45
CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor
DF-49471 B-75
CR Motor (Direct Pulley) Assy
DG-43182 CR Motor Cable Assy
B-42 DG-43337

B-41
B-40
B-69

B-44

B-68

B-72

B-71

B-77
B-63

B-76

B-67

B-70

B-73
B-65 B-66

B-74
CR Motor
T
N
O
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
440P.11-440
　 Exploded View 　 Media Holder 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Media Holder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

R
A
E
R
B-29
B-28

B-27

B-1

B-7

B-20

B-13
B-21
B-12
B-8
B-9

B-31

B-24 B-19

B-23
B-18
B-7
B-22 B-30

B-13

B-26 B-25 B-12

B-8
Pressure Roller
DF-46666 B-9 Media Holder
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
441P.11-441
　 Exploded View 　 Cable Guide 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cable Guide
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B-118

R
A
Steel Bare Assy (VJ-1618)

E
R
DG-41919

CR FFC Assy (including 1 piece) C-194

DG-42992 B-121

B-119

B-125
Ink Tube Junron3-4(2m)
DG-45566 to Cable guide
B-150(Slot 5,6)
(170cmx4)

B-155 B-157
B-154
B-150(Slot7,8)
(170cmx2) B-156
B-121

B-141
B-142
to CR board
B-103 B-143

B-104 Ink Tube Junron3-4(3m) to MAIN board

DG-45498
B-137
B-148(Slot 1,2,3,4)
B-135 (210cmx4)

to print head
B-136

B-134 E-147 B-149(Slot5,6)

D-93(Slot 1,2,3,4) (200cmx4)
B-132 (100cmx4)
Ink Tube Junron 3-4(2m)
Ink Tube Junron 3-4(1m) DG-45566
B-133 DG-45497
B-108
B-106
B-107 B-154
B-131
B-113
B-114
B-160

B-104

Cable Guide
B-102 2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
442P.11-442
　 Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy1 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C-34
PG Origin Sensor Cable Assy
DG-43012

CR_HP Sensor, Lever Sensor

DF-49471 C-165
C-33
C-47
C-45
C-42

C-46

C-43 C-47
C-40
C-67
C-39 C-16
C-44
C-14 C-165
C-27 C-13
C-6
C-15 C-8
C-65
C-28
C-206
C-7

C-41 C-44 C-67

C-8
C-13 C-6
C-206
C-66
(ͤ A cutter part is also included in VJ1628X Cursor Assy. C-54 C-7
Refer to Exploded View "Cursor Assy4" for details.)
C-13 C-1
C-16 C-14 C-15 C-14
C-57
C-16 C-15

VJ1628X Cursor Assy C-41

DG-45356 C-54
C-13
C-66 C-42
C-14
C-60 C-16
C-51 C-15

C-40
C-59
C-58 C-26
C-28
C-52

VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy

C-56 DG-40326
C-59 C-22
C-25
C-23
C-55

C-58 C-24 C-22

C-76 C-55
C-25
VJ Cursor Roller Arm Assy
C-56 C-23 DG-40326
C-21 C-24

Cursor Assy1
T
N
O
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
443P.11-443
　 Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy2 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C-205

C-109 C-59
C-51

C-108 O Ring M6
DF-46671

(C-103 is not included.㸧 C-107 C-58

Connector Valve Head Assy
Head Assy DG-41915
DG-42987
C-105
Valve Head Assy
DG-41543 C-56

Head FFC (VJ-1608H)

DG-42385 C-59
C-55
C-104 (1 pce. per set)
C-58
C-76 C-55
C-106 C-102
C-92 C-74 C-56
C-75
C-100 C-112 C-83

C-82

to CR Board
C-103 C-72
C-93 C-79

C-101

C-94 C-73 C-75

C-81

C-80

C-78 VJ1628X Cursor Assy

DG-45356
C-77 C-88

C-91

C-89

C-90
Cursor Assy2
T
N
O

C-89
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
444P.11-444
　 Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy3 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C-194
C-169

C-164 C-188
CR Encoder Assy
DG-42947
C-189 C-180
C-163

C-157 C-186
C-179
C-157 B-122
C-166
,QNSDWK
C-167

C-111
C-180
C-168 C-178
C-165
C-156 C-187
C-178 C-110
C-161 (9cm x 2)
C-185
C-160 C-157 C-193
C-177
C-173
C-176
C-113 C-175
CR Board Assy
C-160 C-175 DG-42959
C-158
C-159 C-162
C-173 C-173 A
C-24 CR HP Sensor, Lever Sensor A B C D E F G H nozzles B C
E D
DF-49471 C-172 G
H
F

PG2 Origin Sensor Cable Assy

DG-43467 C-174 K K C C Y Y M M 4 color K
K C
Y C
M Y
M
C-192
C-173

C-191 K C M Y Lc Lm Lk Cl 7 color
K
C M
Lc Y
Lk Lm
Cl

B-122

K C M Y Lc Lm W W 7 color (white)
K
C M
Lc Y
W Lm
W

K C M Y Lc Lm W Mt 8 color
K
C M
Lc Y
W Lm
Mt

Cursor Assy3
T
N
O
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
445P.11-445
　 Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy4 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cursor Assy4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cutter Cap Assy

DG-43498
C-137

VJ1628X Cursor Assy

DG-45356
C-126 (ͤ A Carriage part is also included in VJ1628X Cursor Assy.
Refer to Exploded View "Cursor Assy1" for details.)

C-136

Cutter Solenoid Assy

DF-42234

C-118 C-138
Strong Slenoid Spring Assy C-127 C-120 C-142 P EDGE Sensor Assy
DG-43292 DG-42946
C-198
C-129 C-175 C-120

C-140
Cutter Solenoid Cable Assy
DG-43024
C-138
C-131
C-130
C-119
Photometer Junction Board Assy(VJ1624) C-135
DG-43038 Cutter Spring
DG-43484 C-134
C-152 C-141

C-123
C-121
C-128
C-153
C-124

C-125 C-200
C-147
C-122
C-149

C-142 C-201

C-148 C-133
C-199
C-146

Cursor Assy4
T
N
O

C-151
R
F

C-150
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
446P.11-446
　 Exploded View 　 Maintenance 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Maintenance
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
E-44

E-43
E-46
E-35
VJ16 Flushing Box Assy
DG-40355 E-34
E-42
E-45
E-26
E-31

E-27
E-72

E-25 E-14
E-28 E-32
E-15
E-30
E-33

E-18
E-15
E-17

E-14
E-61(55mm)

A-1

E-61(70mm) E-13
E-64

E-65
E-16

to X Rail
VJ16 Wiper Assy Cap Head Assy
E-61(70mm) E-64
E-2 DG-41001 DG-41179
E-73 E-75 E-51

E-6
E-63 E-62(110mm)
E-53 E-4
E-75 E-52 E-7
E-66

E-8 E-7
E-67

E-8
E-54

E-62(185mm)

E-3 Wiper Origin Sensor Cable Assy

DG-43027
E-75
E-55
Pump Motor Cable Assy
Pump Cap Assy (1624W) DG-43036
DG-43468

E-56
E-75 E-1 E-5 E-5
Maintenance
T
N
O
R
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
447P.11-447
　 Exploded View 　 Cartridge R 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cartridge R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D-12 D-45 D-52
D-39 D-43
Slot 1 Cartridge HolderAssy1 Ink ID Board Assy
DG-45357 DF-43968
Slot 2 Cartridge HolderAssy2
DG-45358 D-44
D-9
Slot 3 Cartridge HolderAssy3 D-14
DG-45359
D-13 D-8 D-48
Cartridge HolderAssy4 D-16
Slot 4
DG-45360
D-15

D-37 D-47
D-11
D-42
D-27 D-30
D-10 D-55
D-52

D-31
D-46

D-29 D-25 D-17ࠉSlot 1 D-66

D-53 D-48
D-18ࠉSlot 2
D-19ࠉSlot 3
D-32 D-28 D-20ࠉSlot 4
D-54 D-54
D-55

D-38 D-63
D-32 D-4
D-36

D-26 D-62
D-21ࠉSlot 1 D-63
D-22ࠉSlot 2 D-65
D-62 D-64
D-23ࠉSlot 3
D-24ࠉSlot 4 D-60

D-2 D-67
D-91

D-61

D-64
D-67
D-90
(35cm x 4)

Ink Tube Junron 3-4(1m)

DG-45497 D-48 D-67

D-65
D-67
RE
AR
D-59

D-3
D-1 Cartridge R
Parts not directed are common in L and R. 2015.3.6 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
448P.11-448
　 Exploded View 　 Cartridge L 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cartridge L
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D-112
D-146 D-152
Slot 8 Cartridge HolderAssy5 INK ID Board Assy
DG-45361 DF-43968
D-138
Slot 7 Cartridge HolderAssy6 D-153
DG-45362
D-109
D-114 D-144 D-147
Slot 6
Cartridge HolderAssy7
DG-45363
D-113 D-148
D-116 D-108
Slot 5
Cartridge HolderAssy8
DG-45364
D-115
D-145
D-143
D-111
D-137 D-152
D-142
D-130
D-110 D-155

D-127
D-131

D-129 D-117ࠉSlot 8 D-166

D-125 D-148
D-118ࠉSlot 7
D-119ࠉSlot 6
D-132 D-120ࠉSlot 5
D-128
D-154 D-154

D-138 D-155

D-163
D-132 D-104 D-136

D-126 D-162
D-121 Slot 8 D-163
D-122 Slot 7 D-165
D-162 D-164
D-123 Slot 6
D-124 Slot 5

D-102 D-167
D-191

D-164
D-167
D-190
(35cm x 4)

Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m)

DG-45497 D-145 D-160
D-167

D-165
D-167

R
E
A
R
D-159

D-161

Cartridge L
T

D-101
N

Parts not directed are common in L and R.

O
R

D-103
F

2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
449P.11-449
　 Exploded View 　 Cartridge 　 R （Under) 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cartridge 　 R （Under)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

D-77

refer to Electric Wiring Diagram

D-59 for the connection of JUNCTION Board

D-95

JUNC FFC Assy

DG-43037

JUNCTION 2 Board Assy D-85

DG-43396

D-81
to Cartridges D-84
D-82

D-81
D-87

D-96
D-73

D-91 JUNC ID Cable Assy

DG-45365
D-82
D-90
(35cm x 4) D-86

Inktube JUNRON3-4(1m) D-210

D-210 DG-45497 D-80
D-211
D-92
D-210
D-93
to Cable Guide (100cm x 4)
D-71
Inktube JUNRON3-4(1m)
D-73 DG-45497 RE
AR

Cartridge R(Lower)
D-75 2015.3.6 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
450P.11-450
　 Exploded View 　 Cartridge L （Under) （Ciraculation Pump） 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cartridge L （Under) （Ciraculation Pump）
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D-177

Fro
nt

D-59

D-200 to Cartridges

to Cable Guide

D-191

D-210 Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m)

DG-45497

D-190(SLOT 5,6,7,8)
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m) 35cmx4
DG-45497 D-172

D-194(SLOT 5,6,7,8) D-193

45cmx6
D-171 D-210
D-195
(2cm)
D-183 D-173 D-195
D-210
(6cm)
D-176
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m)
DG-45497
D-180

D-196
D-187
JUNCTION 2 Board Assy
DG-43396 D-211 D-197
D-181 (3cm)
D-197
D-184 (2cm)
D-192
D-199

D-181

D-174
D-179
JUNC ID Cable 2Assy
DG-45366
Diaphragm Pump Assy
D-186 D-206 DG-43907
D-205 D-175
D-178
Circulation Pump Relay Cable
DG-45367
CR_FFC Assy
DG-42965
D-185
D-182 refer to Electric Wiring Diagram Circulation Pump
D-204
for the connection of JUNCTION Board
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
451P.11-451
　 Exploded View 　 Cover （Front） 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cover （Front）
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cover Switch Assy Cover L Cable Assy

H-206 H-211 DG-42956 H-214 DG-43033
H-211 H-210
H-203 Exhaust Fan Cable Assy
DG-43032
H-201

To F-119 B-123 H-75

H-189 H-76
H-197

H-207 Vacuum Fan Assy

DG-40311
H-199
H-209
H-204 H-72
H-205

H-198 H-73
H-202
H-74
H-196 H-200 H-78

H-212 H-78
H-214
H-23
H-77 H-36
H-80
H-71 H-24
H-27
H-232 H-26 H-81 Cover Switch Assy
H-21 H-22
DG-42956
H-35
H-23 H-79 H-191
Cover R Cable Assy
H-169 H-190 DG-43034
H-25
H-18
H-19 H-182 H-186
H-77 H-181 H-179
H-183
H-172 H-215
H-188

H-4 H-6
H-174 H-231 To F-217

H-193
H-173 H-194
H-233 H-180
H-189
H-232
H-178

H-187
H-184
H-185
H-192 H-194
H-174

H-171
T
N
O

H-170
R
F

H-172
Cover (Front)
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
452P.11-452
　 Exploded View 　 Cover （R) 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cover （R)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H-128
H-127 H-121

H-85
H-86
H-123
Panel Unit Assy H-119
DG-42984 H-120

H-52 H-120
H-56 H-123
H-57 H-219 H-221
H-55 H-121
I-17
Panel FFC Assy H-59 H-227 H-35
DG-42994 H-220
H-11 H-12

H-51
H-60 H-122
H-123
H-222
H-58 H-8
H-13

H-221 H-117
H-16 H-117
H-5
to Main J5 H-15
H-116
H-4
H-14
H-61
H-101
H-113
H-43 H-6
To MAIN J13 H-9
H-114 H-117
Cover Switch Assy
DG-42956
to MAIN J18 H-9
H-93 Cover R Cable Assy
H-102
DG-43034
H-215
H-104
H-100 H-1

H-98
H-103 to F_Cover_R_Switch
H-110
H-125
H-91

H-11
H-108 H-107 H-94 H-97
H-90
H-126
H-92
T
N
O

H-108 H-93 H-95

R

H-2
F

Cover (R)
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
453P.11-453
　 Exploded View 　 Cover （L） 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Cover （L）
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H-165 H-158

H-164

H-162 H-159

H-156 H-157

H-52 H-156
H-42

H-134 H-152 H-157

H-51
H-163 H-159
H-158
H-38 H-153

H-159

H-133 H-46
H-42 H-160
H-41
H-45

H-134
H-67 H-153
H-64 H-65

H-33
H-63 H-86
H-224 H-154
H-66

H-64
H-43
H-44
H-85
H-68 H-227
H-226
H-149 H-143 H-36
H-226
H-150 H-137 H-225
H-227

H-148

to MAIN J19
H-39
H-139
H-140 H-144 H-35
H-146 Cover L Cable Assy
DG-43033
to F_Cover_L_Switch H-214
H-136
T
N
O
R
F

H-147
Cover Switch Assy
Cover (L)
DG-42956 Model Name : VJ-1628X
H-138 2015.3.5 Rev.A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
454P.11-454
　 Exploded View 　 Stand/Accesory 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded View 　 Stand/Accesory
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

F-1 F-30

F-16
Waste Fluid Level Switch 2 Assy
DG-43469 Waste Fluid Sensor Cable Assy
DG-43031
To JUNC
(R side) J12

A-340

F-26
L-29

F-2

F-14
F-15

F-6 L-28
F-4

F-16

Waste Fluid Bottle A_Blow mold Assy

F-34 DG-43501
F-9
F-5
F-3 F-8 F-20

F-26
F-33

F-19
F-13
Caster Assy
DG-42207
(including 50 pieces)
F-11

F-12

F-10
T
N
O
R
F

Stand/Accessory
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
455P.11-455
　Exploded View Other 　 　 　 　 　 VJ1628XE-M-00
Exploded ViewOther 　 Other
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Head Height Adjusting Jig Steel Belt Tension Attachment Cutter Adjusting Jig Colorimeter Bracket Adjusting Jig
DG-43196 DG-43197 DG-43194 DG-43195

VJ-1628X Period-Maintenance Kit

DG-45561
Inktube JUNRON 3-4(3m)
DG-45498
diameter:3ȭ
length:3㹫

Valve Head Washing Kit (VJ Ink)

DG-41787

Inktube JUNRON 3-4(2m)

DG-45566
J-14
diameter:3ȭ
length:2㹫

J-45

Inktube JUNRON 3-4(1m) J-29

DG-45497 J-18
（including 10 pieces） （including 10 pieces）
diameter:3ȭ
lengh:1㹫
J-46

Other
2015.3.5 Rev.A Model Name : VJ-1628X
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
456P.11-456